SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                   Form 10-K

(Mark one)
(x)    Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
       Act of 1934
              For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001
                                        -----------------
                                       or
( )    Transition  Report  Pursuant to  Section 13  or 15(d) of  the  Securities
       Exchange Act of 1934
              For the transition period from ____________ to ____________

                         Commission file number 1-8246


                          Southwestern Energy Company
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

                    Arkansas                    71-0205415
       (State or other jurisdiction of       (I.R.S. Employer
        incorporation or organization)      Identification No.)

       2350 N. Sam Houston Parkway East, Suite 300, Houston, Texas 77032
          (Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (281) 618-4700

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                Name of each exchange
           Title of each class                    on which registered
       -----------------------------           -----------------------
       Common Stock - Par Value $.10           New York Stock Exchange

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  Registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  x   No
                                              ---    ---

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. x
          ---

     The aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of
the  Registrant  was  $278,979,412  based  on the New  York  Stock  Exchange  --
Composite Transactions closing price on March 7, 2002, of $11.19.

     The number of shares  outstanding as of March 7, 2002, of the  Registrant's
Common Stock, par value $.10, was 25,502,070.

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE


     Document incorporated by reference and the Part of the Form 10-K into which
the  document is  incorporated:  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  to holders of the
Registrant's  Common Stock in connection with the  solicitation of proxies to be
used in voting at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on May 15, 2002 - PART III.
================================================================================




TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                       
Part I                                                                        pg

Item 1          Business                                                       3

                Business strategy                                              3

                Exploration and production                                     3

                Natural gas distribution                                       9

                Marketing and transportation                                  12

                Other items                                                   13

Item 2          Properties                                                    13

Item 3          Legal proceedings                                             15

Item 4          Submission of matters to a vote of security holders           15

                Executive officers of the registrant                          15


Part II

Item 5          Market for registrant's common equity and related
                stockholder matters                                           17

Item 6          Selected financial data                                       18

Item 7          Management's discussion and analysis of financial
                condition and results of operations                           20

Item 7A         Quantitative and qualitative disclosure about
                market risks                                                  29

Item 8          Financial statements and supplementary data                   31

Item 9          Changes in and disagreements with accountants on
                accounting and financial disclosure                           50


Part III

Item 10         Directors and executive officers of the registrant            51

Item 11         Executive compensation                                        51

Item 12         Security ownership of certain beneficial owners
                and management                                                51

Item 13         Certain relationships and related transactions                51



Part IV

Item 14         Exhibits, financial statement schedules, and reports
                on Form 8-K                                                   51


                                       2

Part I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

     Southwestern  Energy Company (the "Company" or "Southwestern") is an energy
company  primarily  focused on natural  gas.  The  Company was  incorporated  in
Arkansas in 1929 as a local gas distribution company. Today,  Southwestern is an
exempt holding  company under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935 and
derives the vast majority of its operating income and cash flow from its oil and
gas exploration and production business. In February 2001, the Company relocated
its corporate  headquarters from Fayetteville,  Arkansas to Houston,  Texas. The
Company is involved in the following business segments:

          1.Exploration  and  Production  -  Engaged  in  natural  gas  and  oil
            exploration, development and production, with operations principally
            located in Arkansas,  Oklahoma,  Texas,  New Mexico,  and Louisiana.
            This represents the Company's primary business.

          2.Natural Gas  Distribution - Engaged in the  gathering,  distribution
            and transmission of natural gas to approximately  136,000  customers
            in Arkansas.

          3.Marketing   and    Transportation    -   Provides    marketing   and
            transportation services in the Company's core areas of operation and
            owns  a  25%  interest  in  the  NOARK  Pipeline   System,   Limited
            Partnership (NOARK).

     This Report on Form 10-K includes certain  statements that may be deemed to
be  "forward-looking  statements"  within  the  meaning  of  Section  27A of the
Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.
See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations"  in Part II, Item 7 of this Report for a discussion  of factors that
could cause actual results to differ  materially  from any such  forward-looking
statements.

Business Strategy

     The Company's  business  strategy is to provide  long-term  growth  through
focused  exploration and production of oil and natural gas. The Company seeks to
maximize  cash flow and  earnings and provide  consistent  growth in oil and gas
production and reserves through the discovery,  production and marketing of high
margin  reserves  from a balanced  portfolio  of  drilling  opportunities.  This
balanced  portfolio includes low-risk  development  drilling in the Arkoma Basin
and East Texas, moderate-risk exploration and exploitation in the Permian Basin,
and high-potential  exploration  opportunities in the onshore Gulf Coast region.
The  Company  further  enhances  shareholder  value by  creating  and  capturing
additional  value  beyond the  wellhead  through its  natural gas  distribution,
marketing and transportation activities.

EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION

     In 1943, the Company commenced a program of exploration for and development
of natural  gas  reserves in Arkansas  for supply to its utility  customers.  In
1971,  the Company  initiated an exploration  and  development  program  outside
Arkansas,   unrelated   to  the   utility's   requirements.   Since  that  time,
Southwestern's  exploration and  development  activities  outside  Arkansas have
expanded substantially.

          [map showing the states of Arkansas,  Louisiana,  Texas,  Oklahoma and
          New Mexico with the following areas identified:  Arkoma Basin with the
          Company's Gas distribution system and Ozark Pipeline,  Anadarko Basin,
          Permian Basin, East Texas Overton Field and Gulf Coast]

     In 1998,  Southwestern brought in new senior management for its exploration
and  production  business and has since  replaced  over 70% of its  professional
technical staff to refocus its exploration and production  effort.  Additionally
in 1998, the Company closed its Oklahoma City office and moved these  operations
to Houston in an effort to increase future  profitability.  The segment was also
reorganized into asset  management  teams to provide an  area-specific  focus in
exploration and

                                       3

development projects and a new incentive compensation system was put in place to
more  closely   align  its   employees'   efforts  with  the  interests  of  its
shareholders.  As a result  of these  changes,  the  operating  results  of this
business  segment have  improved  substantially  over the last few years and, in
2001, the segment set new records for oil and gas production, reserve additions,
operating income and cash flow generated from operations.

     At December 31, 2001,  the Company had proved oil and gas reserves of 402.0
billion cubic feet (Bcf)  equivalent,  including  proved natural gas reserves of
355.8 Bcf and  proved  oil  reserves  of 7,704  thousand  barrels  (MBbls).  The
Company's reserve life index  approximated 10.1 years at year-end 2001, with 80%
of total reserves classified as proved, developed. All of the Company's reserves
are located  entirely within the United States.  Revenues of the exploration and
production  subsidiaries are predominately  generated from production of natural
gas. Sales of gas production  accounted for 89% of total operating  revenues for
this segment in 2001, 82% in 2000, and 87% in 1999.

Areas of Operation

     Southwestern  engages in oil and gas exploration and production through its
wholly-owned subsidiaries,  SEECO, Inc. (SEECO),  Southwestern Energy Production
Company (SEPCO) and Diamond "M" Production  Company  (Diamond M). SEECO operates
exclusively  in the state of Arkansas  and holds a large base of both  developed
and  undeveloped  gas reserves and conducts an ongoing  drilling  program in the
historically  productive  Arkansas  part of the  Arkoma  Basin.  SEPCO  conducts
development  drilling and  exploration  programs in the Oklahoma  portion of the
Arkoma Basin,  the Permian Basin of Texas and New Mexico,  the Anadarko Basin of
Oklahoma,  and in  Louisiana  and Texas.  Diamond M operates  properties  in the
Permian Basin of Texas. A wholly-owned  subsidiary of SEPCO,  Overton  Partners,
L.L.C., owns an interest in Overton Partners, L.P., a limited partnership formed
in 2001 to drill and complete the first 14 development  wells in SEPCO's Overton
Field in East Texas.

     Southwestern replaced 224% of its production in 2001 by adding an estimated
89.3 Bcf  equivalent  (Bcfe) of proved  oil and gas  reserves  at a finding  and
development cost of $1.11 per thousand cubic feet equivalent  (Mcfe),  excluding
reserve  revisions.  The Company's finding cost including the effect of downward
reserve  revisions due to lower year-end  commodity prices was $1.60 per Mcfe in
2001.  Southwestern's  three-year average finding and development cost was $1.22
per Mcfe, including reserve revisions.  The following table provides information
as of December 31, 2001 related to proved  reserves,  well count,  and gross and
net acreage, and 2001 annual information as to production, reserve additions and
capital expenditures for each of the Company's core operating areas.


                                                                    Texas/
                                        Arkoma   Mid-Continent    New Mexico  Louisiana   Total
                                        -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           
Proved reserves:
     Gas (Bcf)                          186.0     28.1            106.9       34.8        355.8
     Oil (MBbls)                            -    1,426            5,017      1,261        7,704
     Total reserves (Bcfe)              186.0     36.6            137.0       42.4        402.0


Production (Bcfe)                        22.3      2.8              9.9        4.8         39.8
Reserve additions (Bcfe)                 23.2      8.6             43.2       14.3         89.3
Capital expenditures (in millions)     $ 28.6    $ 0.9           $ 44.9     $ 24.6       $ 99.0
Total gross wells                         806      551              445         32        1,834
     Percent operated                      44%      29%              39%        66%          39%
Gross acreage                         348,143   62,168          377,863    150,992      939,166
Net acreage                           237,511    6,629          114,740     87,526      446,406


     Arkoma  Basin.  The  Arkoma  Basin  provides  a  solid  foundation  for the
Company's  exploration and production  program and represents the primary source
of production  and reserves for the Company.  At December 31, 2001,  the Company
had  approximately  186.0 Bcf of  natural  gas  reserves  in the  Arkoma  Basin,
representing 52% of the Company's natural gas reserves and 46% of total reserves
on a Bcf equivalent basis. The Company participated in 52 wells during 2001 with
an 81%  success  ratio.  Southwestern's  Arkoma  program  added  23.2 Bcf of gas
reserves  at a finding and  development  cost of $1.23 per  thousand  cubic feet
(Mcf) in 2001. The Company's natural gas production in the basin was 22.3 Bcf, a
12%  increase  over  production  levels in 2000.  Until 2001,  Southwestern  had
experienced  declining  production  in the  Arkoma  over the past  eight  years.
Average net daily production in 2001 was 61.1 million cubic feet (MMcf/d).

     Southwestern's  Arkoma Basin operations  continue to generate a significant
amount  of  the  Company's  cash  flow.  With  average  three-year  finding  and
development  costs  of  $1.05  per Mcf and  three-year  average  production,  or
lifting,  costs of $.26 per Mcf (including production taxes), the Company's cash
margins per well in the Arkoma remain very  attractive.

                                       4

     Lifting  costs  continued to be low during 2001 at $.32 per Mcf  (including
production taxes). After direct general and administrative  expenses of $.14 per
Mcf,  Southwestern's  netback per Mcf after cash expenses was 89% of the average
price it realized for its Arkoma  production  in 2001,  including  the impact of
commodity hedges.

     Southwestern's  traditional  operating  area over the years has been in the
"fairway"  portion  of the basin in  Arkansas,  which is  primarily  within  the
boundaries of the Company's utility gathering system.  The Company's strategy in
this  core  producing  area  is to  delineate  new  geologic  plays  and  extend
previously identified trends using Southwestern's extensive databank of regional
structural and  stratigraphic  maps.  Southwestern  completed 14 wells out of 18
drilled in the fairway in 2001 that added 8.3 Bcf of new reserves.  Southwestern
plans to drill up to 15 wells in the fairway portion of the basin in 2002.

     In recent years,  Southwestern has extended its development program outside
of the traditional fairway area to continue its growth. During 2001, the Company
continued  the  development  of its  Haileyville  prospect in Pittsburg  County,
Oklahoma,  with excellent  results.  Since initial drilling in the area in 1999,
Southwestern  has  successfully  completed 13 out of 20 wells drilled.  In 2001,
Southwestern  encountered  high-deliverability  gas sands in the prospect  which
resulted in two wells, the Agnes #1-18 and the Cope #3A, separately producing at
gross rates of over 20 MMcf/d.  Total  production at Haileyville was 3.0 Bcf net
to Southwestern in 2001 and the prospect added a net of approximately 5.0 Bcf of
new gas reserves from six wells.  Southwestern's average working interest in the
prospect is approximately 35%.

     In 2001, the Company also continued the development of its Ranger Anticline
prospect  area,  located at the  southern  edge of the  Arkansas  portion of the
basin. To date, the Company has successfully  drilled 10 out of 14 wells in this
prospect,  adding  12.4 Bcf of  reserves  net to  Southwestern's  interest  at a
finding  cost of $.69 per Mcf. In 2001,  the Company  drilled the Catlett  #1-13
well which was placed on production at 2.2 MMcf/d with an 80% working  interest,
resulting in new  reserves of 2.7 Bcf.  The Catlett  #1-13 well is an example of
the  continued  successful  development  of this complex  overthrust  play.  The
Company  also  plans to begin  testing  new  exploration  prospect  areas on the
southern edge of the basin similar to its Ranger Anticline play.

     Additionally,  during  2001 the Company  initiated  an  extensive  workover
program in the Arkoma,  which included fracture  stimulations,  artificial lift,
recompletion  and wellbore repair projects that provided  meaningful  production
increases. The Company performed 55 of these workover projects in 2001 resulting
in production increases totaling 4.4 MMcf/d, at a total cost of $1.4 million.

     The  Company's  strategy  for the Arkoma is to  continue  its  exploitation
drilling and workover programs at a level to maintain its production and reserve
base. In 2002,  Southwestern plans to invest  approximately $18.5 million in the
basin to drill approximately 40 wells and perform approximately 50 workovers.

     Mid-Continent.  Southwestern's  activities  in this  region  are  primarily
focused on the Anadarko Basin of Oklahoma. At December 31, 2001, the Company had
approximately  28.1 Bcf of natural gas  reserves and 1,426 MBbls of oil reserves
in the region, representing 8% and 19%, respectively, of the Company's total gas
and oil reserves.  Average net daily  production in 2001 for this region was 7.7
MMcf  equivalent  (MMcfe).   Southwestern  does  not  expect  its  Mid-Continent
operations  to be a  primary  area  of  future  growth  due  to its  efforts  to
concentrate  on those areas where it has a  competitive  advantage.  The Company
intends to produce these  properties  to depletion,  sell them or trade them for
properties in the Company's  core areas of operation.  During 2000,  the Company
sold at  auction a portion  of its  properties  in the  Mid-Continent  area with
proved reserves of 13.8 Bcfe for approximately $13.1 million.

     Texas/New  Mexico.  Southwestern  has key operations in the states of Texas
and New Mexico, and is primarily focused on its Overton Field in East Texas, and
the Permian Basin in West Texas and Southeast New Mexico.  At December 31, 2001,
Southwestern  had proved  reserves of 106.9 Bcf of gas and 5,017 MBbls of oil in
the region,  representing 30% and 65%, respectively,  of the Company's total gas
and oil reserves.

     Overton Field.  In April 2000,  the Company  purchased the Overton Field in
Smith County,  Texas,  from Total Fina Elf for $6.1 million.  Estimated  initial
reserves  associated  with the purchase were 7.5 Bcfe,  for a purchase  price of
$.81 per Mcfe.  The purchase  included 16 active gas wells in 13 spacing  units,
8,800  contiguous acres in established  units and 2,000  additional  undeveloped
acres outside the units. Overton provides the Company with a low-risk multi-year
drilling program and significant  production and reserve growth potential.  This
is due to the level of infill  drilling  that is  possible in the field over the
next several years.  When purchased by  Southwestern in April of 2000, the field
was  primarily  drilled  on  640-acre  spacing,  or one  well per  square  mile.
Analogous Cotton Valley fields in the area have been drilled to 80-acre spacing.
By  downspacing  the  field  to  80-acre  spacing,  Southwestern  could  have an
additional 90 drilling locations.

     During   2001,   Southwestern's   subsidiary,   SEPCO,   formed  a  limited
partnership,  Overton Partners, L.P., with an investor to drill and complete the
first  14  development  wells  at  Overton.  This  partnership  was  created  to
accelerate the  development  of the field.  SEPCO is the  partnership's  General
Partner and contributed 50% of the capital required to drill the first 14 wells.

                                       5

In return, SEPCO receives 65% of the partnership's  available cash distributions
prior  to  payout  of  the  investor's   initial   investment  and  85%  of  the
partnership's available cash distributions after payout.  Production and reserve
statistics  for Overton  include  100% of the  partnership's  activity,  and all
operating and financial results are incorporated into the Company's consolidated
financial statements.

     Southwestern  drilled a total of 15 wells at its Overton Field during 2001,
including 14 development  wells in the Overton  limited  partnership.  The wells
targeted the Cotton Valley Taylor sand  formation at  approximately  12,000 feet
and all 15 wells were successful.  Daily production at Overton  increased from 2
MMcfe in March of 2001 to  approximately  16  MMcfe at  year-end,  resulting  in
production of 2.3 Bcfe net to  Southwestern  during 2001. The Company's  average
production  cost at  Overton  was $.53 per Mcfe in 2001.  Southwestern's  proved
reserves at Overton  increased to 57.6 Bcfe at year-end  2001, up from 22.0 Bcfe
at the end of 2000.  The Company  invested  approximately  $30.9  million in its
drilling  program at Overton during 2001,  including $13.5 million funded by the
owner  of  the  minority  interest  in  the  Overton  partnership.  The  capital
investments  resulted  in  reserve  additions  of 37.8 Bcfe,  for a finding  and
development  cost of $.82 per Mcfe.  Southwestern's  average working interest in
the field is 97% and average net revenue interest is 80%.  Southwestern expanded
its position in the Overton area during 2001 through a farm-in of  approximately
5,800 adjacent acres.  The acreage  contains nine 640-acre units,  most of which
have only been drilled to 640-acre spacing.  The Company has contracted to drill
a minimum of two wells on this acreage in 2002. In total,  Southwestern plans to
invest  approximately  $12 million to drill 5 to 10 wells in the  Overton  Field
area during 2002.

     Permian Basin. Since 1997,  Southwestern has established a growing presence
in the Permian Basin. At December 31, 2001,  Southwestern had proved reserves of
33.5 Bcf of gas and 4,251 MBbls of oil in the basin,  or 59.0 Bcfe.  The Company
successfully  completed  19 out of 26  wells  drilled  in the  Permian  in 2001,
resulting in a success rate of 73%.  Southwestern's  average working interest in
these wells was  approximately  43%. Average net daily equivalent  production in
the basin was 17.0  MMcfe and  production  costs,  including  production  taxes,
averaged $.67 per Mcfe during 2001. In 2001, the Company  invested $13.6 million
in the  Permian,  resulting  in reserve  additions of 5.4 Bcfe for a finding and
development cost of $2.52 per Mcfe.  Southwestern's  three-year  average finding
and  development  cost in the Permian is $1.33 per Mcfe and  three-year  average
reserve replacement ratio is 197%.

     Southwestern had a meaningful  discovery during 2001 at its Roepke prospect
in Crane County,  Texas. The discovery well, the Cowden Ranch 48 #7, encountered
approximately  87  feet of  oil-bearing  pay in the  Upper  and  Lower  Devonian
formations.  This well,  along with two other  successful wells on the prospect,
added net reserves of 3.3 Bcfe in 2001,  and has set up  additional  development
wells planned for 2002.

     In late 1999, the Company entered into a joint  exploration  agreement with
Phillips  Petroleum  to explore  for deeper  formations  under  acreage  that is
held-by-production in Southeast New Mexico. This initial joint venture agreement
spawned  the  development  of two more joint  exploration  agreements  that were
consummated in late 2000, one with Energen Resources and a second agreement with
Phillips. In total, these agreements provide the Company access to an additional
98,700  gross  acres to pursue  drilling  opportunities.  Under the  agreements,
Phillips and Energen have a deferred election at casing point,  allowing them to
retain a  pre-specified  working  interest  share.  These  agreements have terms
ranging from 12 to 21 months, with continuous  drilling options  thereafter.  To
date, the Company has successfully  drilled 18 out of 21 wells under these joint
ventures and four wells are  scheduled  to be drilled  under the  agreements  in
2002.

     The  Company  plans to  continue  to pursue  its  strategy  of  medium-risk
exploration  and  exploitation  in the Permian  Basin,  albeit at a slower pace.
Southwestern plans to invest  approximately $8.0 million in the Permian in 2002,
which includes drilling up to 14 wells.

     Louisiana.  South  Louisiana  continues  to be the main  focus  area of the
Company's exploration activities.  At December 31, 2001, Southwestern had proved
reserves  of 34.8 Bcf of gas and 1,261  MBbls of oil in the state,  representing
11% of the Company's total reserves on a gas equivalent basis. Average net daily
production  in  this  area  was  13.2  MMcfe  and  production  costs  (including
production taxes) averaged $.58 per Mcfe during 2001. The Company invested $24.6
million in the area in 2001 and added 14.3 Bcfe of proved reserves for a finding
and  development  cost of $1.72  per  Mcfe.  Southwestern's  three-year  average
finding and  development  cost in Louisiana is $1.65 per Mcfe and its three-year
reserve replacement ratio is 484%.

     Southwestern's  exploration success continued in 2001 with three meaningful
discoveries in South  Louisiana.  Since the first  exploration  discovery at the
Company's  Gloria  prospect  in  December  1999,   Southwestern  has  posted  an
impressive  track record in the area with six  successful  wells out of the last
nine drilled in South Louisiana.

     In January 2001, Southwestern announced a discovery at its Malone prospect,
located five miles south of the Company's Gloria discovery in Assumption Parish.
The discovery well SL 16626 #1 encountered  approximately 260 feet of gas pay in
five separate productive sands within the Miocene formation.  After drilling the
initial discovery well,  Southwestern  immediately drilled an offset development
well on the prospect that reached total depth in February  2001.  Both wells are
producing at a combined gross rate of 27.0 MMcf/d and 525 barrels of oil per day
(Bopd).  Southwestern  is the  operator  of the wells  and  holds a 33%  working
interest and a 24.3% net revenue interest in the prospect.

                                       6

     After  drilling  dry holes at its  Whitehorse  and  Mahone  prospects,  the
Company made another gas  discovery  in its Eden 3-D project  area.  The Mire #1
well on the Company's Horeb prospect in Acadia Parish  penetrated 50 feet of pay
in the Nonion Struma sand at approximately  12,100 feet. This well was placed on
production in November 2001 and is currently producing 12.6 MMcf/d and 160 Bopd.
Southwestern  operates the Mire well with a 21.5%  working  interest and a 16.4%
net revenue interest.

     In December 2001, the Company  announced a discovery at its Crowne Prospect
located  in  Cameron  Parish,   Louisiana.  The  Miami  Corporation  #27-1  well
encountered  75 feet of pay in the targeted  Planulina  objective.  The well was
placed on production  in February 2002 at 10.0 MMcf/d and 35 Bopd.  Southwestern
has spud a second well, the Miami  Corporation  #34-2, to further  delineate and
develop the  reservoir.  Southwestern  is the operator of these wells with a 40%
working interest and a 28.8% net revenue interest.

     In February 2002, the Company  announced that it had reached total depth on
the Raymond Egle #1, a development  well on its North Grosbec  discovery.  After
overcoming  significant mechanical problems during the drilling of this well, it
was placed on production at 20.0 MMcf/d and 800 Bopd.  The discovery  well,  the
Brownell-Kidd  #1,  continues  to deliver at high rates  since  being  placed on
production  in May 2000 and is currently  producing at 15.0 MMcf/d and 550 Bopd.
These wells are operated by Petro-Hunt,  L.L.C.,  and  Southwestern  holds a 25%
working interest and a 17.4% net revenue interest in the prospect.

     The Company has an extensive  inventory of 3-D seismic data  covering  over
1,470-square miles in Louisiana. From this extensive 3-D database,  Southwestern
has internally generated an inventory of exploration prospects. The Company also
continues to gain  exposure to additional  3-D seismic data for future  drilling
opportunities,   including  a  new  3-D  shoot   currently   underway   covering
approximately  140-square miles in a highly prospective region in St. Martin and
St. Mary  Parishes.  Southwestern  is the operator of the new project with a 40%
working  interest.  The seismic  data is expected to be  delivered  in the third
quarter  of 2002.  In 2002,  the  Company  plans to invest  approximately  $22.7
million in the Gulf Coast region and drill up to eight exploration wells.

Acquisitions

     In  2001,  Southwestern  purchased  proved  reserves  of 4.5  Bcfe for $6.5
million,  or $1.46 per Mcfe.  Included were overriding  royalty interests in the
Arkoma Basin of 2.2 Bcfe,  and 1.9 Bcfe of  additional  working  interest in the
Company's Overton Field.

     In April 2000,  the Company  purchased  the Overton  Field in Smith County,
Texas, from Total Fina Elf for $6.1 million. Proved developed producing reserves
associated  with the purchase  were 7.5 Bcfe,  for a purchase  price of $.81 per
Mcfe.  The  purchase  included  16 active gas wells in 13 spacing  units,  8,800
contiguous  acres in established  units and 2,000 additional  undeveloped  acres
outside the units. As discussed  previously,  Southwestern  believes the Overton
Field contains significant development potential.

     In 1999, the Company  purchased  producing  properties in the Permian Basin
with estimated  proved  reserves of 9.4 Bcf of gas and 576 MBbls of oil, or 12.9
Bcfe. The properties were purchased from  Petro-Quest  Exploration,  a privately
held company headquartered in Midland,  Texas, for $9.4 million. The Company did
not make any  producing  property  acquisitions  in 1998 or 1997.  In 1996,  the
Company acquired approximately 32.7 Bcf of gas and 6,350 MBbls of oil located in
Texas and Oklahoma  for $45.8  million.  The  Company's  current  strategy is to
pursue  selective   acquisitions  where  it  sees  further  potential  and  that
complement its existing operations.

Capital Spending

     Southwestern  invested  a total of $99.0  million  in its  exploration  and
production  program during 2001,  including $13.5 million funded by the owner of
the minority interest in the Overton partnership.  Southwestern  participated in
drilling 101 wells during 2001, of which 80 were successful, 19 were dry and two
were still in progress at year-end.  The  Company's  investments  were  balanced
between its core areas of operations,  with approximately $28.6 million invested
in the Arkoma Basin, $30.9 million at Overton Field in East Texas, $13.6 million
in the Permian Basin, and $24.6 million in South Louisiana.  Approximately $20.6
million was invested in exploratory tests, $57.2 million in development drilling
and workovers,  $4.2 million for the  acquisition of leasehold and seismic data,
$6.5  million  for  producing   property   acquisitions  and  $10.5  million  in
capitalized interest and expenses and other technology-related expenditures.

     In  2002,  the  Company's   planned  capital  budget  for  exploration  and
production  is  $61.3  million,   and  a  large   percentage  of  this  capital,
approximately  67%,  is  allocated  to  drilling.  As  in  2001,  the  Company's
investments  will again be balanced  between its core areas of operations,  with
approximately 50% of the Company's  capital allocated to lower-risk  development
drilling  activities  in the Arkoma Basin ($18.5  million) and East Texas ($12.1
million).   The  remainder  of  Southwestern's  capital  will  be  allocated  to
medium-risk exploration and exploitation in the Permian Basin ($8.0 million) and
to  high-potential  exploration in the Gulf Coast ($22.7 million).  Of the $61.3
million capital budget,  approximately $11.4 million is allocated to exploration
wells,  $29.9  million  to  development  drilling,  $4.3  million  for  land and
leasehold acquisition, $3.9 million for

                                       7

seismic expenditures, and $11.8 million in capitalized interest and expenses and
technology-related  items.  Although no capital was budgeted for acquisitions in
2002, the Company will continue to seek producing  property  transactions in its
core producing  areas that would  complement its overall  strategy.  The Company
expects to maintain  its  capital  investments  within the limits of  internally
generated cash flow, and will adjust its capital program accordingly.

Sales and Major Customers

     Daily  natural  gas  equivalent  production  averaged  109.0 MMcfe in 2001,
compared  to 97.7  MMcfe in 2000 and 90.2  MMcfe  in  1999.  The  Company's  gas
production  was 35.5 Bcf in 2001,  compared  to 31.6 Bcf in 2000 and 29.4 Bcf in
1999.  The Company also  produced  719,000  barrels of oil in 2001,  compared to
676,000  barrels of oil in 2000 and  578,000  barrels in 1999.  Southwestern  is
targeting its production in 2002 to be approximately 42 Bcfe.

     The  Company  realized an average  wellhead  price of $3.85 per Mcf for its
natural gas production in 2001,  compared to $2.88 per Mcf in 2000 and $2.21 per
Mcf in 1999.  The Company's  average oil price realized was $23.55 per barrel in
2001, compared to $22.99 per barrel in 2000 and $17.11 per barrel in 1999.

     Southwestern's gas sales to unaffiliated  purchasers were 30.4 Bcf in 2001,
compared  to 23.8 Bcf in 2000 and 21.2  Bcf in 1999.  All of the  Company's  oil
production is sold to  unaffiliated  purchasers.  This gas and oil production is
sold under  contracts  which  reflect  current  short-term  prices and which are
subject to seasonal price swings. These combined gas and oil sales accounted for
83% of total exploration and production revenues in 2001, 76% in 2000 and 69% in
1999.

     Southwestern's  largest single  customer for sales of its gas production is
the  Company's  utility  subsidiary,  Arkansas  Western  Gas  Company  (Arkansas
Western).  These sales are made by SEECO, Inc. (SEECO) primarily under contracts
obtained under a competitive  bidding  process.  See "Natural Gas Distribution -
Gas Purchases and Supply" below for further discussion of these contracts. Sales
to Arkansas Western  accounted for  approximately  17% of total  exploration and
production  revenues  in 2001,  24% in 2000 and 31% in  1999.  SEECO's  sales to
Arkansas  Western were 5.1 Bcf in 2001,  compared to 7.8 Bcf in 2000 and 8.2 Bcf
in  1999.  The  decrease  in  sales in 2001 was  primarily  caused  by  Arkansas
Western's reduced supply  requirements due to warmer weather and the sale of the
utility's Missouri gas distribution  properties in May 2000. Weather in 2001, as
measured in degree  days,  was 9% warmer than both normal and the prior year for
Arkansas Western's service territory.  Weather was normal in 2000 and 21% colder
than 1999; however,  sales to Arkansas Western decreased in 2000 due to the sale
of  the  utility's  Missouri   properties.   SEECO's  gas  production   provided
approximately 33% of the utility's  requirements in 2001, 42% in 2000 and 41% in
1999.  SEECO also owns an  unregulated  natural  gas storage  facility  that has
historically been utilized to help meet its peak seasonal sales commitments. The
storage facility is connected to Arkansas Western's distribution system.

     Future  sales  to  Arkansas  Western's  gas  distribution  systems  will be
dependent upon the Company's  success in obtaining gas supply contracts with the
utility systems. In the future, the Company's  subsidiaries will continue to bid
to obtain these gas supply  contracts,  although  there is no assurance  that it
will be  successful.  If  successful,  the Company  cannot predict the amount of
premium that would be associated  with the new contracts.  Southwestern  expects
future  increases  in its  gas  production  to  come  primarily  from  sales  to
unaffiliated purchasers.  The Company is unable to predict changes in the market
demand and price for natural gas,  including changes which may be induced by the
effects of weather on demand of both affiliated and  unaffiliated  customers for
the  Company's  production.  Additionally,  the Company  holds a large amount of
undeveloped  leasehold  acreage and producing  acreage,  and has an inventory of
drilling  leads,  prospects  and seismic data that will continue to be evaluated
and  developed  in the future.  The  Company's  exploration  programs  have been
directed primarily toward natural gas in recent years.

     The Company  periodically  enters into hedging activities with respect to a
portion of its projected crude oil and natural gas production  through a variety
of  financial  arrangements  intended  to support oil and gas prices at targeted
levels and to minimize the impact of price fluctuations.  The Company's policies
prohibit   speculation   with   derivatives   and  limit  swap   agreements   to
counterparties  with  appropriate  credit  standings.  At December 31, 2001, the
Company had hedges in place on 32.3 Bcf of future gas production.  Subsequent to
December  31, 2001 and prior to March 13,  2002,  the Company  hedged 4.0 Bcf of
2002 gas production  under costless collars with floor prices ranging from $2.25
to $2.50 per Mcf and ceiling  prices  ranging  from $3.00 to $3.75 per Mcf,  and
entered  into a collar  on 4.0 Bcf of 2003 gas  production  with a $3.00 per Mcf
floor  and a $4.75 per Mcf  ceiling.  Fixed  price  swaps on 2.5 Bcf of 2002 gas
production  have a weighted  average  fixed price  receipt of $2.61 per Mcf. The
Company also hedged 277,500 barrels of 2002 oil production at a fixed West Texas
Intermediate  crude price of $20.07 per barrel. The Company currently has hedges
in  place  on  approximately  65%  of  its  targeted  2002  gas  production  and
approximately 40% of its 2002 targeted oil production.  See Item 7A of this Form
10-K,  "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk," for further
information regarding the Company's hedge position at December 31, 2001.

     Disregarding the impact of hedges, the Company expects the average price it
receives for its gas production to be  approximately  $.05 to $.10 per Mcf lower
than average spot market prices, as market differentials that reduce the average
prices  received are partially  offset by demand  charges it receives  under the
contracts covering its intersegment sales

                                       8

to Arkansas Western.  Disregarding the impact of hedges, the Company expects the
average price it receives for its oil production to be  approximately  $1.00 per
barrel lower than average spot market prices, as market differentials reduce the
average prices received.

Competition

     All phases of the gas and oil industry are highly competitive. Southwestern
competes in the  acquisition  of properties,  the search for and  development of
reserves,  the  production and sale of gas and oil and the securing of the labor
and equipment required to conduct operations. Southwestern's competitors include
major  gas and oil  companies,  other  independent  gas  and  oil  concerns  and
individual producers and operators. Many of these competitors have financial and
other resources that substantially  exceed those available to Southwestern.  Gas
and oil  producers  also compete with other  industries  that supply  energy and
fuel.

     Competition  in the state of Arkansas has  increased in recent  years,  due
largely to the  development of improved access to interstate  pipelines.  Due to
the  Company's  significant  leasehold  acreage  position  in  Arkansas  and its
long-time  presence and  reputation in this area,  the Company  believes it will
continue to be successful in acquiring  new leases in Arkansas.  While  improved
intrastate and interstate  pipeline  transportation  in Arkansas should increase
the  Company's  access to markets for its gas  production,  these  markets  will
generally  be served by a number of other  suppliers.  Thus,  the  Company  will
encounter  competition  that may affect both the price it receives  and contract
terms it must offer. Outside Arkansas, the Company is less established and faces
competition from a larger number of other  producers.  The Company has in recent
years been  successful  in building  its  inventory  of  undeveloped  leases and
obtaining participating interests in drilling prospects in Oklahoma,  Texas, New
Mexico and Louisiana.

NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION

     The Company's subsidiary, Arkansas Western Gas Company, operates integrated
natural gas distribution systems concentrated  primarily in North Arkansas.  The
Arkansas Public Service  Commission (APSC) regulates the Company's utility rates
and operations.  Arkansas  Western serves  approximately  136,000  customers and
obtains a substantial  portion of the gas they consume  through its Arkoma Basin
gathering facilities.

          [map showing the state of Arkansas detailing the utility service areas
          concentrated in the Northern  portion of the state and the location of
          the Ozark Gas Transmission system]

     On May 31,  2000,  the  Company  completed  the  sale of its  Missouri  gas
distribution  assets for $32.0  million.  The sale  resulted in a pretax gain of
approximately  $3.2  million  and  proceeds  from the sale were used to pay down
debt. The gas distribution  statistics  discussed below include the results from
the Company's Missouri utility operations through May 2000.

     In June  2000,  Southwestern  announced  it  would  pursue  the sale of its
utility  operations in Arkansas to fund a $109.3  million  judgment  against the
Company  (Hales  judgment).  The Company hired Morgan Stanley Dean Witter as its
investment  advisor to manage the sale process and the Company  received several
serious expressions of interest from bona fide parties. However, the Company did
not  receive an offer that it believed  reflected  the true value of the utility
system.  Southwestern  plans to operate the  Arkansas  utility  properties  as a
continuing part of its business.

Gas Purchases and Supply

     Arkansas  Western  purchases  its system gas supply  through a  competitive
bidding process  implemented in October 1998, and directly at the wellhead under
long-term  contracts with flexible  pricing  provisions.  Bid requests under the
bidding  process  included  replacement of the gas supply and no-notice  service
previously  provided by a long-term gas supply contract between Arkansas Western
and SEECO.  In the initial 1998 bid, SEECO,  along with the Company's  marketing
subsidiary,  successfully  bid on five of seven gas supply  packages with prices
based on the Reliant East Index plus a demand

                                       9

charge.  Based on normal  weather  patterns,  the volumes of gas projected to be
supplied under these contracts were approximately equal to the historical annual
volumes purchased under the expired long-term contract.  However,  under the new
contracts,  SEECO supplied most of Arkansas Western's no-notice service and less
of its routine base requirements than it had under the previous  contract.  As a
result,  during  periods of warmer  weather,  lower total gas  volumes  would be
purchased  by  Arkansas  Western  than  compared  to periods of normal or colder
weather.   All  of  the  bid  packages   originally  secured  by  the  Company's
subsidiaries in 1998 have now expired.  During the third quarter of 2001,  SEECO
successfully bid on gas supply packages  representing  approximately half of the
requirements for Arkansas Western for 2002. SEECO was unsuccessful in bidding on
a  no-notice  gas  supply  package  that it  previously  held that  generated  a
significant portion of the demand charges it received on affiliated sales.

     Arkansas Western also purchases gas for its system supply from unaffiliated
suppliers  accessed by  interstate  pipelines.  These  purchases  are under firm
contracts  with  terms  between  one and two  years.  The rates  charged by most
suppliers include demand  components to ensure  availability of gas supply and a
commodity  component  which is based  on  monthly  indexed  market  prices.  The
pipeline  transportation  rates  include  demand  charges  to  reserve  pipeline
capacity and commodity  charges based on volumes  transported.  A portion of the
utility's gas purchases are under  take-or-pay  contracts.  Currently,  Arkansas
Western  believes  that it does not have a significant  exposure to  take-or-pay
liabilities resulting from these contracts and expects to be able to continue to
satisfactorily manage these contracts.

     Arkansas Western has a regulated natural gas storage facility  connected to
its distribution  system in Northwest Arkansas that it utilizes to help meet its
peak seasonal  demands.  The utility also owns a liquefied  natural gas facility
and contracts  with an interstate  pipeline for additional  storage  capacity to
serve its system in the northeastern part of the state.  These contracts involve
demand charges based on the maximum  deliverability,  capacity  charges based on
the  maximum  storage  quantity,  and charges for the  quantities  injected  and
withdrawn.

     Arkansas Western has no restriction on adding new residential or commercial
customers and will supply new industrial  customers that are compatible with the
scale of its  facilities.  Arkansas  Western  has never  denied  service  to new
customers within its service area or experienced  curtailments because of supply
constraints.  Curtailment of large industrial customers occurs only infrequently
when  extremely  cold  weather   requires  that  system  capacity  be  dedicated
exclusively to human needs customers.

     The utility's  rate  schedules  include  purchased gas  adjustment  clauses
whereby the actual cost of  purchased  gas above or below the level  included in
the base  rates is  permitted  to be billed or is  required  to be  credited  to
customers.  Each month, the difference between actual costs of purchased gas and
gas costs  recovered from customers is deferred.  The deferred  differences  are
billed or credited, as appropriate, to customers in subsequent months.

Markets and Customers

     Arkansas  Western  continues to  capitalize  on the healthy  economies  and
sustained customer growth found in its Northwest Arkansas service territory.  In
April 2001, the U.S. Census Bureau named  Northwest  Arkansas as the 6th fastest
growing community in the United States.  The area population grew 47.5%, or 4.0%
annually,  over the past ten years. As home to the largest public corporation in
the world,  Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., the region has enjoyed significant growth due
to its  presence in the area.  Other  corporations  such as Tyson Foods and J.B.
Hunt Transportation have also contributed to the impressive  development of this
region of the state.  Approximately  85% of  Arkansas  Western's  customers  are
located in this growing region.

     Arkansas Western provides natural gas to approximately 120,000 residential,
16,000  commercial,  and 200  industrial  customers,  while also  providing  gas
transportation  services to approximately  60 end-use and off-system  customers.
Total gas throughput in 2001 was 27.1 Bcf, compared to 33.5 Bcf in 2000 and 36.4
Bcf in  1999.  The  decrease  in 2001  resulted  from  the  loss  of  throughput
associated with the sale of the utility's Missouri assets in May 2000 and warmer
weather.  In  2000,  the  loss of  throughput  associated  with  the sale of the
Missouri   assets   was   partially   offset  by  colder   weather.   Off-system
transportation volumes were 3.1 Bcf in both 2001 and 2000 and 4.8 Bcf in 1999.

     Residential and Commercial. Approximately 85% of the utility's revenues are
from residential and commercial  markets.  Residential and commercial  customers
combined  accounted  for 54% of total gas  throughput  for the gas  distribution
segment in 2001,  compared to 55% in 2000 and 51% in 1999.  Gas volumes  sold to
residential  customers  were 8.4 Bcf in 2001,  compared  to 10.9 Bcf in 2000 and
10.8 Bcf in 1999. Gas sold to commercial  customers  totaled 6.1 in 2001 and 7.6
Bcf in 2000 and 1999.  The decreases in gas volumes sold in 2001 were due to the
sale of the Company's  Missouri utility  properties and warmer weather.  Weather
during  2001 was 9% warmer  than both  normal and the prior year as  measured by
degree days.

     The gas heating load is one of the most significant uses of natural gas and
is sensitive to outside  temperatures.  Sales,  therefore,  vary  throughout the
year.  Profits,   however,   have  become  less  sensitive  to  fluctuations  in
temperature  recently  as  tariffs  implemented  in  Arkansas  contain a weather
normalization  clause to lessen the impact of revenue  increases  and  decreases
which might result from weather variations during the winter heating season.

                                       10

     Industrial  and End-use  Transportation.  Deliveries to Arkansas  Western's
industrial and  transportation  customers were 9.5 Bcf in 2001, 11.8 Bcf in 2000
and 13.1 Bcf in 1999.  The  decrease  in  deliveries  in both 2001 and 2000 were
primarily due to the sale of the utility's  Missouri  properties.  No industrial
customer  accounts  for more than 9% of  Arkansas  Western's  total  throughput.
Arkansas  Western offers a  transportation  service that allows larger  business
customers to obtain  their own gas supplies  directly  from other  suppliers.  A
total of 54 customers are currently using the transportation service.

Competition

     Arkansas  Western has  experienced  a general  trend in recent years toward
lower rates of usage among its  customers,  largely as a result of  conservation
efforts  that  the  Company   encourages.   Competition  is  increasingly  being
experienced  from  alternative  fuels,  primarily  electricity,  fuel  oil,  and
propane.  Arkansas  Western has  historically  maintained  a  substantial  price
advantage over these fuels for most  applications.  This has enabled the utility
to achieve excellent market  penetration  levels.  However,  the high gas prices
experienced  in the 2000 - 2001  heating  season  temporarily  eroded  the price
advantage in some markets. Arkansas Western has now regained its price advantage
in substantially all markets as gas prices have declined.  Arkansas Western also
has the  ability  through  its  approved  tariffs  to lower  its  rates to large
customers to be competitive with available alternative fuels or if the threat of
bypass exists.

Regulation

     Arkansas  Western's utility rates and operations are regulated by the APSC.
The Company  operates through  municipal  franchises that are perpetual by state
law. These franchises,  however,  are not exclusive within a geographic area. As
the  regulatory  focus of the natural gas  industry has shifted from the federal
level to the state  level,  some  utilities  across  the nation  have  unbundled
residential sales services from transportation  services in an effort to promote
greater  competition.  Although no such  legislation  or  regulatory  directives
related to natural gas are presently  pending in Arkansas,  Arkansas  Western is
aggressively  controlling  costs and constantly  reviewing issues such as system
capacity  and  reliability,  obligation  to serve,  rate design and  stranded or
transition costs.

     In Arkansas, the state legislature enacted Act 1556 for the deregulation of
the retail sale of electricity by 2002. Act 1556 was modified by Act 324 of 2001
delaying the implementation of electric deregulation to not earlier than October
2003 and no later than October 2005. In December  2001,  the APSC  submitted its
annual report to legislature on the  development  of electric  deregulation  and
recommended that the legislature  consider  suspending  deregulation to the year
2010 or 2012,  or repeal Act 1556 (as  modified by Act 324). It is unknown  what
final legislation will be adopted or, if it is adopted, what its final form will
be. If electric  deregulation  occurs in  Arkansas,  legislative  or  regulatory
precedents  may be set that would  also  affect  natural  gas  utilities  in the
future.  These  issues  may  include  further  unbundling  of  services  and the
regulatory treatment of stranded costs.

     Arkansas  Western's most recent rate increase was approved in December 1996
for the  utility's  Northwest  region  and in  December  1997 for its  Northeast
region.  The APSC  approved  annual  rate  increases  of $5.1  million  and $1.2
million,  respectively. The December 1996 rate increase order issued by the APSC
also  provided  that  Arkansas  Western  cause  to be  filed  with  the  APSC an
independent  study of its procedures for allocating costs between  regulated and
non-regulated  operations,  its staffing levels and executive compensation.  The
independent study was ordered by the APSC to address issues raised by the Office
of the  Attorney  General of the State of Arkansas.  The study was  conducted in
1999 with a final report issued in December 1999. The report found the Company's
costs to be reasonable in all categories.

     In May  1999,  the Staff of the APSC  initiated  a  proceeding  in which it
sought an annual reduction of  approximately  $2.3 million in the rates Arkansas
Western charges its customers in Northwest Arkansas.  Staff's position was based
on various adjustments to the utility's rate base,  operating expenses,  capital
structure  and rate of return.  A large  portion of the proposed  reduction  was
based on a  downward  adjustment  to the  utility's  current  return  on  equity
authorized  by the APSC in 1996.  During  the third  quarter  of 1999,  Arkansas
Western reached  agreement with the Staff and the APSC to resolve this issue and
to close several  other open  dockets.  In the  settlement  agreement,  Arkansas
Western  agreed to reduce its rates  collected  from  customers on a prospective
basis in the amount of $1.4 million  annually,  effective  December 1, 1999. The
agreement  also includes the  resolution  of a proceeding  initiated in December
1998 by the Staff of the APSC where the Staff had recommended  the  disallowance
of approximately  $3.1 million of gas supply costs. As a part of the settlement,
this docket was closed with no negative adjustment to the Company.

     In February  2001, the APSC approved a 90-day  temporary  tariff to collect
additional  gas costs not yet billed to customers  through the normal  purchased
gas adjustment clause in the utility's  approved  tariffs.  Arkansas Western had
under-recovered  purchased gas costs of $12.9  million in its current  assets at
December 31, 2000. The amount of  under-recovered  purchased gas costs increased
significantly  during January 2001 as a result of rapidly  increasing gas costs.
The temporary tariff allowed

                                       11

the utility  accelerated  recovery of the gas costs it had  incurred  during the
2000 - 2001 winter heating season.  At December 31, 2001,  Arkansas  Western had
over-recovered  purchased gas costs of $8.2  million,  which will be refunded to
its customers during 2002.

     Gas  distribution  revenues  in future  years will be  impacted by customer
growth and rate increases allowed by the APSC. In recent years, Arkansas Western
has  experienced  customer  growth of  approximately  2% to 3%  annually  in its
Northwest  Arkansas  service  territory,  while it has experienced  little or no
growth in its service territory in Northeast Arkansas. Based on current economic
conditions  in its  service  territories,  the  Company  expects  this  trend in
customer growth to continue.

MARKETING AND TRANSPORTATION

Gas Marketing

     Southwestern's  gas  marketing  subsidiary,  Southwestern  Energy  Services
Company,  was formed in 1996 to better enable the Company to capture  downstream
opportunities which arise through marketing and transportation activity. Through
utilization  of  Southwestern's  existing asset base, its focus is to create and
capture value beyond the wellhead.

     The Company's marketing  operations include the marketing of Southwestern's
own gas  production  and  third-party  natural  gas.  Operating  income for this
segment  was $2.7  million in 2001,  compared  to $2.5  million in 2000 and $2.1
million in 1999. The segment marketed 49.6 Bcf of natural gas in 2001,  compared
to 59.6  Bcf in 2000 and 63.1 Bcf in 1999.  In late  2000,  this  segment  began
marketing  less  third-party  natural  gas in an effort to reduce its  potential
credit risk and concentrated  more of its efforts on  Southwestern's  affiliated
production.  Of  the  total  volumes  marketed,  purchases  from  the  Company's
exploration and production  subsidiaries  accounted for 66% in 2001, 33% in 2000
and 31% in 1999.

NOARK Partnership

     At December 31, 2001, the Company held a 25% general  partnership  interest
in NOARK. The NOARK Pipeline was a 258-mile  intrastate natural gas transmission
system that extended  across  northern  Arkansas  interconnecting  with Arkansas
Western's gas distribution  systems.  NOARK Pipeline was completed and placed in
service in 1992 and has been  operating  below  capacity and  generating  losses
since it was placed in service.

     In January  1998,  the Company  entered into an agreement  with Enogex Inc.
(Enogex), a subsidiary of OGE Energy Corp., to expand NOARK Pipeline and provide
access to Oklahoma gas supplies  through an  integration  of NOARK Pipeline with
the Ozark Gas  Transmission  System  (Ozark).  Ozark was a  437-mile  interstate
pipeline  system  that  began in  eastern  Oklahoma  and  terminated  in eastern
Arkansas. Enogex acquired Ozark and contributed the pipeline system to the NOARK
partnership.  Enogex also acquired the NOARK  partnership  interests not held by
Southwestern.  On July 1, 1998, the Federal Energy Regulatory  Commission (FERC)
authorized  the  operation  and  integration  of Ozark and NOARK  Pipeline  as a
single,  integrated  pipeline.  Enogex funded the  acquisition  of Ozark and the
expansion and integration  with NOARK Pipeline which resulted in  Southwestern's
interest in the partnership  decreasing from 48% to 25% with Enogex owning a 75%
interest. There are also provisions in the agreement with Enogex which allow for
future revenue allocations to the Company above its 25% partnership  interest if
certain minimum throughput and revenue assumptions are not met.

     The new integrated  system,  known as Ozark  Pipeline,  became  operational
November 1, 1998,  and  includes 749 miles of pipeline  with a total  throughput
capacity of 330 MMcf/d.  Deliveries are currently  being made by the pipeline to
portions  of  Arkansas  Western's  distribution  systems  and to the  interstate
pipelines  with which it  interconnects.  The average daily  throughput  for the
pipeline  was 134.1  MMcf/d in 2001,  compared to 188.2 MMcf/d in 2000 and 167.5
MMcf/d in 1999.  At December  31,  2001,  Arkansas  Western  had  transportation
contracts with Ozark Pipeline for 66.9 MMcf/d of firm capacity.  These contracts
expire in 2002 and 2003 and are renewable  annually  thereafter until terminated
with 180 days'  notice.  The merged  pipeline  system now has greater  access to
major gas  producing  fields  in  Oklahoma.  With  access  to  greater  regional
production,  Southwestern expects the pipeline's additional throughput to create
new  marketing  and  transportation  opportunities  and  reduce  the  losses  as
experienced  on the project in the past.  The merged  pipeline also provides the
Company's  utility systems with additional  access to gas supply.  The Company's
share of the pretax loss from  operations  related to its NOARK  investment  was
$1.5 million in 2001, $1.8 million in 2000 and $2.0 million in 1999.

Competition

     The Company's gas marketing  activities  are in  competition  with numerous
other  companies  offering  the  same  services,  many of which  possess  larger
financial  and  other  resources  than  those  of  Southwestern.  Some of  these
competitors are affiliates of companies with extensive pipeline systems that are
used for  transportation  from producers to end-users.  Other factors  affecting
competition are cost and  availability of alternative  fuels,  level of consumer
demand,  and  cost  of and  proximity  to  pipelines  and  other  transportation
facilities.  The Company believes that its ability to effectively compete within
the marketing  segment in the future depends upon  establishing  and maintaining
strong relationships with producers and end-users.

                                       12

     NOARK Pipeline  previously competed with two interstate  pipelines,  one of
which was the Ozark system,  to obtain gas supplies for  transportation to other
markets.  Because  of the  available  transportation  capacity  in the  Arkansas
portion of the Arkoma  Basin,  competition  had been strong and had  resulted in
NOARK  Pipeline  transporting  gas for third  parties at rates below the maximum
tariffs  presently  allowed.  The  integration  with  Ozark  provides  increased
supplies to  transport  to both local  markets  and markets  served by the three
major  interstate  pipelines  that  Ozark  Pipeline  connects  with  in  eastern
Arkansas.  The Company  believes that Ozark Pipeline will provide the additional
supplies necessary to compete more effectively for the transportation of natural
gas to end-users and markets served by the interstate pipelines.

Regulation

     Prior to the integration  with Ozark, the operations of NOARK Pipeline were
regulated by the APSC. The APSC had established a maximum transportation rate of
approximately $.285 per dekatherm.  The integration of NOARK Pipeline with Ozark
resulted in an interstate  pipeline system subject to FERC  regulations and FERC
approved  tariffs.  The FERC has set the  maximum  transportation  rate of Ozark
Pipeline at $.2867 per dekatherm.

OTHER ITEMS

Environmental Matters

     The Company's operations are subject to extensive federal,  state and local
laws  and  regulations,  including  the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
Compensation  and  Liability  Act,  the Clean  Water Act,  the Clean Air Act and
similar state statutes.  These laws and regulations require permits for drilling
wells and the  maintenance of bonding  requirements in order to drill or operate
wells and also  regulate  the  spacing  and  location  of wells,  the  method of
drilling and casing wells,  the surface use and  restoration of properties  upon
which wells are drilled,  the plugging and  abandoning of wells,  the prevention
and cleanup of pollutants and other matters.

     Southwestern maintains insurance against costs of clean-up operations,  but
is not fully insured against all such risks.  Compliance with environmental laws
and  regulations  has  had  no  material   effect  on   Southwestern's   capital
expenditures,  earnings, or competitive position.  Although future environmental
obligations  are not  expected  to have a  material  impact  on the  results  of
operations or financial condition of the Company, there can be no assurance that
future  developments,  such  as  increasingly  stringent  environmental  laws or
enforcement thereof, will not cause the Company to incur material  environmental
liabilities or costs.

Real Estate Development

     Southwestern's wholly owned subsidiary, A. W. Realty Company (AWR), owns an
interest  in  approximately  150  acres  of  real  estate,   most  of  which  is
undeveloped.  AWR's real estate  development  activities are  concentrated  on a
130-acre  tract of land located near the Company's  offices in a growing part of
Fayetteville,  Arkansas. The Company has owned an interest in this land for many
years.  The  property  is  zoned  for  commercial,   office,   and  multi-family
residential  development.  AWR continues to review with a joint venture  partner
various  options for developing  this property that would minimize the Company's
initial capital  expenditures,  but still enable it to retain an interest in any
appreciation in value. This activity,  however, does not represent a significant
portion of the Company's business.

Employees

     At December 31, 2001,  Southwestern had 525 total employees, 31 of whom are
represented under a collective bargaining  agreement.  The Company believes that
its relations with its employees are good.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     For  additional  information  about the Company's  gas and oil  operations,
refer  to  Notes  5 and 6 to the  financial  statements  in  Item 8  ("Financial
Statements  and  Supplementary   Data").  For  information   concerning  capital
expenditures,  refer  to  page 41  ("Capital  Expenditures"  section  of Item 7,
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations").  Also refer to Item 6 ("Selected  Financial Data") for information
concerning gas and oil produced.

                                       13

     The following table provides  information  concerning  miles of pipe of the
Company's  gas  distribution  systems.  For a further  description  of  Arkansas
Western's properties, see the discussion under Item 1 ("Business").


                                                                           Total
                                                                          ------
                                                                       
Gathering                                                                    387
Transmission                                                                 984
Distribution                                                               3,756
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           5,127
================================================================================


     The following  information is provided to supplement that presented in Item
8. For a further  description of Southwestern's oil and gas properties,  see the
discussion under Item 1 ("Business").

Leasehold acreage


                                Undeveloped                     Developed
                             Gross         Net             Gross          Net
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                                             
Arkoma                      126,453        76,051         221,690        161,460
Mid-Continent                 6,038         2,884          56,130          3,745
Texas/New Mexico            205,948        78,166         171,915         36,574
Louisiana                   107,642        78,161          43,350          9,365
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            446,081       235,262         493,085        211,144
================================================================================

Producing wells


                                  Gas               Oil              Total
                              Gross    Net      Gross   Net       Gross    Net
                              --------------------------------------------------
                                                         
Arkoma                         806    402.0       -       -        806     402.0
Mid-Continent                  163    111.4     388    78.0        551     189.4
Texas/New Mexico               220     68.8     225   113.4        445     182.2
Louisiana                       17      7.8      15    10.6         32      18.4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             1,206    590.0     628   202.0      1,834     792.0
================================================================================


Wells drilled during the year



                                                Exploratory

                           Productive Wells      Dry Holes           Total
Year                          Gross    Net      Gross   Net       Gross    Net
----                       -----------------------------------------------------
                                                         
2001                          13.0      6.5     8.0     3.8       21.0      10.3
2000                          13.0      4.0    12.0     4.8       25.0       8.8
1999                           4.0      1.5     4.0     1.6        8.0       3.1





                                               Development

                           Productive Wells      Dry Holes           Total
Year                          Gross    Net      Gross   Net       Gross    Net
----                       -----------------------------------------------------
                                                         
2001                          67.0     29.5    11.0     2.9       78.0      32.4
2000                          65.0     21.9    14.0     6.3       79.0      28.2
1999                          47.0     18.3    15.0     6.1       62.0      24.4


Wells in progress as of December 31, 2001



                                                                  Gross    Net
                                                                 ---------------
                                                                     
Exploratory                                                          -       -
Development                                                        2.0     0.9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                              2.0     0.9
================================================================================


     In December 2001, the Company  announced that the Miami  Corporation  #27-1
well  at  its  Crowne  prospect  in  Cameron  Parish,   Louisiana,   encountered
approximately  75  feet  of net  pay in the  targeted  Planulina  objective.  In
February,  the well was  placed on  production  at a rate of 10.0  MMcf/d and 35
Bopd.  Southwestern  is  currently  drilling a second  well in the  prospect  to
further  delineate and develop the  reservoir.  Southwestern  is the operator of
these wells with a 40% working interest.

                                       14

     During 2001,  Southwestern  was required to file Form 23, "Annual Survey of
Domestic Oil and Gas  Reserves,"  with the  Department of Energy.  The basis for
reporting  reserves on Form 23 is not comparable to the reserve data included in
Note 6 to the financial  statements  in the 2001 Annual Report to  Shareholders.
The primary  differences are that Form 23 reports gross reserves,  including the
royalty owners' share, and includes reserves for only those properties where the
Company is the operator.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The Company recently settled  litigation,  subject to court approval,  in a
case filed against the Company and two of its  subsidiaries  in a state court in
Sebastian  County,  Arkansas  related  to the  Company's  Stockton  Gas  Storage
Facility in Franklin  County,  Arkansas (the "Stockton  Storage  Facility").  As
previously  disclosed,  this class  action  suit was filed on August 25, 2000 on
behalf of a class of plaintiffs comprised of all surface owners, mineral owners,
royalty owners and overriding  royalty owners in the Stockton Storage  Facility.
The  plaintiffs  alleged  various  wrongful,  intentional  and  fraudulent  acts
relating to the operation of the storage pool  beginning in 1968 and  continuing
to the  present  and  claimed  ownership  rights in the gas that the Company has
stored in the  storage  pool in an amount  in  excess  of $5  million  in actual
damages, interest,  attorney's fees and punitive damages. Under the terms of the
settlement,  the  Company  has agreed to pay the  plaintiffs  a cash  settlement
amount and enter into new gas storage  agreements  at rental rates  commensurate
with current  market rates.  The  settlement of this  litigation  did not have a
material impact on the Company's results of operations for 2001.

     The Company is subject to laws and  regulations  relating to the protection
of the environment.  The Company's policy is to accrue environmental and cleanup
related costs of a non-capital  nature when it is both probable that a liability
has been  incurred and when the amount can be reasonably  estimated.  Management
believes any future  remediation or other compliance related costs will not have
a material effect on the financial position or reported results of operations of
the Company.

     The Company is subject to other  litigation  and claims that have arisen in
the  ordinary  course of  business.  The  Company  accrues for such items when a
liability is both  probable and the amount can be reasonably  estimated.  In the
opinion of management, the results of such litigation and claims will not have a
material  effect on the results of operations  or the financial  position of the
Company.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     No matters  were  submitted  during the fourth  quarter of the fiscal  year
ended December 31, 2001, to a vote of security holders, through the solicitation
of proxies or otherwise.

Executive Officers of the Registrant


                                                                    Years Served
     Name                   Officer Position                  Age    as Officer
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 
Harold M. Korell    President and Chief Executive Officer      57           5
                    and Director

Greg D. Kerley      Executive Vice President and               46          12
                    Chief Financial Officer

Richard F. Lane     Executive Vice President,                  44           3
                    Southwestern Energy Production Company
                    and SEECO, Inc.

Mark K. Boling      Senior Vice President, General Counsel     44           -
                    and Secretary

Charles V. Stevens  Senior Vice President,                     52          13
                    Arkansas Western Gas Company



     Mr.  Korell has served as  President  since  October  1998 and  assumed the
position of Chief Executive Officer on January 1, 1999. He joined the Company in
1997 as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. From 1992 to 1997,
he was  employed  by American  Exploration  Company  where he was most  recently
Senior Vice  President - Operations.  From 1990 to 1992,  he was Executive  Vice
President  of  McCormick  Resources  and  from  1973 to  1989,  he held  various
positions with Tenneco Oil Company, including Vice President, Production.

                                       15

     Mr.  Kerley  was  appointed  to his  present  position  in  December  1999.
Previously,  he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from
1998 to 1999, Senior Vice President - Treasurer and Secretary from 1997 to 1998,
Vice President - Treasurer and Secretary from 1992 to 1997, and Controller  from
1990 to 1992. Mr. Kerley also served as the Chief  Accounting  Officer from 1990
to 1998.

     Mr.  Lane  was  appointed  to  his  present   position  in  December  2001.
Previously,  he served as Senior  Vice  President  from  February  2001 and Vice
President  -  Exploration  from  February  1999.  Mr. Lane joined the Company in
February  1998 as Manager -  Exploration.  From 1993 to 1998, he was employed by
American  Exploration  Company where he was most recently  Offshore  Exploration
Manager.  Previously,  he held various  managerial and  geological  positions at
FINA, Inc. and Tenneco Oil Company.

     Mr.  Boling  joined the  Company in his present  position in January  2002.
Prior to joining the Company,  Mr.  Boling had a private law practice in Houston
specializing in the oil and gas industry since 1993. Previously,  Mr. Boling was
a partner with Fulbright and Jaworski L.L.P.  where he was employed from 1982 to
1993.

     Mr.  Stevens has served the Company in his present  position since December
1997.  Previously,  he served as Vice President of Arkansas  Western Gas Company
from 1988 to 1997.

     All  officers  are elected at the Annual  Meeting of the Board of Directors
for one-year  terms or until their  successors  are duly  elected.  There are no
arrangements  between any officer and any other person  pursuant to which he was
selected as an officer. There is no family relationship between any of the named
executive officers or between any of them and the Company's directors.

                                       16

Part II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The Company's  common stock is traded on the New York Stock  Exchange under
the symbol "SWN." At December 31, 2001,  the Company had 2,124  shareholders  of
record.  The following prices represent  closing market  transactions on the New
York Stock Exchange.


                                   Range of Market Prices    Cash Dividends Paid
Quarter Ended                       2001            2000         2001    2000
                               -------------------------------------------------
                                                          
March 31                       $11.20  $ 8.76   $ 7.44  $5.44        -      $.06

June 30                        $16.35  $ 8.77   $10.38  $6.06        -      $.06

September 30                   $13.50  $10.45   $10.00  $6.13        -         -

December 31                    $13.05  $ 9.51   $10.44  $7.25        -         -


     On June 22, 2000,  the Arkansas  Supreme  Court  affirmed a $109.3  million
judgment  against the Company  from a class  action  lawsuit  brought by royalty
owners.  As a result  of the  judgment,  the  Company  suspended  its  quarterly
dividend. Dividends totaling $3.0 million were paid during 2000.

                                       17

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA




                                                 2001        2000        1999        1998        1997        1996
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           
Financial Review (in thousands)
Operating revenues
     Exploration and production             $ 153,937   $ 110,920    $  75,039  $  86,232   $  100,129    $  86,978
     Gas distribution                         147,282     151,234      132,420    134,711      154,155      142,730
     Gas marketing and other                  190,773     208,196      137,942     97,795       83,511       30,636
     Intersegment revenues                   (147,065)   (106,467)     (65,005)   (52,433)     (61,606)     (57,004)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              344,927     363,883      280,396    266,305      276,189      203,340
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating costs and expenses
     Gas purchases - utility                   68,161      58,669       45,370     39,863       46,806       42,851
     Gas purchases - marketing                 68,010     133,221       92,851     73,235       63,054       14,114
     Operating and general                     64,108      59,790       57,957     61,915       59,167       50,509
     Unusual items                                  -     111,288            -          -            -            -
     Depreciation, depletion and amortization  52,899      45,869       41,603     46,917       48,208       42,394
     Write-down of oil and gas properties           -           -            -     66,383            -           -
     Taxes, other than income taxes             9,080       8,515        6,557      6,943        7,018        5,476
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              262,258     417,352      244,338    295,256      224,253      155,344
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income (loss)                        82,669     (53,469)      36,058    (28,951)      51,936       47,996
Interest expense, net                         (23,699)    (23,230)     (17,351)   (17,186)     (16,414)     (13,044)
Other income (expense)                           (799)      1,997       (2,331)    (3,956)      (5,017)      (4,015)
Minority interest in partnership                 (930)          -            -          -            -            -
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before income taxes and
     extraordinary item                        57,241     (74,702)      16,376    (50,093)      30,505       30,937
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income taxes
     Current                                        -           -          537     (6,029)        (732)      (5,569)
     Deferred                                  21,917     (28,905)       5,912    (13,467)      12,522       17,320
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               21,917     (28,905)       6,449    (19,496)      11,790       11,751
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item        35,324     (45,797)       9,927    (30,597)      18,715       19,186
Extraordinary item                                  -        (890)          -           -            -            -
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss)                           $  35,324   $ (46,687)   $   9,927  $ (30,597)   $  18,715    $  19,186
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flow from operations, net of working
     capital changes (in thousands)         $ 144,583   $ (53,203)(1)$  58,131  $  93,708    $  79,483    $  71,830
Return on equity                                 19.3%        n/a         5.21%       n/a         8.45%        9.23%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock Statistics
Basic earnings (loss) per share             $    1.40   $   (1.86)   $     .40   $   (1.23)  $     .76    $     .78
Diluted earnings (loss) per share           $    1.38   $   (1.86)   $     .40   $   (1.23)  $     .76    $     .78
Cash dividends declared and paid per share          -   $     .12    $     .24   $     .24   $     .24    $     .24
Book value per share                        $    7.19   $    5.61    $    7.60   $    7.45   $    8.92    $    8.41
Market price at year-end                    $   10.40   $   10.38    $    6.56   $    7.50  -$   12.88    $   15.13
Number of shareholders of record at year-end    2,124       2,192        2,268       2,333  -    2,379        2,572
Average diluted shares outstanding         25,601,110  25,043,586   24,947,021  24,882,170  24,777,906   24,788,587
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Cash flow from operations,  net of working capital changes,  for 2000 would
     have been $58.1 million  excluding the effects of unusual and extraordinary
     items.



                                       18




                                                            2001       2000      1999        1998       1997       1996
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 
Capitalization (in thousands)

Total debt, including current portion                       $ 350,000  $ 396,000  $ 302,200  $ 283,436  $ 299,543  $ 278,285
Common shareholders' equity                                   183,086    141,291    190,356    185,856    221,565    207,941
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total capitalization                                        $ 533,086  $ 537,291  $ 492,556  $ 469,292  $ 521,108  $ 486,226
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets                                                $ 743,123  $ 705,378  $ 671,446  $ 647,620  $ 710,866  $ 660,190
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capitalization ratios:
     Debt                                                        65.7%     73.70%     61.35%     60.27%     57.23%     56.96%
     Equity                                                      34.3%     26.30%     38.65%     39.73%     42.77%     43.04%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital Expenditures (in millions)
Exploration and production                                     $ 99.0     $ 69.2     $ 59.0     $ 52.4     $ 73.5    $ 110.3
Gas distribution                                                  5.3        6.0        7.1       10.1       12.6       12.8
Other                                                             1.8         .5         .9        1.9        2.7        1.8
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              $ 106.1     $ 75.7     $ 67.0     $ 64.4     $ 88.8    $ 124.9
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exploration and Production
Natural gas:
     Production, Bcf                                             35.5       31.6       29.4       32.7       33.4       34.8
     Average price per Mcf                                     $ 3.85     $ 2.88     $ 2.21     $ 2.34     $ 2.57     $ 2.26
Oil:
     Production, MBbls                                            719        676        578        703        749        391
     Average price per barrel                                 $ 23.55    $ 22.99    $ 17.11    $ 13.60    $ 19.02    $ 21.21
Total gas and oil production, Bcfe                               39.8       35.7       32.9       36.9       37.9       37.1
Average production (lifting) cost per Mcf equivalent            $ .62      $ .55      $ .44      $ .43      $ .45      $ .29
Proved reserves at year-end:
     Natural gas, Bcf                                           355.8      331.8      307.5      303.7      291.4      297.5
     Oil, MBbls                                                 7,704      8,130      7,859      6,850      7,852      8,238
     Total reserves, Bcfe                                       402.0      380.6      354.7      344.8      338.5      346.9
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gas Distribution(1)
Sales and transportation volumes, Bcf:
     Residential                                                  8.4       10.9       10.8       11.1       12.6       13.4
     Commercial                                                   6.1        7.6        7.6        7.6        8.4        8.8
     Industrial                                                   2.5        3.5        3.5        4.2        6.6        7.7
     End-use transportation                                       7.0        8.3        9.6        8.8        6.6        5.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 24.0       30.3       31.5       31.7       34.2       35.4
     Off-system transportation                                    3.1        3.1        4.8        1.1        2.8        3.6
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 27.1       33.4       36.3       32.8       37.0       39.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Customers at year-end:
     Residential                                              119,856    119,024    158,606    156,384    154,864    151,880
     Commercial                                                16,177     16,282     21,929     22,229     21,431     20,845
     Industrial                                                   209        228        290        303        311        326
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              136,242    135,534    180,825    178,916    176,606    173,051
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Degree days                                                     3,654      3,994      3,179      3,472      4,131      4,341
Percent of normal                                                  91%       100%        79%        87%       103%       108%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) Gas distribution statistics include the operations of the Company's Missouri
properties through the sale date of May 31, 2000.



                                       19

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS

     The  following   information   should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the
information contained in the financial statements and the notes thereto included
in Item 8 of this  report  and with  the  discussion  below on  "Forward-Looking
Information."

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Southwestern  reported record net income of $35.3 million in 2001, or $1.38
per share on a fully diluted  basis,  compared to a net loss of $46.7 million in
2000,  or $1.86 per share,  and net income of $9.9 million in 1999,  or $.40 per
share. The loss for 2000 includes one-time charges for unusual items,  including
a $109.3  million  judgment  in the Hales  lawsuit  and $2.0  million  for other
litigation,  an  extraordinary  loss on the early retirement of debt, and a $3.2
million  gain  from  the  sale of the  Company's  Missouri  utility  properties.
Exclusive of these  one-time  charges and the gain on sale,  net income for 2000
would have been $20.5 million, or $.82 per share.

     Results for both 2001 and 2000 (excluding  unusual items) reflect growth in
oil and gas production  volumes and higher oil and gas prices realized.  Results
for 1999 were negatively impacted by lower wellhead prices for the Company's oil
and gas production and by unseasonably warm weather.

Exploration and Production

     The Company's  exploration and production segment's revenue,  profitability
and future rate of growth are substantially dependent upon prevailing prices for
natural  gas and oil,  which are  dependent  upon  numerous  factors  beyond its
control, such as economic, political and regulatory developments and competition
from other sources of energy.  The energy  markets have  historically  been very
volatile,  and there can be no  assurance  that oil and gas  prices  will not be
subject to wide fluctuations in the future.



                                                2001         2000         1999
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                              
Revenues (in thousands)                      $ 153,937  $ 110,920      $  75,039
Operating income (loss) (in thousands)       $  69,340  $ (70,584)(1)  $  16,451

Gas production (Bcf)                              35.5       31.6           29.4
Oil production (MBbls)                             719        676            578
Total production (Bcfe)                           39.8       35.7           32.9

Average gas price per Mcf                       $ 3.85     $ 2.88         $ 2.21
Average oil price per Bbl                      $ 23.55    $ 22.99        $ 17.11

Operating expenses per Mcfe
     Production expenses                        $ 0.45     $ 0.40         $ 0.35
     Production taxes                           $ 0.17     $ 0.15         $ 0.09
     General & administrative expenses          $ 0.34     $ 0.32         $ 0.30
     Full cost pool amortization                $ 1.14     $ 1.06         $ 1.00

(1) Includes a charge of $109.3  million for the Hales  judgment and a charge of
$2.0  million  related  to other  litigation.  Excluding  these  unusual  items,
operating  income for the  exploration  and  production  segment would have been
$40.7 million for 2000.



Revenues and Operating Income

     The Company's exploration and production revenues increased 39% in 2001 and
48% in 2000.  The  increases  were due to  increases  in  production  and higher
average prices received.

     Operating  income  of the  exploration  and  production  segment  was $69.3
million in 2001 compared to $40.7  million in 2000,  excluding the impact of the
Hales  judgment and the other  unusual  items,  and $16.5  million in 1999.  The
increase in 2001 was due to an 11% increase in equivalent oil and gas production
and higher oil and gas prices realized,  partially offset by increased operating
costs and expenses. The increase in 2000 was due to an 8% increase in equivalent
oil and gas production and higher oil and gas prices realized,  partially offset
by increased operating costs and expenses.

Production and Sales

     Gas and oil production totaled 39.8 billion cubic feet equivalent (Bcfe) in
2001,  35.7 Bcfe in 2000 and 32.9 Bcfe in 1999. The increase in 2001  production
volumes resulted from the Company's continued exploration and development of its
South Louisiana  properties,  the development of its Overton Field in East Texas
and increased production in the Arkoma Basin.

                                       20

     The increase in 2000  production  volumes  resulted from new wells added in
2000 and 1999 in the  Company's  Permian  Basin  and South  Louisiana  operating
areas,  partially  offset by the loss of  production  from certain  wells in the
Company's Mid-Continent operating area that were sold at auction during 2000.

     Gas sales to  unaffiliated  purchasers  were 30.4 Bcf in 2001, up from 23.8
Bcf in 2000 and 21.2 Bcf in 1999. Sales to unaffiliated purchasers are primarily
made under  contracts  which  reflect  current  short-term  prices and which are
subject to seasonal price swings.  Intersegment  sales to the Company's  utility
subsidiary,  Arkansas  Western Gas Company  (Arkansas  Western)  were 5.1 Bcf in
2001,  7.8 Bcf in 2000 and 8.2 Bcf in 1999.  See "Gas  Distribution  - Operating
Costs and Expenses" below for further discussion of the utility's gas purchases.
The decrease in sales in 2001 was caused by Arkansas  Western's  reduced  supply
requirements  due to warmer  weather and the sale of the utility's  Missouri gas
distribution  properties  in May 2000.  Weather in 2001,  as  measured in degree
days,  was 9% warmer than both  normal and the prior year in Arkansas  Western's
service territory. Weather was normal in 2000 and 21% colder than 1999; however,
sales to Arkansas  Western  decreased  in 2000 due to the sale of the  utility's
Missouri properties.  The Company's gas production provided approximately 33% of
the utility's requirements in 2001, 42% in 2000 and 41% in 1999.

     Future  sales  to  Arkansas  Western's  gas  distribution  systems  will be
dependent upon the Company's  success in obtaining gas supply contracts with the
utility systems. In the future, the Company will continue to bid to obtain these
gas supply contracts, although there is no assurance that it will be successful.
If  successful,  the Company  cannot predict the amount of premium that would be
associated with the new contracts.  The Company expects future  increases in its
gas  production to come  primarily from sales to  unaffiliated  purchasers.  The
Company is unable to predict  changes in the market demand and price for natural
gas,  including changes which may be induced by the effects of weather on demand
of both  affiliated  and  unaffiliated  customers for the Company's  production.
Additionally,  the Company holds a large amount of undeveloped leasehold acreage
and producing  acreage,  and has an inventory of drilling  leads,  prospects and
seismic data that will continue to be evaluated and developed in the future. The
Company's  exploration  programs have been directed primarily toward natural gas
in recent years.

Commodity Prices

     The average price  realized for the Company's gas  production was $3.85 per
Mcf in 2001,  $2.88 per Mcf in 2000,  and $2.21 per Mcf in 1999.  The changes in
the average price  realized  primarily  reflects  changes in average annual spot
market prices and the effects of the Company's  price  hedging  activities.  The
Company's hedging activities lowered the average gas price $.31 per Mcf in 2001,
$1.04 per Mcf in 2000, and $.06 per Mcf in 1999.  Additionally,  the Company has
historically  received  monthly  demand  charges  related  to sales  made to its
utility segment which has increased the Company's average gas price realized.

     The Company  periodically  enters into hedging activities with respect to a
portion of its projected crude oil and natural gas production  through a variety
of  financial  arrangements  intended  to support oil and gas prices at targeted
levels and to  minimize  the impact of price  fluctuations  (see Item 7A of this
Form 10-K and Note 8 of the financial statements for additional discussion). The
Company's  policies  prohibit   speculation  with  derivatives  and  limit  swap
agreements to counterparties with appropriate credit standings.  At December 31,
2001, the Company had hedges in place on 33.0 Bcf of gas. Subsequent to December
31, 2001 and prior to March 13, 2002, the Company hedged an additional  10.5 Bcf
of future gas production.  There were no hedges in place at December 31, 2001 on
the Company's  future oil production.  Subsequent to December 31, 2001 and prior
to  March  13,  2002,  the  Company  hedged  277,500  barrels  of its  2002  oil
production.  The  Company  currently  has hedged  approximately  65% of its 2002
anticipated  gas  production  level and 40% of its  anticipated  oil  production
level.

     Disregarding the impact of hedges, the Company expects the average price it
receives for its gas production to be  approximately  $.05 to $.10 per Mcf lower
than average spot market prices, as market differentials that reduce the average
prices  received are partially  offset by demand  charges it receives  under the
contracts  covering its  intersegment  sales to the Company's  utility  systems.
Future  changes in revenues from sales of the Company's gas  production  will be
dependent  upon  changes in the  market  price for gas,  access to new  markets,
maintenance of existing markets, and additions of new gas reserves.

     The  Company  realized  an  average  price of $23.55 per barrel for its oil
production  for the year ended  December 31, 2001, up from $22.99 per barrel for
2000 and $17.11 per barrel for 1999. The Company's  hedging  activities  lowered
the  average  oil price  $.03 per  barrel in 2001 and $6.39 per  barrel in 2000.
Hedges had no impact on the average realized oil price in 1999. Disregarding the
impact of hedges,  the Company expects the average price it receives for its oil
production to be  approximately  $1.00 per barrel lower than average spot market
prices, as market differentials reduce the average prices received.

Operating Costs and Expenses

     Production  expenses per Mcfe for this business  segment were $.45 in 2001,
compared to $.40 in 2000 and $.35 in 1999.  Production  taxes per Mcfe were $.17
in  2001,  compared  to $.15 in 2000  and $.09 in  1999.  The  increase  in unit
production

                                       21

expenses in 2001 was due to increased  workover  expenses  and an  industry-wide
increase in costs related to normal production activities.  The increase in unit
production  expenses  in 2000  was due  primarily  to an  increase  in  workover
expenses.  The increases in 2001 and 2000 production  taxes per Mcfe were due to
increased  severance and ad valorem  taxes that  resulted from higher  commodity
prices. General and administrative expenses per Mcfe were $.34 in 2001, compared
to $.32 in 2000 and $.30 in 1999.  The  increase in general  and  administrative
costs per Mcfe in 2001 was due primarily to increased legal costs related to the
resolution of litigation.  The increase in general and  administrative  costs in
2000  as  compared  to 1999  resulted  primarily  from  increases  in  incentive
compensation pay that is dependent upon the operating results for this segment.

     The Company's full cost pool  amortization rate averaged $1.14 per Mcfe for
2001, compared to $1.06 in 2000 and $1.00 in 1999. The rate increased in 2001 as
compared to 2000 due  primarily to negative  revisions of proved  reserves  that
resulted  from a decline in average gas prices and to a $6.6 million  decline in
the balance of  unevaluated  costs excluded from  amortization  in the full cost
pool. The average rate increased in 2000 due primarily to a $9.9 million decline
in the balance of unevaluated costs excluded from amortization.

     The Company  utilizes the full cost method of accounting  for costs related
to its oil and  natural  gas  properties.  Under  this  method,  all such  costs
(productive  and  nonproductive)  are  capitalized and amortized on an aggregate
basis over the estimated lives of the properties  using the  units-of-production
method.  These capitalized costs are subject to a ceiling test,  however,  which
limits such pooled  costs to the  aggregate  of the present  value of future net
revenues  attributable  to proved gas and oil reserves  discounted at 10 percent
(standardized  measure)  plus the  lower  of cost or  market  value of  unproved
properties.  Any costs in excess of this  ceiling  are written off as a non-cash
expense.  The expense may not be reversed in future periods,  even though higher
oil and gas prices may  subsequently  increase the ceiling.  Full cost companies
must use the prices in effect at the end of each accounting quarter to calculate
the ceiling  value of its  reserves.  At December 31, 2001,  2000 and 1999,  the
Company's  unamortized  costs  of oil and gas  properties  did not  exceed  this
ceiling  amount.  At December 31, 2001, the Company's  standardized  measure was
calculated  based upon quoted  market prices of $2.65 per Mcf for gas and $19.84
per barrel for oil, adjusted for market differentials.  A decline in oil and gas
prices from year-end  2001 levels or other  factors,  without  other  mitigating
circumstances,  could  cause a future  write-down  of  capitalized  costs  and a
non-cash charge against future earnings.

     In 2001, the Company's  subsidiary,  Southwestern Energy Production Company
(SEPCO), formed a limited partnership with an investor to drill and complete the
first 14  development  wells in SEPCO's  Overton  Field located in Smith County,
Texas.  This partnership was created to provide capital  necessary to accelerate
the field's development.  The Overton properties were acquired by SEPCO in April
2000 and have multiple  development  locations  through the  downspacing  of the
existing  producing units.  Because SEPCO is the sole general partner and owns a
majority  interest in the partnership,  operating and financial  results for the
partnership are  consolidated  with the other  operations of the Company and the
investor's share of the partnership  activity is reported as a minority interest
item in the financial  statements.  During 2001, the minority  interest owner in
the partnership  contributed $13.5 million in capital to the limited partnership
and  received  distributions  of $1.5  million.  The  investor's  share  of 2001
revenues, less operating costs and expenses, was $.9 million.

     Inflation  impacts the Company by generally  increasing its operating costs
and the  costs  of its  capital  additions.  The  effects  of  inflation  on the
Company's operations prior to 2000 have been minimal due to low inflation rates.
However,  during  both 2001 and 2000,  the impact of  inflation  intensified  in
certain areas of the Company's  exploration and production  segment as shortages
in drilling rigs,  third-party  services and qualified labor developed due to an
overall increase in the activity level of the domestic oil and gas industry. The
Company  anticipates  that this impact is now decreasing  along with the current
level of commodity prices.

Gas Distribution

     The operating results of the Company's gas distribution  segment are highly
seasonal.   The  extent  and  duration  of  heating  weather  also  impacts  the
profitability of this segment,  although the Company has a weather normalization
clause that lessens the impact of revenue  increases and  decreases  which might
result  from  weather  variations  during the  winter  heating  season.  The gas
distribution  segment's  profitability  is also  dependent  upon the  timing and
amount of  regulatory  rate  increases  that are filed with and  approved by the
Arkansas Public Service  Commission  (APSC).  For periods  subsequent to allowed
rate increases, the Company's profitability is impacted by its ability to manage
and control this segment's operating costs and expenses.

     On May 31,  2000,  the  Company  completed  the  sale of its  Missouri  gas
distribution  assets for $32.0  million.  The sale  resulted in a pretax gain of
approximately  $3.2  million  and  proceeds  from the sale were used to pay down
debt.  As a  result  of the  adverse  Hales  judgment,  the  Company's  Board of
Directors  authorized  management to pursue the sale of the Company's  remaining
gas  distribution  operations.  The sale process did not result in an acceptable
bid and the Company currently plans to operate these assets as a continuing part
of its business.

                                       22



                                            2001          2000          1999
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                        ($ in thousands except for Mcf amounts)
                                                               
Revenues                                $ 147,282      $ 151,234      $ 132,420
Gas purchases                           $  96,058      $  93,992      $  68,876
Operating costs and expenses            $  40,878      $  42,587      $  46,357
Operating income                        $  10,346      $  14,655      $  17,187

Deliveries (Bcf)
     Sales and end-use transportation        24.0           30.4           31.6
     Off-system transportation                3.1            3.1            4.8

Average number of customers               134,041        152,773        177,328
Average sales rate per Mcf                 $ 8.26         $ 6.55         $ 5.67

Heating weather - degree days               3,654          3,994          3,179
     Percent of normal                         91%           100%            79%

Note:  Data for 2000 and 1999 includes the operations of the Company's  Missouri
properties  through  the  sale  date of May 31,  2000.  Excluding  the  Missouri
operations,  operating  income  would have been $12.6  million in 2000 and $14.6
million in 1999.




Revenues and Operating Income

     Gas distribution  revenues  fluctuate due to the pass-through of gas supply
cost changes and the effects of weather. Because of the corresponding changes in
purchased gas costs,  the revenue effect of the pass-through of gas cost changes
has not materially affected net income.

     Gas distribution  revenues  decreased 3% in 2001 and increased 14% in 2000.
The decrease in 2001 was due to the loss of revenues  resulting from the sale of
the  utility's  Missouri  assets and the  effects of warmer  weather,  partially
offset by a higher unit sales rate caused by high gas  prices.  The  increase in
2000 was due to a higher sales rate and increased sales volumes caused by colder
weather, partially offset by the loss of revenues resulting from the sale of the
utility's  Missouri  assets in May 2000.  Weather  during 2001 in the  utility's
service territory was 9% warmer than both normal and the prior year.  Weather in
2000 was normal and 21% colder than the prior year.

     Operating income for  Southwestern's  utility systems decreased 29% in 2001
and 15% in 2000. The decrease in 2001 resulted from the full-year  impact of the
sale of the utility's  Missouri assets,  the effects of warmer weather that were
not fully offset by the Company's  weather  normalization  clause in its tariffs
and  increased  bad debt  expense  caused  by record  high  natural  gas  prices
experienced  in the first part of 2001.  The decrease in 2000  resulted from the
sale of the Missouri  assets and a $1.4 million  annual rate  reduction that was
implemented in December 1999.

Deliveries and Rates

     In 2001, Arkansas Western sold 17.0 Bcf to its customers at an average rate
of $8.26 per Mcf,  compared to 22.1 Bcf at $6.55 per Mcf in 2000 and 21.9 Bcf at
$5.67 per Mcf in 1999.  Additionally,  Arkansas  Western  transported 7.0 Bcf in
2001,  8.3 Bcf in  2000  and 9.6 Bcf in  1999  for its  end-use  customers.  The
decrease in volumes sold and  transported  in 2001 resulted from the sale of the
utility's Missouri  properties and warmer weather.  The decrease in the combined
volumes  sold and  transported  in 2000  resulted  from the sale of the Missouri
properties,  partially offset by increased deliveries due to colder weather. The
fluctuations  in the average sales rates reflect  changes in the average cost of
gas purchased for delivery to the Company's customers,  which are passed through
to customers under automatic adjustment clauses.

     Total deliveries to industrial customers of the utility segment,  including
transportation  volumes,  were 9.5 Bcf in 2001, 11.8 Bcf in 2000 and 13.1 Bcf in
1999. The decline in deliveries in 2001 resulted from warmer heating weather and
the sale of the utility's  Missouri  assets.  In 2000, the decline resulted from
the sale of the Missouri  assets.  Arkansas  Western also transported 3.1 Bcf of
gas  through  its  gathering  system  in  both  2001  and  2000  for  off-system
deliveries,  all to the Ozark Gas  Transmission  System,  compared to 4.8 Bcf in
1999.  The level of  off-system  deliveries  each year  generally  reflects  the
changes of on-system  demands of the Company's gas distribution  systems for the
Company's  gas  production.  The  average  off-system  transportation  rate  was
approximately  $.13 per Mcf, exclusive of fuel, in 2001 and $.10 per Mcf in 2000
and 1999.

     Gas distribution revenues in future years will be impacted by the utility's
gas purchase costs,  customer growth and rate increases  allowed by the APSC. In
recent years,  Arkansas Western has experienced customer growth of approximately
2% to 3% annually in its  Northwest  Arkansas  service  territory,  while it has
experienced  little or no customer growth in its service

                                       23

territory in Northeast  Arkansas.  Based on current  economic  conditions in the
Company's service territories, the Company expects this trend in customer growth
to continue.

     Tariffs  implemented in Arkansas as a result of rate increases in both 1996
and 1997 contain a weather  normalization clause to lessen the impact of revenue
increases and decreases  which might result from weather  variations  during the
winter heating season. Rate increase requests, which may be filed in the future,
will depend on customer growth,  increases in operating expenses, and additional
investment in property,  plant and equipment. See "Regulatory Matters" below for
additional discussion.

Operating Costs and Expenses

     The changes in purchased gas costs for the gas distribution segment reflect
volumes  purchased,  prices  paid  for  supplies,  the  mix  of  purchases  from
intercompany  versus  third-party  sources  and the sale of  Missouri  assets as
discussed  above.  Other  operating  costs and expenses of the gas  distribution
segment  decreased  in both  2001  and  2000  due  primarily  to the sale of the
utility's  Missouri assets.  Operating costs in 2001 included increased bad debt
expense caused by high natural gas prices.

     In October 1998,  Arkansas Western instituted a competitive bidding process
for its gas supply.  These bid requests  included  replacement of the gas supply
and no-notice  service  previously  provided by a long-term gas supply  contract
between  Arkansas  Western and one of the Company's  exploration  and production
subsidiaries,  SEECO, Inc. (SEECO).  In the initial 1998 bid, SEECO,  along with
the Company's marketing subsidiary, successfully bid on five of seven gas supply
packages with prices based on the Reliant East Index plus a demand charge. Based
on normal  weather  patterns,  the volumes of gas projected to be supplied under
these contracts were  approximately  equal to the historical annual volumes sold
under the expired long-term contract.  However,  under the new contracts,  SEECO
supplied most of Arkansas  Western's  no-notice  service and less of its routine
base requirements than it had under the previous contract.  As a result,  during
periods  of warmer  weather,  lower  total gas  volumes  would be  purchased  by
Arkansas  Western than compared to periods of normal or colder  weather.  All of
the bid packages  originally secured by the Company's  subsidiaries in 1998 have
now expired.  During the third quarter of 2001,  SEECO  successfully  bid on gas
supply packages representing approximately half of the requirements for Arkansas
Western for 2002.  SEECO was  unsuccessful  in bidding on a no-notice gas supply
package that it  previously  held that  generated a  significant  portion of the
demand  charges it received on  affiliated  sales.  Other  purchases by Arkansas
Western are made under long-term contracts with flexible pricing provisions.

     Inflation  impacts the  Company's  gas  distribution  segment by  generally
increasing  its  operating  costs and the costs of its  capital  additions.  The
effects of  inflation  on the  utility's  operations  in recent  years have been
minimal  due  to low  inflation  rates.  Additionally,  delays  inherent  in the
rate-making  process  prevent the Company from obtaining  immediate  recovery of
increased operating costs of its gas distribution segment.

Regulatory Matters

     Arkansas  Western's  rates and  operations  are  regulated by the APSC.  It
operates through  municipal  franchises that are perpetual by state law, but are
not exclusive within a geographic area.  Although its rates for gas delivered to
its  retail  customers  are  not  regulated  by the  Federal  Energy  Regulatory
Commission  (FERC),  its transmission and gathering pipeline systems are subject
to  the  FERC's  regulations  concerning  open  access  transportation.  As  the
regulatory  focus of the natural gas industry has shifted from the federal level
to the state level, some utilities across the nation have unbundled  residential
sales  services  from  transportation  services in an effort to promote  greater
competition. No such legislation or regulatory directives related to natural gas
are presently pending in Arkansas.

     In Arkansas, the state legislature enacted Act 1556 for the deregulation of
the retail sale of electricity by 2002. Act 1556 was modified by Act 324 of 2001
delaying the implementation of electric deregulation to not earlier than October
2003 and no later than October 2005. In December  2001,  the APSC  submitted its
annual  report  to the  Arkansas  legislature  on the  development  of  electric
deregulation   and  recommended   that  the  legislature   consider   suspending
deregulation  to the year 2010 or 2012,  or repeal Act 1556 (as  modified by Act
324). It is unknown what final legislation will be adopted or, if it is adopted,
what its final  form  will be.  If  electric  deregulation  occurs in  Arkansas,
legislative  or regulatory  precedents may be set that would also affect natural
gas  utilities in the future.  These issues may include  further  unbundling  of
services and the regulatory treatment of stranded costs.

     Arkansas Western has historically  maintained a substantial price advantage
over electricity for most applications.  This has enabled the utility to achieve
excellent market penetration  levels.  However,  during 2001 the high gas prices
experienced  in the 2000 - 2001  heating  season  temporarily  eroded  the price
advantage.   Arkansas   Western  has  now  regained   its  price   advantage  in
substantially all markets as gas prices have declined.

     Arkansas  Western's most recent rate increase was approved in December 1996
for the  utility's  Northwest  region  and in  December  1997 for the  Northeast
region.   The  APSC  approved  increases  of  $5.1  million  and  $1.2  million,
respectively.  During 1999, the APSC initiated a proceeding in which it sought a
$2.3 million  reduction in the rates for the Northwest region.

                                       24

     In late 1999, the APSC and Arkansas  Western  reached a settlement in which
the Northwest  region's  rates were reduced by $1.4  million.  The reduction was
primarily due to a downward adjustment to the return on equity that the APSC had
established  in  the  1996  rate  case.  While  Arkansas  Western  continues  to
experience customer growth and has aggressively controlled its costs, its return
on investment has declined in recent years. The Company anticipates that it will
seek rate relief to improve  Arkansas  Western's  profitability by filing a rate
increase application with the APSC during 2002.

     In February  2001, the APSC approved a 90-day  temporary  tariff to collect
additional  gas costs not yet billed to customers  through the utility's  normal
purchased  gas  adjustment  clause in its  approved  tariffs.  The  Company  had
under-recovered  purchased  gas  costs of $12.9  million  in  current  assets at
December  31,  2000.   The  level  of   under-recovered   costs  had   increased
significantly  during January 2001 as a result of rapidly  increasing gas costs.
The temporary tariff allowed the utility  accelerated  recovery of the gas costs
it had incurred during the 2000 - 2001 winter heating season.

     In June  2001,  the APSC  established  a set of policy  principles  for gas
procurement for utilities. The APSC intends for these policy principles to guide
utilities in their gas purchasing decisions.  Utilities are required to take all
reasonable  and prudent  steps  necessary  to develop a  diversified  gas supply
portfolio.  The  portfolio  should  consist  of an  appropriate  combination  of
different types of gas purchase  contracts and/or financial hedging  instruments
that  are  designed  to  yield  the  optimum  balance  of  reliability,  reduced
volatility  and  reasonable  price.  Utilities  will be required to submit on an
annual basis their gas supply plan, along with their contracting  and/or hedging
objectives,  to the APSC's  General  Staff for review  and  determination  as to
whether it is consistent  with these policy  principles.  If the plan includes a
hedging  strategy and it is determined to be consistent  with the  objectives of
the policy  principles,  utilities  will be allowed to flow any hedging  gain or
loss to customers  through the purchased  gas  adjustment  clause.  During 2001,
Arkansas  Western  submitted to the General Staff its annual gas supply plan for
the 2001 - 2002 heating  season and a revision to its purchased  gas  adjustment
clause for the  recovery of hedging  gains and losses.  Arkansas  Western's  gas
supply plan and the revision to its  purchased gas  adjustment  clause were both
approved by the APSC.

     Arkansas  Western also  purchases  gas from  unaffiliated  producers  under
take-or-pay contracts.  The Company believes that it does not have a significant
exposure to liabilities resulting from these contracts and expects to be able to
continue to satisfactorily manage its exposure to take-or-pay liabilities.

     In connection with the sale of its Missouri utility operations in 2000, the
Company  retained  responsibility  for five unresolved  cases  pertaining to the
Missouri Public Service  Commission's (MPSC) annual review of Arkansas Western's
gas cost purchasing practices and gas cost recovery.  In November 2001, the MPSC
approved a stipulation and agreement that settled all five cases. The settlement
did not have a material effect on the Company's results of operations.

Marketing and Other

Marketing


                                                     2001      2000     1999
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                
Revenues (in millions)                            $ 190.3    $ 207.7     $ 137.5
Operating income (in millions)                       $2.7       $2.5        $2.1
Gas volumes marketed (Bcf)                           49.6       59.6        63.1


     Operating income for the marketing  segment was $2.7 million on revenues of
$190.3  million in 2001,  compared to $2.5 million on revenues of $207.7 million
in 2000,  and $2.1  million on revenues of $137.5  million in 1999.  The Company
marketed  49.6 Bcf in 2001,  compared  to 59.6 Bcf in 2000 and 63.1 Bcf in 1999.
The decline in total volumes  marketed in 2001 reflects the Company's  increased
focus on marketing its own  production and limiting the marketing of third-party
volumes in an effort to reduce its credit risk. Of the total  volumes  marketed,
purchases from the Company's exploration and production  subsidiaries  accounted
for 66% in 2001,  33% in 2000 and 31% in 1999.  The Company  enters into hedging
activities  with  respect to its gas  marketing  activities  to  provide  margin
protection (see Item 7A of this Form 10-K and Note 8 of the financial statements
for additional discussion).

NOARK Partnership

     The marketing  segment also manages the Company's 25% interest in the NOARK
Pipeline System,  Limited Partnership (NOARK). The NOARK Pipeline was a 258-mile
intrastate  gas  transmission  system that  extended  across  northern  Arkansas
interconnecting with the Company's  distribution systems. The NOARK Pipeline had
been  operating  below  capacity  and  generating  losses since it was placed in
service in September 1992.

     In January  1998,  the Company  entered into an agreement  with Enogex Inc.
(Enogex),  a  subsidiary  of OGE Energy  Corp.,  to expand the NOARK  system and
provide access to Oklahoma gas supplies through an integration of NOARK with the
Ozark Gas Transmission System (Ozark).  Ozark was a 437-mile interstate pipeline
system  which began in eastern  Oklahoma

                                       25

and terminated in eastern  Arkansas.  Effective August 1, 1998,  Enogex acquired
Ozark and contributed the pipeline system to the NOARK partnership.  Enogex also
acquired the NOARK partnership interests not held by Southwestern. Enogex funded
the  acquisition of Ozark and the expansion and  integration  with NOARK,  which
resulted in Southwestern's  interest in the partnership  decreasing to 25% (from
48%)  with  Enogex  owning a 75%  interest.  There  are also  provisions  in the
agreement with Enogex which allow for future revenue  allocations to the Company
above its 25%  partnership  interest if certain  minimum  throughput and revenue
assumptions are not met.

     Ozark Pipeline,  the new integrated system,  became operational November 1,
1998, and includes 749 miles of pipeline with a total throughput capacity of 330
million cubic feet of gas per day (MMcf/d).  Deliveries are currently being made
by the  integrated  pipeline  to portions  of  Arkansas  Western's  distribution
systems,  and to the  interstate  pipelines with which it  interconnects.  Ozark
Pipeline had an average daily  throughput of 134.1 MMcf/d in 2001,  188.2 MMcf/d
in 2000 and 167.5 MMcf/d in 1999. In 1998, NOARK had an average daily throughput
of 27.3 MMcf/d  before the  integration  with Ozark.  As a result of a rate case
filed in 2000,  Ozark  Pipeline's  maximum  transportation  rate  increased from
$.2455 per  dekatherm to $.2867 per  dekatherm  effective  November 1, 2000.  At
December 31, 2001, the Company's gas distribution  subsidiary has transportation
contracts with Ozark Pipeline for 66.9 MMcf/d of firm capacity.  These contracts
expire in 2002 and 2003 and are renewable  annually  thereafter until terminated
with 180 days' notice.

     The Company's  share of the pretax loss from  operations  included in other
income related to its NOARK investment was $1.5 million in 2001, $1.8 million in
2000, and $2.0 million in 1999.  The  improvements  since 1999 result  primarily
from the  ability  to  collect  higher  transportation  rates  on  interruptible
volumes.  The  Company  believes  that it will be able to continue to reduce the
losses it has  experienced  on the NOARK  project and expects its  investment in
NOARK to be realized  over the life of the system  (see Note 7 of the  financial
statements for additional discussion).

     As further  explained in Note 11 of the financial  statements,  the Company
has severally  guaranteed  the debt service on a portion of NOARK's  outstanding
debt.  The  outstanding  balance was $73.0 million at December 31, 2001, and the
Company's share of the guarantee  relates to $43.8 million of that amount.  This
debt financed a portion of the original cost to construct the NOARK Pipeline.

Other Income, Costs and Expenses

     Interest costs, net of capitalization,  were up 2% in 2001 and 34% in 2000,
both as compared  to prior  years.  A decrease  in  interest  costs in 2001 that
resulted from lower  average  borrowings  and a lower average  interest rate was
slightly more than offset by a lower level of  capitalized  interest  related to
the Company's oil and gas properties.  The increase in 2000 was caused primarily
by higher  average  borrowings  that resulted from payment of the Hales judgment
and a lower level of capitalized interest. Interest capitalized decreased 35% in
2001 and 26% in 2000. The  reductions in capitalized  interest are primarily due
to decreases in the level of costs excluded from  amortization  in the Company's
exploration and production segment.

     Other income (expense) in 2001 resulted from the Company's share of NOARK's
operating  loss,  as  discussed  above,  offset  by  interest  income in the gas
distribution segment related to under-recovered gas purchase costs. The increase
in other income in 2000  resulted  from the $3.2 million gain on the sale of the
Company's  Missouri  gas  distribution  assets  and gains from the sale of other
miscellaneous  assets.  Other income (expense) in 1999 related  primarily to the
Company's share of NOARK's  operating loss and certain costs incurred related to
a judgment  bond that the  Company  was  required  to post after  receiving  the
initial adverse verdict in the Hales case.

     The Hales  judgment was the primary  cause for the  Company's  deferred tax
benefit  of $28.9  million  in 2000.  Excluding  the  impact  of this  change in
deferred  income taxes,  the changes in the  provisions for current and deferred
income  taxes  recorded  each year  result  primarily  from the level of taxable
income,  the  collection  of  under-recovered  purchased  gas  costs,  abandoned
property  costs,  and the  deduction of  intangible  drilling  costs in the year
incurred for tax purposes,  netted against the turnaround of intangible drilling
costs  deducted for tax purposes in prior years.  Intangible  drilling costs are
capitalized  and amortized  over future years for financial  reporting  purposes
under the full cost method of accounting.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     The Company depends on internally-generated funds and its revolving line of
credit discussed under Financing Requirements as its major sources of liquidity.
Net cash provided by operating  activities was $144.6 million in 2001,  compared
to cash used in operating  activities of $53.2 million in 2000 and cash provided
by operating activities of $58.1 million in 1999. The net cash used in operating
activities  in 2000 was a result of the Hales  judgment  and the  impact of high
year-end gas prices on working capital. The primary components of cash generated
from operations are net income,  depreciation,  depletion and amortization,  the
provision  for deferred  income taxes and changes in current  assets and current
liabilities.  Net cash  from  operating  activities  provided  over  100% of the
Company's capital requirements for routine capital expenditures, cash dividends,
and scheduled debt retirements in 2001 and 89% in 1999.

                                       26

     The Company's cash flow from operating  activities is highly dependent upon
market  prices that the Company  receives  for its gas and oil  production.  The
price that the Company  receives for its  production  is also  influenced by the
Company's  commodity hedging  activities,  as more fully discussed in Item 7A of
this  Form  10-K and Note 8 to the  financial  statements.  Natural  gas and oil
prices are subject to wide  fluctuations and have declined  significantly in the
first quarter of 2002 as compared to prices  received  during 2001.  The Company
expects 2002 cash flow from operating  activities to decline from the 2001 level
although it is unable to predict  with any degree of accuracy  the impact of the
decline.

Capital Expenditures

     Capital expenditures totaled $106.1 million in 2001, $75.7 million in 2000,
and $67.0 million in 1999.  The Company's  exploration  and  production  segment
expenditures  included  acquisitions  of  interests  in oil  and  gas  producing
properties  totaling $5.8 million in 2001, $6.7 million in 2000 and $9.4 million
in 1999. The Company's  reported  capital  investments in 2001 include the gross
expenditures in the Overton Field partnership discussed previously. The owner of
the minority  interest in the Overton  partnership  funded $13.5  million of the
Company's exploration and development expenditures during 2001.



                                                      2001      2000      1999
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                           (in thousands)
                                                                 
Exploration and production                       $  98,964  $  69,211  $  59,004
Gas distribution                                     5,347      5,994      7,124
Other                                                1,749        512        839
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 $ 106,060  $  75,717  $  66,967
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     Capital  investments  planned for 2002 total  approximately  $68.0 million,
consisting of $61.3 million for exploration and production, $5.7 million for gas
distribution  system  improvements  and $1.0 million for general  purposes.  The
Company expects that its level of capital  investments will be adequate to allow
the Company to maintain  its present  markets,  explore and develop its existing
gas and oil properties as well as generate new drilling  prospects,  and finance
improvements  necessary due to normal  customer  growth in its gas  distribution
segment.  The  Company  may  adjust  its  level of  future  capital  investments
dependent upon the level of cash flow generated from operations.

Financing Requirements

     Southwestern's  total debt  outstanding  was $350.0 million at December 31,
2001.  This  compares  to total debt of $396.0  million at  December  31,  2000,
including  $171.0  million  under a short-term  credit  facility.  In 2001,  the
Company's  strong  cash  flow from  operations  allowed  it to fund its  capital
program and pay down $46 million of debt. In July 2001,  the Company  arranged a
new  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility with a group of banks to replace its
existing  short-term credit facility that was put in place in July 2000. The new
revolving  credit facility has a current capacity of $155 million and expires in
July 2004.  The  capacity of the  revolving  credit  facility  decreases to $140
million in June 2002 and to $125 million in June 2003.  The interest rate on the
new  facility  is  calculated  based upon the debt  rating of the  Company.  The
Company is currently paying 137.5 basis points over the London Interbank Offered
Rate (LIBOR).  The new credit facility  contains  covenants which impose certain
restrictions  on the Company.  Under the credit  agreement,  the Company may not
issue total debt in excess of 70% of its total capital,  must maintain a certain
level of  shareholders'  equity,  and must  maintain a ratio of earnings  before
interest,  taxes,  depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) to interest expense at
or above a stated  ratio.  The  ratio of EBITDA to  interest  expense  in effect
through  December 31, 2002 is 3.75.  These covenants change over the term of the
credit  facility  and  generally  become  more  restrictive.  The Company was in
compliance  with its debt  agreements at December 31, 2001. The Company has also
entered into  interest  rate swaps for calendar year 2002 that allow the Company
to pay a fixed average interest rate of 4.8% (based upon current rates under the
revolving credit facility) on $100 million of its outstanding revolving debt.

     In July 2000,  the Company  replaced  its then  existing  revolving  credit
facilities  that had previously  provided the Company access to $80.0 million of
variable  rate capital with a new credit  facility that had a capacity of $180.0
million.  This facility was used to fund the Hales  judgment of $109.3  million,
pay off the  existing  revolver  balance  and  retire  $22.0  million of private
placement debt. The credit facility was also used to fund normal working capital
needs.  The interest  rate on the facility was 112.5 basis points over the LIBOR
rate and was 7.85% at December 31, 2000.  The credit  facility had a term of 364
days and expired in July 2001.

     In  August  2000,  the  Company  retired  $22.0  million  of 9.36%  private
placement  notes.  Certain  costs  of  the  redemption  were  expensed  and  are
classified as an extraordinary loss, net of related income tax effects.

                                       27

     In 1997, the Company issued $60.0 million of 7.625%  Medium-Term  Notes due
2027 and $40.0  million of 7.21%  Medium-Term  Notes due 2017.  These notes were
issued under a supplement to the  Company's  $250.0  million shelf  registration
statement  filed with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission in February 1997,
for the issuance of up to $125.0 million of Medium-Term  Notes.  The Company has
$25.0 million of capacity remaining under the shelf registration statement.  The
Company also has $125.0 million of 6.7% Notes due in 2005 that were issued under
the shelf registration. The Company's public notes are rated BBB by Standard and
Poor's and Baa3 by Moody's.

     If the  Company  were  unable to comply  with any of the  covenants  of its
various debt agreements,  a waiver would have to be requested to avoid a default
under the agreements.  Further, the Company's public debt could be downgraded by
the rating  agencies  which could increase the cost of funds under its revolving
credit facility.

     In June 1998, the NOARK partnership issued $80.0 million of 7.15% Notes due
2018.  The notes  require  semi-annual  principal  payments of $1.0 million that
began in December 1998.  The Company  accounts for its investment in NOARK under
the equity method of accounting and does not  consolidate  the results of NOARK.
The Company and the other general partner of NOARK have severally guaranteed the
principal and interest  payments on the NOARK debt.  The Company's  share of the
several guarantee is 60% and amounted to $43.8 million at December 31, 2001. The
Company  advanced  $1.4  million  to  NOARK to fund  its  share of debt  service
payments  in 2001 and  advanced  $3.3  million  in 2000.  If NOARK is  unable to
generate  sufficient  cash in the future to service  its debt and the Company is
required to continue  contributing cash to fund its debt service guarantee,  the
Company could be required to record its share of the NOARK debt commitment under
current accounting rules.

     At the end of 2001, the Company's capital structure consisted of 65.7% debt
(excluding the Company's  several  guarantee of NOARK's  obligations)  and 34.3%
equity,  with a ratio of  EBITDA to  interest  expense  of 5.69.  As part of its
strategy to insure  cash flow to fund its  operations  and meet the  restrictive
covenant tests under its debt agreements,  the Company has hedged  approximately
65% of its  expected  2002  gas  production  and 40% of its  expected  2002  oil
production.  The Company does not expect to reduce its long-term debt materially
in 2002,  assuming  commodity  prices  remain at or near current  levels and the
Company's capital investment plans do not change from current expectations.

Working Capital

     The Company  maintains  access to funds that may be needed to meet seasonal
requirements  through  its credit  facility  explained  above.  The  Company had
positive  working  capital of $21.7 million at the end of 2001,  compared to net
negative  working  capital of $127.0  million  at the end of 2000  caused by the
short-term  revolving credit facility balance of $171.0 million.  Current assets
decreased by 17% in 2001, while current  liabilities  (without  consideration of
short-term  debt)  increased  4%. The decrease in current  assets and the slight
increase in current  liabilities  at December  31,  2001,  was due  primarily to
decreases in accounts receivable, accounts payable and under-recovered purchased
gas costs that  resulted  from  extremely  high market prices for natural gas at
year-end  2000,  offset by increases in gas stored  underground,  over-recovered
purchased gas costs, and current assets and liabilities recorded for derivatives
at December 31, 2001.  At December 31,  2001,  Southwestern  had  over-recovered
purchased  gas costs of $8.2  million,  which will be refunded to its  customers
during 2002.

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

     All statements,  other than historical financial information, may be deemed
to be  forward-looking  statements  within the  meaning  of  Section  27A of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and Section 21E of the Securities  Exchange
Act of  1934,  as  amended.  Although  the  Company  believes  the  expectations
expressed  in  such   forward-looking   statements   are  based  on   reasonable
assumptions, such statements are not guarantees of future performance and actual
results or developments may differ materially from those in the  forward-looking
statements.  Important  factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ
materially from those in the forward-looking  statements herein include, but are
not limited to, the timing and extent of changes in commodity prices for gas and
oil, the timing and extent of the Company's success in discovering,  developing,
producing,   and  estimating  reserves,   property  acquisition  or  divestiture
activities  that may  occur,  the  effects  of  weather  and  regulation  on the
Company's gas distribution segment,  increased  competition,  legal and economic
factors, governmental regulation, the financial impact of accounting regulations
for derivative instruments,  changing market conditions, the comparative cost of
alternative fuels,  conditions in capital markets and changes in interest rates,
availability of oil field services,  drilling rigs and other equipment,  as well
as various other factors beyond the Company's control.

                                       28

ITEM 7.A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISKS

     Market risks relating to the Company's operations result primarily from the
volatility in commodity prices,  basis differentials and interest rates, as well
as credit risk  concentrations.  The Company uses natural gas and crude oil swap
agreements  and  options and  interest  rate swaps to reduce the  volatility  of
earnings and cash flow due to  fluctuations in the prices of natural gas and oil
and in interest  rates.  The Board of  Directors  has approved  risk  management
policies and  procedures  to utilize  financial  products  for the  reduction of
defined  commodity  price and  interest  rate  risks.  These  policies  prohibit
speculation  with derivatives and limit swap agreements to  counterparties  with
appropriate credit standings.

Credit Risks

     The Company's  financial  instruments that are exposed to concentrations of
credit risk consist  primarily of trade  receivables  and  derivative  contracts
associated with commodities trading.  Concentrations of credit risk with respect
to  receivables  are  limited  due to the large  number of  customers  and their
dispersion across geographic areas. No single customer accounts for greater than
3% of accounts  receivable.  See the discussion of credit risk  associated  with
commodities trading below.

Interest Rate Risk

     The  following  table  provides  information  on  the  Company's  financial
instruments  that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The table presents
the   Company's   debt   obligations,   principal   cash   flows   and   related
weighted-average  interest rates by expected  maturity dates.  Variable  average
interest  rates reflect the rates in effect at December 31, 2001 for  borrowings
under the Company's credit facility.  The Company's policy is to manage interest
rates  through use of a combination  of fixed and floating  rate debt.  Interest
rate swaps may be used to adjust interest rate exposures when  appropriate.  The
Company has entered into  interest  rate swaps for the  calendar  year 2002 that
allow the  Company to pay a fixed  average  interest  rate of 4.8%  (based  upon
current  rates  under the  revolving  credit  facility)  on $100  million of its
outstanding revolving debt.



                                           Expected Maturity Date                         Fair Value
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          2002     2003     2004     2005    2006    Thereafter    Total    12/31/01
                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               ($ in millions)
                                                                    
Fixed Rate                  -         -        -  $ 125.0       -       $ 100.0  $ 225.0     $ 231.2
Average Interest Rate       -         -        -     6.70%      -          7.46%    7.04%

Variable Rate               -         -  $ 125.0        -       -             -  $ 125.0     $ 125.0
Average Interest Rate       -         -     5.47%       -       -             -     5.47%


Commodities Risk

     The Company uses over-the-counter natural gas and crude oil swap agreements
and  options to hedge  sales of Company  production,  to hedge  activity  in its
marketing  segment,  and to hedge the  purchase  of gas in its  utility  segment
against the inherent  price risks of adverse  price  fluctuations  or locational
pricing differences between a published index and the NYMEX (New York Mercantile
Exchange)  futures market.  These swaps and options include (1)  transactions in
which one  party  will pay a fixed  price (or  variable  price)  for a  notional
quantity in exchange for receiving a variable  price (or fixed price) based on a
published index (referred to as price swaps),  (2) transactions in which parties
agree  to pay a price  based  on two  different  indices  (referred  to as basis
swaps),  and (3) the purchase and sale of index-related puts and calls (collars)
that  provide a "floor"  price below  which the  counterparty  pays  (production
hedge) or receives (gas  purchase  hedge) funds equal to the amount by which the
price of the  commodity is below the  contracted  floor,  and a "ceiling"  price
above  which  the  Company  pays to  (production  hedge) or  receives  from (gas
purchase hedge) the  counterparty the amount by which the price of the commodity
is above the contracted ceiling.

     The primary market risks related to the Company's  derivative contracts are
the  volatility  in market  prices and basis  differentials  for natural gas and
crude  oil.  However,  the  market  price  risk is  offset  by the  gain or loss
recognized  upon the related  sale or purchase of the natural gas or sale of the
oil that is  hedged.  Credit  risk  relates  to the risk of loss as a result  of
non-performance  by  the  Company's   counterparties.   The  counterparties  are
primarily  major  investment  and  commercial  banks which  management  believes
present minimal credit risks.  The credit quality of each  counterparty  and the
level  of  financial   exposure  the  Company  has  to  each   counterparty  are
periodically reviewed to ensure limited credit risk exposure.

     The following  table  provides  information  about the Company's  financial
instruments  that are  sensitive  to  changes  in  commodity  prices.  The table
presents the notional  amount in Bcf  (billion  cubic feet) and MBbls  (thousand
barrels),  the weighted average  contract prices,  and the total dollar contract
amount by expected  maturity  dates.  The  "Carrying  Amount"

                                       29

for the  contract  amounts is  calculated  as the  contractual  payments for the
quantity of gas or oil to be  exchanged  under  futures  contracts  and does not
represent  amounts  recorded in the Company's  financial  statements.  The "Fair
Value"  represents  values for the same contracts using comparable market prices
at December 31,  2001.  At December  31,  2001,  the "Fair  Value"  exceeded the
"Carrying Amount" of these financial instruments by $4.2 million.



                                                      Expected Maturity Date
                                                    2002                2003
                                          --------------------------------------
                                            Carrying    Fair    Carrying    Fair
                                             Amount    Value     Amount    Value
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                               
PRODUCTION AND MARKETING
Natural Gas
Swaps with a fixed-price receipt
     Contract volume (Bcf)                      13.4                 9.2
     Weighted average price per Mcf           $ 2.88              $ 3.18
     Contract amount (in millions)            $ 38.6  $ 40.2      $ 29.3  $ 29.3

Swaps with a fixed-price payment
     Contract volume (Bcf)                        .3                   -
     Weighted average price per Mcf           $ 2.96                   -
     Contract amount (in millions)              $ .7    $ .6           -       -

Price collars
     Contract volume (Bcf)                       6.0                 4.1
     Weighted average floor price per Mcf     $ 4.00              $ 3.00
     Contract amount of floor (in millions)   $ 24.0  $ 32.2      $ 12.3  $ 14.2
     Weighted average ceiling price per Mcf   $ 4.72              $ 4.65
     Contract amount of ceiling (in millions) $ 28.3  $ 27.8      $ 19.0  $ 17.9

NATURAL GAS PURCHASES
Swaps with a fixed-price payment
     Contract volume (Bcf)                       3.3                   -
     Weighted average price per Mcf           $ 4.20                   -
     Contract amount (in millions)            $ 13.9   $ 8.1           -       -


     At December 31, 2001, the Company had a single financial instrument that is
sensitive to changes in interest rates.  This $50 million notional interest rate
swap  has a fixed  rate of  4.33%.  Its  carrying  amount  of  $2.2  million  is
calculated as the contractual payments for interest on the notional amount to be
exchanged under futures contracts and does not represent amounts recorded in the
Company's  financial  statements.  The fair value of $1.2 million represents the
value for the same contract using comparable market prices at December 31, 2001.
At December 31, 2001,  the "Carrying  Amount"  exceeded the "Fair Value" of this
interest rate swap by $1.0 million. Subsequent to December 31, 2001, the Company
entered into  additional  interest rate swaps  totaling $50 million that have an
average fixed rate of 2.58%.

     Subsequent  to December 31, 2001 and prior to March 13,  2002,  the Company
entered into  additional  derivative  contracts to hedge gas and oil  production
sales and  utility gas  purchases.  Price  collar  hedges on 4.0 Bcf of 2002 gas
production  sales  have  floor  prices  ranging  from $2.25 to $2.50 per Mcf and
ceiling  prices  ranging  from $3.00 to $3.75 per Mcf and a collar on 4.0 Bcf of
2003 gas production has a $3.00 per Mcf floor and a $4.75 per Mcf ceiling. Fixed
price  swaps on gas  production  sales of 2.5 Bcf in the second  quarter of 2002
will  yield a  weighted  average  price of $2.61 per Mcf.  Natural  gas swaps on
notional gas purchase volumes of .3 Bcf in 2002 and .7 Bcf in 2003 were executed
under which the Company  will pay a fixed price of $2.91 per Mcf.  Under a crude
oil swap the  Company  will  receive  a fixed  price of $20.07  per  barrel on a
notional volume of 277,500 barrels.

                                       30

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                                                             pg.
                                                                          
Reports of Management and Independent Public Accountants                     32

Consolidated  Statements  of Operations  for the years ended
December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999                                             33

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2001 and 2000                 34

Consolidated  Statements  of Cash Flows for the years ended
December  31, 2001, 2000 and 1999                                            35

Consolidated Statements of Retained Earnings for the years ended
December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999                                             36

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the
years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999                                 36

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, December 31, 2001,
2000 and 1999                                                                37


                                       31

Report of Management

     Management  is  responsible  for  the  preparation  and  integrity  of  the
Company's financial  statements.  The financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with accounting  principles  generally  accepted in the United States
consistently  applied,  and  necessarily  include some amounts that are based on
management's best estimates and judgment.

     The Company  maintains a system of internal  accounting and  administrative
controls  and an ongoing  program of internal  audits that  management  believes
provide  reasonable  assurance that assets are safeguarded and that transactions
are   properly   recorded   and  executed  in   accordance   with   management's
authorization.  The  Company's  financial  statements  have been  audited by its
independent public accountants, Arthur Andersen LLP. In accordance with auditing
standards  generally  accepted in the United States,  the  independent  auditors
obtained a sufficient  understanding of the Company's  internal controls to plan
their audit and  determine the nature,  timing,  and extent of other tests to be
performed.

     The Audit  Committee of the Board of Directors,  composed solely of outside
directors, meets with management,  internal auditors, and Arthur Andersen LLP to
review  planned audit scopes and results and to discuss other matters  affecting
internal accounting controls and financial  reporting.  The independent auditors
have direct access to the Audit Committee and periodically  meet with it without
management representatives present.


Report of Independent Public Accountants

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Southwestern Energy Company:

     We have audited the  consolidated  balance  sheets of  SOUTHWESTERN  ENERGY
COMPANY (an Arkansas  corporation)  AND SUBSIDIARIES as of December 31, 2001 and
2000, and the related consolidated statements of operations,  retained earnings,
cash flows and  comprehensive  income  (loss) for each of the three years in the
period  ended   December  31,  2001.   These   financial   statements   are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance  with  auditing  standards  generally
accepted in the United States.  Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An
audit also includes  assessing the accounting  principles  used and  significant
estimates  made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial
statement  presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable  basis
for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects,  the financial position of Southwestern Energy Company
and  Subsidiaries  as of December  31,  2001 and 2000,  and the results of their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2001, in conformity with accounting  principles  generally accepted
in the United States.

     As discussed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements,  effective
January 1, 2001, the Company changed its method of accounting for derivatives to
adopt the requirements of Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities."

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Tulsa, Oklahoma
February 4, 2002

                                       32



                            Statements of Operations

                  Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries



For the years ended December 31,                                     2001      2000      1999
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   (in thousands, except share/
                                                                         per share amounts)
                                                                               
Operating revenues
Gas sales                                                       $ 248,952   $ 200,269   $ 165,898
Gas marketing                                                      71,839     137,234      96,570
Oil sales                                                          16,932      15,537       9,891
Gas transportation and other                                        7,204      10,843       8,037
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  344,927     363,883     280,396
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating costs and expenses
Gas purchases - utility                                            68,161      58,669      45,370
Gas purchases - marketing                                          68,010     133,221      92,851
Operating expenses                                                 39,035      34,808      33,783
General and administrative expenses                                25,073      24,982      24,174
Unusual items                                                           -     111,288           -
Depreciation, depletion and amortization                           52,899      45,869      41,603
Taxes, other than income taxes                                      9,080       8,515       6,557
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  262,258     417,352     244,338
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income (loss)                                            82,669     (53,469)     36,058
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest expense
Interest on long-term debt                                         23,920      24,089      19,735
Other interest charges                                              1,374       1,588         923
Interest capitalized                                               (1,595)     (2,447)     (3,307)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   23,699      23,230      17,351
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other income (expense)                                               (799)      1,997      (2,331)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest            58,171     (74,702)     16,376
Minority interest in partnership                                     (930)          -           -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before income taxes                                  57,241     (74,702)     16,376
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Current                                                                 -           -         537
Deferred                                                           21,917     (28,905)      5,912
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   21,917     (28,905)      6,449
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item                            35,324     (45,797)      9,927
Extraordinary loss due to early retirement
     of debt (net of $569,000 tax benefit)                              -        (890)          -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss)                                              $   35,324   $ (46,687)   $  9,927
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic earnings per share
Income (loss) before extraordinary item                            $ 1.40     $ (1.82)      $ .40
Extraordinary loss due to early retirement
     of debt (net of $569,000 tax benefit)                              -        (.04)          -
Net income (loss)                                                  $ 1.40     $ (1.86)      $ .40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding               25,198,105  25,043,586  24,941,550
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted earnings per share
Income (loss) before extraordinary item                            $ 1.38     $ (1.82)      $ .40
Extraordinary loss due to early retirement
     of debt (net of $569,000 tax benefit)                              -        (.04)          -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss)                                                  $ 1.38     $ (1.86)      $ .40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding             25,601,110  25,043,586  24,947,021
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


                                       33



                                 Balance Sheets

                  Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries



December 31,                                                                                            2001            2000
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                           (in thousands)
ASSETS
                                                                                                             
Current assets
Cash                                                                                                    $   3,641       $   2,386
Accounts receivable                                                                                        42,763          77,041
Inventories, at average cost                                                                               26,606          17,000
Under-recovered purchased gas costs                                                                             -          12,942
Hedging asset - SFAS No. 133                                                                                9,381               -
Regulatory asset - hedges                                                                                   5,817               -
Other                                                                                                       4,996           3,486
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total current assets                                                                                  93,204         112,855
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investments                                                                                                15,538          15,574
Property, plant and equipment, at cost
Gas and oil properties, using the full cost method, including $21,102,000
     in 2001 and $27,692,000 in 2000 excluded from amortization                                           970,680         872,023
Gas distribution systems                                                                                  192,784         190,893
Gas in underground storage                                                                                 32,046          27,867
Other                                                                                                      30,110          27,940
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                        1,225,620       1,118,723
Less:  Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization                                               605,790         554,616
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          619,830         564,107
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other assets                                                                                               14,551          12,842
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                        $ 743,123       $ 705,378
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
Short-term debt                                                                                         $       -       $ 171,000
Accounts payable                                                                                           41,644          54,304
Taxes payable                                                                                               4,400           4,346
Interest payable                                                                                            2,653           2,806
Customer deposits                                                                                           4,845           4,799
Hedging liability - SFAS No. 133                                                                            6,990               -
Over-recovered purchased gas costs                                                                          8,184               -
Other                                                                                                       2,752           2,629
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total current liabilities                                                                             71,468         239,884
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt                                                                                            350,000         225,000
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other liabilities
Deferred income taxes                                                                                     122,381          97,431
Other                                                                                                       3,187           1,772
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          125,568          99,203
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commitments and contingencies
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minority interest in partnership                                                                           13,001               -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholders' equity
Common stock, $.10 par value; authorized 75,000,000 shares, issued 27,738,084 shares                        2,774           2,774
Additional paid-in capital                                                                                 19,764          20,220
Retained earnings, per accompanying statements                                                            183,677         148,353
Accumulated other comprehensive income                                                                      5,763               -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          211,978         171,347
Less:  Common stock in treasury, at cost, 2,261,766 shares in 2001 and 2,556,908 shares in 2000            25,196          28,485
       Unamortized cost of restricted shares issued under stock incentive
          plan, 416,537 shares in 2001 and 241,452 shares in 2000                                           3,696           1,571
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          183,086         141,291
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                        $ 743,123       $ 705,378
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


                                       34



                            Statements of Cash Flows

                  Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries


For the years ended December 31,                                          2001        2000        1999
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 (in thousands)
                                                                                      
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss)                                                      $  35,324   $ (46,687)  $   9,927
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
     provided by (used in) operating activities:
        Depreciation, depletion and amortization                          54,505      47,227      42,971
        Deferred income taxes                                             21,917     (28,905)      5,912
        Equity in loss of NOARK partnership                                1,484       1,767       2,008
        Gain on sale of Missouri utility assets                                -      (3,209)          -
        Extraordinary loss due to early retirement of debt (net of tax)        -         890           -
        Minority interest in partnership                                    (533)          -           -
        Change in assets and liabilities:
           Accounts receivable                                            34,278     (36,693)     (2,684)
           Income taxes receivable                                             -          85       1,658
           Under/over-recovered purchased gas costs                       21,126     (14,104)       (273)
           Inventories                                                    (9,606)      2,290       1,292
           Accounts payable                                              (12,660)     22,156      (4,711)
           Other current assets and liabilities                           (1,252)      1,980       2,031
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities                      144,583     (53,203)     58,131
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures                                                    (106,060)    (75,717)    (66,967)
Sale of Missouri utility assets                                                -      32,000           -
Sale of oil and gas properties                                                 -      13,651           -
Investment in NOARK partnership                                           (1,449)     (3,250)     (2,273)
(Increase) decrease in gas stored underground                             (4,179)        845      (4,433)
Other items                                                                  826      (1,066)      2,380
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities                                   (110,862)    (33,537)    (71,293)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in revolving debt and short-term note            (46,000)    115,800      20,300
Retirement of notes and payments on long-term debt                             -     (24,910)     (1,535)
Contribution from minority interest owner in partnership                  13,534           -           -
Dividends paid                                                                 -      (3,004)     (5,985)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities                      (32,466)     87,886      12,780
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in cash                                                1,255       1,146        (382)
Cash at beginning of year                                                  2,386       1,240       1,622
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash at end of year                                                    $   3,641   $   2,386   $   1,240

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


                                       35



                        Statements of Retained Earnings

                  Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries



For the years ended December 31,                                          2001        2000        1999
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 (in thousands)
                                                                                      
Retained earnings, beginning of year                                   $ 148,353   $ 198,044   $ 194,102
Net income (loss)                                                         35,324     (46,687)      9,927
Cash dividends declared ($.12 per share in 2000, $.24 per share in 1999)       -      (3,004)     (5,985)
Retained earnings, end of year                                         $ 183,677   $ 148,353   $ 198,044



                    Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

                  Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries





For the years ended December 31,                                          2001        2000        1999
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 (in thousands)
Net income (loss)                                                      $  35,324   $ (46,687)  $   9,927
Other comprehensive income:
     Transition adjustment from adoption of SFAS No. 133                 (36,963)          -           -
     Unrealized gain on derivative instruments                            19,852           -           -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive income (loss)                                            $  18,213   $ (46,687)  $   9,927
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Reconciliation of accumulated other
     comprehensive income (loss):
Balance, beginning of year                                             $       -   $       -   $       -
Transition adjustment from adoption of SFAS No. 133                      (36,963)          -           -
Current period reclassification to earnings                               22,874           -           -
Current period change in derivative instruments                           19,852           -           -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, end of year                                                   $   5,763   $       -   $       -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


                                       36




                         Notes to Financial Statements

                  Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries
                        December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999


(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations and Consolidation

     Southwestern Energy Company  (Southwestern or the Company) is an integrated
energy  company  primarily  focused on natural  gas.  Through  its  wholly-owned
subsidiaries,  the Company is engaged in oil and gas exploration and production,
natural gas gathering, transmission and marketing, and natural gas distribution.
Southwestern's   exploration  and  production  activities  are  concentrated  in
Arkansas,  Louisiana,  Texas,  New Mexico  and  Oklahoma.  The gas  distribution
segment operates in northern Arkansas and, depending upon weather conditions and
current supply  contracts,  can obtain  approximately 50% of its gas supply from
one of the Company's exploration and production  subsidiaries.  The customers of
the gas distribution  segment consist of residential,  commercial and industrial
users of natural gas.  Southwestern's  marketing and transportation  business is
concentrated in its core areas of operations.

     On May 31,  2000,  the  Company  completed  the  sale of its  Missouri  gas
distribution   assets  for  $32.0   million   resulting  in  a  pretax  gain  of
approximately  $3.2 million.  Proceeds from the sale of the Missouri assets were
used to reduce the Company's  outstanding debt. As a result of the adverse Hales
judgment in June 2000, the Company's Board of Directors authorized management to
pursue the sale of the Company's  remaining gas  distribution  assets.  The sale
process did not result in an  acceptable  bid.  The Company  currently  plans to
operate these assets as a continuing part of its business.

     The consolidated  financial statements include the accounts of Southwestern
Energy Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Southwestern Energy Production
Company (SEPCO), SEECO, Inc., Arkansas Western Gas Company,  Southwestern Energy
Services Company,  Diamond "M" Production Company,  Southwestern Energy Pipeline
Company,  and A.W. Realty Company.  The consolidated  financial  statements also
include the results for a limited partnership,  Overton Partners, L.P., in which
SEPCO is the sole general  partner.  All significant  intercompany  accounts and
transactions  have  been  eliminated.  The  Company  accounts  for  its  general
partnership  interest in the NOARK Pipeline System,  Limited Partnership (NOARK)
using the equity method of accounting. In accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 71, "Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types
of  Regulation,"  the Company  recognizes  profit on  intercompany  sales of gas
delivered to storage by its utility subsidiary.

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in conformity  with  accounting
principles  generally accepted in the United States requires  management to make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities,  if any, at the
date of the  financial  statements,  and the  reported  amounts of revenues  and
expenses  during the reporting  period.  Actual  results could differ from those
estimates.

Minority Interest in Partnership

     In 2001, SEPCO formed a limited partnership,  Overton Partners,  L.P., with
an  investor to drill and  complete  the first 14  development  wells in SEPCO's
Overton Field located in Smith County,  Texas. Because SEPCO is the sole general
partner  and owns a majority  interest in the  partnership,  the  operating  and
financial results are consolidated with the Company's exploration and production
results and the investor's  share of the  partnership  activity is reported as a
minority interest item in the financial statements. SEPCO contributed 50% of the
capital  required  to drill  the  first 14  wells.  Revenues  and  expenses  are
allocated 65% to SEPCO prior to payout of the investor's  initial investment and
85% thereafter.

Unusual Items

     In June 2000, the Company reported that the Arkansas Supreme Court ruled to
affirm the 1998 decision of the Sebastian  County Circuit Court awarding  $109.3
million in a class action to royalty owners of SEECO, Inc. (Hales judgment). The
Company fully  satisfied the judgment and the Circuit Court in Sebastian  County
issued an order in complete  satisfaction  of the  judgment  effective  July 18,
2000.  Additionally,  the  Company  incurred an unusual  charge of $2.0  million
during 2000 related to other litigation.

                                       37

Property, Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization

     Gas and Oil  Properties.  The  Company  follows  the full  cost  method  of
accounting  for the  exploration,  development,  and  acquisition of gas and oil
reserves.  Under this  method,  all such costs  (productive  and  nonproductive)
including salaries,  benefits, and other internal costs directly attributable to
these  activities are  capitalized  and amortized on an aggregate basis over the
estimated  lives of the properties  using the  units-of-production  method.  The
Company   excludes  all  costs  of   unevaluated   properties   from   immediate
amortization.  The Company's  unamortized  costs of oil and gas  properties  are
limited to the sum of the future net revenues attributable to proved oil and gas
reserves  discounted at 10 percent plus the lower of cost or market value of any
unproved  properties.  If  the  Company's  unamortized  costs  in  oil  and  gas
properties exceed this ceiling amount, a provision for additional  depreciation,
depletion and amortization is required.  At December 31, 2001, the Company's net
book  value  of oil and  gas  properties  did not  exceed  the  ceiling  amount.
Decreases in market prices from December 31, 2001 levels,  as well as changes in
production rates, levels of reserves,  and the evaluation of costs excluded from
amortization, could result in future ceiling test impairments.

     Gas  Distribution  Systems.  Costs  applicable to construction  activities,
including overhead items, are capitalized.  Depreciation and amortization of the
gas distribution system is provided using the straight-line  method with average
annual rates for plant  functions  ranging from 1.5% to 5.8%. Gas in underground
storage is stated at average cost.

     Other property,  plant and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line
method over estimated useful lives ranging from 5 to 40 years.

     The  Company  charges  to  maintenance  or  operations  the cost of  labor,
materials,  and other expenses incurred in maintaining the operating  efficiency
of  its  properties.  Betterments  are  added  to  property  accounts  at  cost.
Retirements are credited to property, plant and equipment at cost and charged to
accumulated  depreciation,  depletion  and  amortization  with  no  gain or loss
recognized, except for abnormal retirements.

     Capitalized  Interest.  Interest is  capitalized on the cost of unevaluated
gas  and  oil  properties   excluded  from  amortization.   In  accordance  with
established  utility  regulatory  practice,  an allowance  for funds used during
construction  of major projects is capitalized  and amortized over the estimated
lives of the related facilities.

Gas Distribution Revenues and Receivables

     Customer  receivables  arise from the sale or  transportation of gas by the
Company's gas distribution  subsidiary.  The Company's  136,000 gas distribution
customers are located in northern  Arkansas and represent a diversified  base of
residential,   commercial,   and  industrial  users.  The  Company  records  gas
distribution revenues on an accrual basis, as gas volumes are used, to provide a
proper matching of revenues with expenses.

     The gas  distribution  subsidiary's  rate schedules  include  purchased gas
adjustment  clauses  whereby the actual cost of purchased gas above or below the
level  included in the base rates is permitted to be billed or is required to be
credited to  customers.  Each month,  the  difference  between  actual  costs of
purchased gas and gas costs  recovered from customers is deferred.  The deferred
differences are billed or credited,  as appropriate,  to customers in subsequent
months.  Rate  schedules  include a weather  normalization  clause to lessen the
impact of revenue  increases  and  decreases  which might  result  from  weather
variations  during the winter heating season.  The  pass-through of gas costs to
customers is not affected by this normalization clause.

Gas Production Imbalances

     The  exploration  and  production  subsidiaries  record gas sales using the
entitlement  method. The entitlement method requires revenue  recognition of the
Company's  revenue interest share of gas production from properties in which gas
sales are  disproportionately  allocated to owners because of marketing or other
contractual  arrangements.  The Company's net imbalance position at December 31,
2001 and 2000 was not significant.

Income Taxes

     Deferred  income taxes are  provided to recognize  the income tax effect of
reporting  certain  transactions in different years for income tax and financial
reporting purposes.

                                       38

Risk Management

     The  Company  uses  derivative  financial  instruments  to  manage  defined
commodity  price risks and interest rate risks and does not use them for trading
purposes.  The Company uses commodity swap agreements and options to hedge sales
and purchases of natural gas and sales of crude oil. Gains and losses  resulting
from hedging  activities  have been  recognized in the  statements of operations
when the related physical transactions of commodities were recognized.  Gains or
losses  from  commodity  swap  agreements  and  options  that do not qualify for
accounting  treatment as hedges would be recognized currently as other income or
expense. See Note 8 for a discussion of the Company's hedging activities and the
effects of SFAS No. 133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative  Instruments  and Hedging
Activities."

Earnings Per Share and Shareholders' Equity

     Basic  earnings  per common share is computed by dividing net income by the
weighted  average  number of common  shares  outstanding  during each year.  The
diluted  earnings per share  calculation  adds to the weighted average number of
common  shares   outstanding  the  incremental   shares  that  would  have  been
outstanding  assuming the exercise of dilutive  stock  options.  The Company had
options for 2,602,800 shares with an average exercise price of $9.79 outstanding
at December 31, 2000 that,  due to the Company's  net loss for 2000,  would have
had an anti-dilutive effect and were, therefore, not considered. The Company had
options for 1,006,234  shares of common stock with a weighted  average  exercise
price of $13.83 per share at December 31, 2001, and options for 1,275,899 shares
of common stock with a weighted  average  exercise  price of $12.97 per share at
December 31, 1999,  that were not included in the  calculation of diluted shares
because they would have had an  anti-dilutive  effect.  The remaining  1,665,952
options at December 31, 2001 with a weighted  average  exercise  price of $7.43,
and 785,300 options at December 31, 1999 with a weighted  average exercise price
of $6.46 were included in the calculation of diluted shares.

     During 2001 and 2000,  the  Company  issued  299,850  and 154,438  treasury
shares,  respectively,  under a  compensatory  plan  and for  stock  awards  and
returned to  treasury  18,184 and 10,955  shares,  respectively,  canceled  from
earlier issues under the compensatory plan. The net effect of these transactions
was a reduction  in treasury  stock of $3.3 million and $1.6 million in 2001 and
2000, respectively.

Dividend on Common Stock

     As a result of the adverse  Hales  judgment  in June 2000,  the Company has
indefinitely suspended payment of quarterly dividends on its common stock.

(2) DEBT


Debt balances as of December 31, 2001 and 2000 consisted of the following:

                                                                                         2001        2000
                                                                                     ------------------------
                                                                                           (in thousands)
                                                                                             
Senior notes
     6.70% Series due 2005                                                            $ 125,000    $ 125,000
     7.625% Series due 2027, putable at the holders' option in 2009                      60,000       60,000
     7.21% Series due 2017                                                               40,000       40,000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        225,000      225,000

Other
     Variable rate (3.44% at December 31, 2001) unsecured revolving credit arrangements 125,000            -
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total long-term debt                                                             $ 350,000    $ 225,000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Short-term debt
     Variable rate unsecured revolving credit arrangements                            $       -    $ 171,000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     In July  2001,  the  Company  arranged  a new  unsecured  revolving  credit
facility  with a group  of banks  to  replace  its  existing  short-term  credit
facility that was put in place in July 2000. The new revolving  credit  facility
has a current  capacity of $155 million and a three-year  term.  The capacity of
the revolving credit facility decreases to $140 million in June 2002 and to $125
million in June 2003.  The  interest  rate on the new  facility  is 137.5  basis
points over the current London  Interbank

                                       39

Offered Rate (LIBOR).  The new credit facility  contains  covenants which impose
certain restrictions on the Company. Under the credit agreement, the Company may
not issue  total  debt in excess of 70% of its total  capital,  must  maintain a
certain  level of  shareholders'  equity,  and must maintain a ratio of earnings
before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization  (EBITDA) to interest
expense of at least 3.75 or higher through  December 31, 2002.  These  covenants
change  over  the  term  of  the  credit  facility  and  generally  become  more
restrictive.  The Company was in compliance with its debt agreements at December
31, 2001.  The Company has entered into  interest  rate swaps for calendar  year
2002 that allow the Company to pay an average fixed interest rate of 4.8% (based
upon current rates under the revolving  credit  facility) on $100 million of its
outstanding revolving debt.

     There are no aggregate  maturities of long-term  debt for each of the years
ending  December 31, 2002,  2003 and 2006.  For each of the years ended December
31, 2004 and 2005,  the aggregate  maturity is $125.0  million.  Total  interest
payments were $24.4 million in 2001, $23.6 million in 2000, and $19.6 million in
1999.

(3) INCOME TAXES


The provision (benefit) for income taxes included the following components:

                                                                     2001         2000         1999
                                                                --------------------------------------
                                                                             (in thousands)
                                                                                  
Federal:
     Current                                                     $        -   $        -   $        -
     Deferred                                                        19,461      (23,723)       5,236
State:
     Current                                                              -            -          537
     Deferred                                                         2,575       (5,063)         795
Investment tax credit amortization                                     (119)        (119)        (119)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision (benefit) for income taxes                             $   21,917   $  (28,905)  $    6,449
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The provision  (benefit) for income taxes was an effective rate of 38.3% in
2001,  38.7% in 2000, and 39.4% in 1999. The following  reconciles the provision
(benefit) for income taxes included in the consolidated statements of operations
with  the  provision  (benefit)  which  would  result  from  application  of the
statutory federal tax rate to pretax financial income:


                                                                     2001         2000         1999
                                                                --------------------------------------
                                                                             (in thousands)
                                                                                  
Expected provision (benefit) at federal statutory rate of 35%    $   20,034   $  (26,145)  $    5,732
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
     State income taxes, net of federal income tax effect             1,674       (3,291)         866
     Other                                                              209          531         (149)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision (benefit) for income taxes                             $   21,917   $  (28,905)  $    6,449
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




     The  components  of the Company's net deferred tax liability as of December
31, 2001 and 2000 were as follows:

                                                                                  2001         2000
                                                                             -------------------------
                                                                                    (in thousands
                                                                                     
Deferred tax liabilities:
     Differences between book and tax basis of property                       $  148,330   $  129,702
     Stored gas                                                                    8,037        8,883
     Deferred purchased gas costs                                                      -       11,313
     Prepaid pension costs                                                         1,908        1,884
     Book over tax basis in partnerships                                          11,148       11,755
     Other                                                                         6,694        1,072
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 176,117      164,609
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax assets:
     Accrued compensation                                                            721          884
     Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward                                   3,766        3,046
     Net operating loss carryforward                                              48,595       63,449
     Other                                                                         1,849        1,671
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  54,931       69,050
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax liability                                                    $  121,186   $   95,559
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       40

     There were no income tax payments in 2001. Total income tax payments of $.5
million and $.6 million were made in 2000 and 1999, respectively.

(4) PENSION PLAN AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

     The Company applies SFAS No. 132,  "Employers'  Disclosures  about Pensions
and Other Postretirement  Benefits."  Substantially all employees are covered by
the Company's  defined benefit  pension and  postretirement  benefit plans.  The
following  provides  a  reconciliation  of the  changes  in the  plans'  benefit
obligations, fair value of assets, and funded status as of December 31, 2001 and
2000:


                                                                                Other Postretirement
                                                           Pension Benefits           Benefits
                                                       -------------------------------------------------
                                                          2001        2000          2001        2000
                                                       -------------------------------------------------
                                                                        (in thousands)
                                                                                  
Change in benefit obligations:
     Benefit obligation at January 1                    $  56,571   $  61,515     $   2,011   $   3,759
     Service cost                                           1,318       1,682            71          85
     Interest cost                                          4,133       4,509           138         268
     Actuarial loss (gain)                                  3,338       1,438            10        (226)
     Benefits paid                                         (4,435)     (7,256)         (131)       (138)
     Amount transferred                                         -      (5,317)            -           -
     Effect of settlement                                       -           -             -      (1,737)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Benefit obligation at December 31                  $  60,925   $  56,571     $   2,099   $   2,011
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in plan assets:
     Fair value of plan assets at January 1             $  66,283   $  70,478     $     573   $     615
     Actual return on plan assets                          (2,478)      8,716             2           4
     Employer contributions                                    18          13           228         308
     Benefit payments                                      (4,435)     (7,256)         (131)       (138)
     Amount transferred                                      (378)     (5,668)            -           -
     Effect of settlement                                       -          -              -        (216)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Fair value of plan assets at December 31           $  59,010   $  66,283     $     672   $     573
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Funded status:
     Funded status at December 31                       $  (1,916)  $   9,712     $  (1,427)  $  (1,438)
     Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss                 2,288      (9,832)          322         299
     Unrecognized prior service cost                        4,514       4,965             -           -
     Unrecognized transition obligation                         -         (37)          946       1,032
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost                     $   4,886   $   4,808     $    (159)  $    (107)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     The  Company's  supplemental  retirement  plan has an  accumulated  benefit
obligation in excess of plan assets. The plan's  accumulated  benefit obligation
was $326,000 and $286,000 at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. There are
no plan  assets in the  supplemental  retirement  plan due to the  nature of the
plan.

     Net periodic  pension and other  postretirement  benefit  costs include the
following components for 2001, 2000 and 1999:


                                                                                Other Postretirement
                                                    Pension Benefits                  Benefits
                                              ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                2001      2000      1999      2001      2000      1999
                                              ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       (in thousands)
                                                                             
Service cost                                   $ 1,318  $ 1,682  $ 1,881     $    71  $    85  $     99
Interest cost                                    4,133    4,509    4,130         138      268       261
Expected return on plan assets                  (5,829)  (6,190)  (6,259)        (34)     (39)      (28)
Amortization of transition obligation              (36)    (183)    (183)         86      103       103
Recognized net actuarial (gain) loss               (97)    (142)    (142)         19       63       111
Amortization of prior service cost                 451      451      451           -        -         -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               $   (60) $   127  $  (122)    $   280  $   480  $    546
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       41

     The Company's pension plans provide for benefits on a "cash balance" basis.
A cash  balance  plan  provides  benefits  based upon a fixed  percentage  of an
employee's  annual  compensation.  The Company's funding policy is to contribute
amounts which are  actuarially  determined to provide the plans with  sufficient
assets to meet future benefit payment requirements and which are tax deductible.

     The postretirement  benefit plans provide contributory health care and life
insurance  benefits.  Employees  become eligible for these benefits if they meet
age  and  service  requirements.  Generally,  the  benefits  paid  are a  stated
percentage of medical expenses  reduced by deductibles and other coverages.  The
Company has  established  trusts to partially  fund its  postretirement  benefit
obligations.

     The weighted  average  assumptions used in the measurement of the Company's
benefit obligations for 2001 and 2000 are as follows:


                                                                     Other Postretirement
                                               Pension Benefits            Benefits
                                           --------------------------------------------------
                                                2001      2000           2001      2000
                                           --------------------------------------------------
                                                                       
Discount rate                                  7.00%     7.25%           7.00%     7.25%
Expected return on plan assets                 9.00%     9.00%           5.00%     5.00%
Rate of compensation increase                  4.50%     4.50%            n/a       n/a
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     For  measurement  purposes  an 8% annual rate of increase in the per capita
cost of covered  medical  benefits and a 7.5% annual rate of increase in the per
capita cost of dental benefits was assumed for 2002. These rates were assumed to
gradually  decrease to 6% for medical  benefits  and 5% for dental  benefits for
2011 and remain at that level thereafter.

     Assumed  health  care cost  trend  rates have a  significant  effect on the
amounts  reported for the health care plans.  A one  percentage  point change in
assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:


                                                                         1%           1%
                                                                      Increase     Decrease
                                                                    -------------------------
                                                                          (in thousands)
                                                                                
Effect on the total service and interest cost components                $   29        $ (25)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation                             $  265        $(230)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(5) NATURAL GAS AND OIL PRODUCING ACTIVITIES

     All of the  Company's  gas and oil  properties  are  located  in the United
States.  The table below sets forth the results of  operations  from gas and oil
producing activities:


                                                             2001        2000        1999
                                                         ------------------------------------
                                                                    (in thousands)
                                                                         
Sales                                                     $  153,937  $  110,920  $   75,039
Production (lifting) costs                                   (23,604)    (19,804)    (14,039)
Depreciation, depletion and amortization                     (46,530)    (39,048)    (34,230)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              83,803      52,068      26,770
Income tax expense                                           (31,819)    (20,023)    (10,528)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Results of operations                                     $   51,984  $   32,045  $   16,242
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     The results of  operations  shown above  exclude  unusual items in 2000 and
overhead and interest  costs in all years.  Income tax expense is  calculated by
applying  the  statutory  tax  rates  to  the  revenues  less  costs,  including
depreciation,  depletion and amortization,  and after giving effect to permanent
differences and tax credits.

     The table  below  sets  forth  capitalized  costs  incurred  in gas and oil
property acquisition,  exploration and development  activities during 2001, 2000
and 1999:


                                                             2001        2000        1999
                                                         ------------------------------------
                                                                    (in thousands
                                                                         
Proved property acquisition costs                         $    7,323  $    7,428  $   10,456
Unproved property acquisition costs                            4,482       5,941       9,389
Exploration costs                                             23,490      27,853      19,519
Development costs                                             63,103      27,519      19,059
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capitalized costs incurred                                $   98,398  $   68,741  $   58,423
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amortization per Mcf equivalent                                $1.14       $1.06       $1.00
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       42

     Capitalized  interest  is  included  as  part  of the  cost  of oil and gas
properties.  The Company capitalized $1.6 million, $2.4 million and $3.3 million
during  2001,  2000 and  1999,  respectively,  based on the  Company's  weighted
average cost of borrowings used to finance the expenditures.

     In addition to capitalized interest,  the Company also capitalized internal
costs of $8.3 million, $7.3 million and $7.4 million during 2001, 2000 and 1999,
respectively.  These  internal  costs  were  directly  related  to  acquisition,
exploration and  development  activities and are included as part of the cost of
oil and gas properties.

     The following table shows the  capitalized  costs of gas and oil properties
and the related accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization at December
31, 2001 and 2000:


                                                                                                       2001         2000
                                                                                                   -------------------------
                                                                                                         (in thousands)
                                                                                                            
Proved properties                                                                                   $ 944,502     $ 841,875
Unproved properties                                                                                    26,178        30,148
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total capitalized costs                                                                               970,680       872,023
Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization                                            502,882       457,551
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net capitalized costs                                                                               $ 467,798     $ 414,472
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     The  table  below  sets  forth the  composition  of net  unevaluated  costs
excluded from amortization as of December 31, 2001. Of the total,  approximately
$11.5  million is invested in  Louisiana.  The majority of  Louisiana  costs are
related to seismic  projects  that will be evaluated  over several  years as the
seismic data is  interpreted  and the acreage is explored.  The remaining  costs
excluded from  amortization are related to properties which are not individually
significant  and on which the  evaluation  process has not been  completed.  The
Company is,  therefore,  unable to estimate when these costs will be included in
the amortization computation.



                                                                    2001         2000        1999        Prior       Total
                                                                 -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         (in thousands)
                                                                                                   
Property acquisition costs                                        $   4,385   $   1,880   $     913   $   2,432   $   9,610
Exploration costs                                                       725       1,891       3,434       2,155       8,205
Capitalized interest                                                    225         566         782       1,714       3,287
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  $   5,335   $   4,337   $   5,129   $   6,301   $  21,102
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(6) NATURAL GAS AND OIL RESERVES (UNAUDITED)

     The following table  summarizes the changes in the Company's proved natural
gas and oil reserves for 2001, 2000 and 1999:


                                                                2001                   2000                   1999
                                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Gas          Oil        Gas          Oil        Gas          Oil
                                                        (MMcf)      (MBbls)     (MMcf)      (MBbls)     (MMcf)      (MBbls)
                                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                                    
Proved reserves, beginning of year                      331,754      8,130     307,523      7,859      303,667      6,850
Revisions of previous estimates                         (21,598)      (979)      5,357        (22)      (7,464)     1,155
Extensions, discoveries, and other additions             77,187      1,272      53,389      1,347       34,730        225
Production                                              (35,477)      (719)    (31,602)      (676)     (29,444)      (578)
Acquisition of reserves in place                          4,325         21       8,100         82        9,762        576
Disposition of reserves in place                           (378)       (21)    (11,013)      (460)      (3,728)      (369)
Proved reserves, end of year                            355,813      7,704     331,754      8,130      307,523      7,859
Proved, developed reserves:
Beginning of year                                       270,830      7,100     250,290      7,154      258,092      6,370
End of year                                             281,461      6,429     270,830      7,100      250,290      7,154


     The  "Standardized  Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows Relating to
Proved Oil and Gas Reserves"  (standardized measure) is a disclosure required by
SFAS  No.  69,  "Disclosures  About  Oil  and  Gas  Producing  Activities."  The
standardized  measure  does not purport to present  the fair  market  value of a
company's  proved gas and oil  reserves.  In addition,  there are  uncertainties
inherent  in  estimating  quantities  of  proved  reserves.   Substantially  all
quantities  of gas and oil  reserves  owned by the  Company  were  estimated  or
audited  by  the  independent  petroleum  engineering  firm  of  K  &  A  Energy
Consultants, Inc.

                                       43

     Following  is the  standardized  measure  relating  to  proved  gas and oil
reserves at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999:


                                                                               2001          2000          1999
                                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                                        (in thousands)
                                                                                              
Future cash inflows                                                        $ 1,095,843   $ 3,366,304   $  989,997
Future production costs                                                       (313,357)     (461,808)    (195,131)
Future development costs                                                       (57,136)      (44,609)     (32,230)
Future income tax expense                                                     (182,103)     (974,273)    (247,408)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Future net cash flows                                                          543,247     1,885,614      515,228
10% annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows                        (235,087)     (990,472)    (253,153)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows                   $   308,160   $   895,142   $  262,075
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



     Under the  standardized  measure,  future cash  inflows  were  estimated by
applying  year-end  prices,  adjusted  for  known  contractual  changes,  to the
estimated  future  production of year-end proved  reserves.  Future cash inflows
were reduced by  estimated  future  production  and  development  costs based on
year-end  costs to  determine  pretax cash  inflows.  Future  income  taxes were
computed by  applying  the  year-end  statutory  rate,  after  consideration  of
permanent  differences,  to the excess of pretax cash inflows over the Company's
tax basis in the  associated  proved  gas and oil  properties.  Future  net cash
inflows after income taxes were  discounted  using a 10% annual discount rate to
arrive at the standardized measure.

     Following  is an analysis  of changes in the  standardized  measure  during
2001, 2000 and 1999:


                                                                               2001          2000          1999
                                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                                        (in thousands)
                                                                                              
Standardized measure, beginning of year                                    $  895,142    $  262,075    $  222,793
Sales and transfers of gas and oil produced, net of production costs         (130,333)      (91,116)      (61,000)
Net changes in prices and production costs                                   (979,522)      837,691        48,506
Extensions, discoveries, and other additions, net of future production
     and development costs                                                    102,832       259,212        48,279
Acquisition of reserves in place                                                5,406        33,032        14,765
Revisions of previous quantity estimates                                      (24,966)       20,178          (612)
Accretion of discount                                                         133,136        38,076        32,447
Net change in income taxes                                                    349,862      (317,527)      (17,015)
Changes in production rates (timing) and other                                (43,397)     (146,479)      (26,088)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Standardized measure, end of year                                          $  308,160    $  895,142    $  262,075
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(7) INVESTMENT IN UNCONSOLIDATED PARTNERSHIP

     The  Company  holds a 25%  general  partnership  interest  in NOARK.  NOARK
Pipeline  was  formerly a 258-mile  intrastate  gas  transmission  system  which
extended across northern Arkansas.  In January 1998, the Company entered into an
agreement with Enogex Inc.  (Enogex) that resulted in the expansion of the NOARK
Pipeline and provided the pipeline with access to Oklahoma gas supplies  through
an integration of NOARK with the Ozark Gas Transmission  System (Ozark).  Enogex
is a subsidiary  of OGE Energy Corp.  Ozark was a 437-mile  interstate  pipeline
system  which began in eastern  Oklahoma  and  terminated  in eastern  Arkansas.
Enogex  acquired  the Ozark  system and  contributed  it to NOARK.  Enogex  also
acquired  the  NOARK  partnership  interests  not  owned  by  Southwestern.  The
acquisition of Ozark and its integration with NOARK Pipeline was approved by the
Federal Energy  Regulatory  Commission in late 1998 at which time NOARK Pipeline
was converted to an interstate  pipeline and operated in combination with Ozark.
Enogex funded the  acquisition of Ozark and the expansion and  integration  with
NOARK  Pipeline  which  resulted  in the  Company's  ownership  interest  in the
partnership decreasing to 25% from 48%.

     The  Company's  investment  in NOARK  totaled $15.5 million at December 31,
2001 and 2000, including advances of $1.4 million made during 2001, $3.3 million
made during 2000 and $2.3 million made during 1999.  Advances are made primarily
to service NOARK's long-term debt. See Note 11 for further discussion of NOARK's
funding requirements and the Company's investment in NOARK.

                                       44

     NOARK's  financial  position  at December  31, 2001 and 2000 is  summarized
below:


                                                           2001       2000
                                                      --------------------------
                                                            (in thousands)
                                                              
Current assets                                         $   8,363    $   9,532
Noncurrent assets                                        175,299      179,136
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       $ 183,662    $ 188,668
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current liabilities                                    $   7,403    $  11,803
Long-term debt                                            71,000       73,000
Partners' capital                                        105,259      103,865
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       $ 183,662    $ 188,668
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     The Company's  share of NOARK's pretax loss was $1.5 million,  $1.8 million
and $2.0 million for 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.  The Company records its
share of NOARK's  pretax loss in other  income  (expense) on the  statements  of
operations.

     NOARK's results of operations for 2001, 2000 and 1999 are summarized below:


                                               2001        2000        1999
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                      (in thousands)
                                                             
Operating revenues                          $  81,662    $  73,633    $  40,358
Pretax net loss                             $  (1,047)   $  (1,391)   $  (3,564)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



(8) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     The following  methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
of each class of financial  instruments  for which it is practicable to estimate
the value:

     Cash,  Customer  Deposits,  and Short-Term  Debt: The carrying  amount is a
reasonable estimate of fair value.

     Long-Term Debt: The fair value of the Company's long-term debt is estimated
based on the  expected  current  rates which would be offered to the Company for
debt of the same maturities.

     Commodity  and  Interest  Hedges:  The fair value of all hedging  financial
instruments is the amount at which they could be settled, based on quoted market
prices or estimates  obtained from dealers.  The carrying  amounts and estimated
fair values of the Company's  financial  instruments as of December 31, 2001 and
2000 were as follows:


                                           2001                    2000
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                   Carrying    Fair        Carrying    Fair
                                    Amount     Value        Amount     Value
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                                (in thousands)
                                                          
Cash                              $   3,641  $   3,641     $   2,386  $   2,386
Customer deposits                 $   4,845  $   4,845     $   4,799  $   4,799
Short-term debt                           -          -     $ 171,000  $ 171,000
Long-term debt                    $ 350,000  $ 356,179     $ 225,000  $ 226,309
Commodity and interest hedges     $   3,246  $   3,246     $    (160) $ (60,596)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Derivatives and Risk Management

     SFAS  No.  133,   "Accounting   for  Derivative   Instruments  and  Hedging
Activities,"  as amended by SFAS No. 137 and SFAS No.  138,  was  adopted by the
Company on  January 1, 2001.  SFAS No.  133  requires  that all  derivatives  be
recognized in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability  measured at its
fair value. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative's gains
and losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the income statement.

     Upon  adoption of SFAS No. 133 on January 1, 2001,  the Company  recorded a
transition obligation of $60.6 million related to cash flow hedges in place that
are  intended to reduce the  volatility  in commodity  prices for the  Company's
forecasted oil and gas  production.  At December 31, 2001, the Company  recorded
hedging  assets  of  $10.3  million,  hedging  liabilities  of $7.1  million,  a
regulatory asset of $5.8 million related to its utility gas purchase hedges, and
a net of tax gain to other  comprehensive  income (equity section of the balance
sheet) of $5.8 million.  The amount recorded in other comprehensive  income will
be  relieved  over  time  and  taken to the  income  statement  as the  physical
transactions being hedged occur. There was no significant ineffectiveness during
2001 related to the  Company's  cash flow hedges and there were no  discontinued
hedges.  Additional  volatility in earnings and other  comprehensive  income may
occur in the future as a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 133.

                                       45

     The Company uses natural gas and crude oil swap  agreements and options and
interest  rate swaps to reduce the  volatility  of earnings and cash flow due to
fluctuations  in the prices of natural  gas and oil and in interest  rates.  The
Board of Directors  has approved  risk  management  policies and  procedures  to
utilize  financial  products for the  reduction of defined  commodity  price and
interest rate risks.  These policies  prohibit  speculation with derivatives and
limit swap agreements to counterparties with appropriate credit standings.

     The Company uses over-the-counter natural gas and crude oil swap agreements
and  options to hedge  sales of Company  production,  to hedge  activity  in its
marketing  segment,  and to hedge the  purchase  of gas in its  utility  segment
against the inherent  price risks of adverse  price  fluctuations  or locational
pricing differences between a published index and the NYMEX (New York Mercantile
Exchange)  futures market.  These swaps and options include (1)  transactions in
which one  party  will pay a fixed  price (or  variable  price)  for a  notional
quantity in exchange for receiving a variable  price (or fixed price) based on a
published index (referred to as price swaps),  (2) transactions in which parties
agree  to pay a price  based  on two  different  indices  (referred  to as basis
swaps),  and (3) the purchase and sale of index-related puts and calls (collars)
that  provide a "floor"  price below  which the  counterparty  pays  (production
hedge) or receives (gas  purchase  hedge) funds equal to the amount by which the
price of the  commodity is below the  contracted  floor,  and a "ceiling"  price
above  which  the  Company  pays to  (production  hedge) or  receives  from (gas
purchase hedge) the  counterparty the amount by which the price of the commodity
is above the contracted ceiling.

     At December 31, 2001, the Company had  outstanding  natural gas price swaps
on total notional  volumes of 13.4 Bcf in 2002 and 9.2 Bcf in 2003 for which the
Company will receive fixed prices  ranging from $2.57 to $3.20 per MMBtu.  Under
contracts on .3 Bcf in 2002,  the Company will make average fixed price payments
of $2.96  per MMBtu  and  receive  variable  prices  based on the NYMEX  futures
market. At December 31, 2001, the Company also had outstanding natural gas price
swaps on total  notional gas  purchase  volumes of 3.3 Bcf in 2002 for which the
Company will pay an average fixed price of $4.20 per Mcf.

     At December 31,  2001,  the Company had collars in place on 6.0 Bcf in 2002
and 4.1 Bcf in 2003 of future  gas  production.  The 6.0 Bcf in 2002 had a floor
and  ceiling of $4.00 and $4.72,  respectively.  The 4.1 Bcf in 2003 had a floor
and  ceiling  of  $3.00  and  $4.65,  respectively.  The  Company's  price  risk
management  activities  reduced revenues $10.3 million in 2001, $39.3 million in
2000, and $1.1 million in 1999.

     The Company has  outstanding  interest  rate swaps on a notional  amount of
$100 million. Under these contracts the Company will make average fixed interest
payments at 3.4% and receive  variable prices based on the one-month LIBOR rate.
The Company  currently  pays an  additional  1.4% above  LIBOR on its  revolving
credit facility.

     The primary market risks related to the Company's  derivative contracts are
the volatility in commodity  prices,  basis  differentials  and interest  rates.
However  these market risks are offset by the gain or loss  recognized  upon the
related  sale or purchase of the natural gas or sale of oil that is hedged,  and
payment of variable rate interest.  Credit risk relates to the risk of loss as a
result of  non-performance by the Company's  counterparties.  The counterparties
are primarily major investment and commercial  banks which  management  believes
present minimal credit risks.  The credit quality of each  counterparty  and the
level  of  financial   exposure  the  Company  has  to  each   counterparty  are
periodically reviewed to ensure limited credit risk exposure.

(9) STOCK OPTIONS

     The  Southwestern  Energy Company 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (2000 Plan) was
adopted in February  2000 and provides  for the  compensation  of officers,  key
employees   and  eligible   non-employee   directors  of  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries.  The 2000 Plan replaces the Southwestern Energy Company 1993 Stock
Incentive  Plan  (1993  Plan) and the  Southwestern  Energy  Company  1993 Stock
Incentive  Plan for  Outside  Directors  (1993  Director  Plan).  The 2000  Plan
provides for grants of options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  shares of phantom
stock,  and  shares of  restricted  stock  that in the  aggregate  do not exceed
1,250,000 shares. The types of incentives which may be awarded are comprehensive
and are  intended  to  enable  the  Board of  Directors  to  structure  the most
appropriate  incentives  and to address  changes in income tax laws which may be
enacted over the term of the 2000 Plan.

     The 1993 Plan provided for the  compensation  of officers and key employees
of the  Company  and its  subsidiaries  through  grants  of  options,  shares of
restricted  stock,  and  stock  bonuses  that in the  aggregate  did not  exceed
1,700,000  shares,  the grant of stand-alone stock  appreciation  rights (SARs),
shares of phantom  stock and cash  awards,  the  shares

                                       46

related to which in the aggregate did not exceed 1,700,000 shares, and the grant
of limited and tandem SARs (all terms as defined in the 1993 Plan).  The Company
has also awarded stock option grants  outside the 2000 Plan and the 1993 Plan to
certain non-officer employees and to certain officers at the time of their hire.

     The  2000  Plan  awards  each  non-employee  director  who is  eligible  to
participate in the plan an annual Director's Option with respect to 8,000 shares
of common  stock.  Previously,  the 1993 Director Plan provided for annual stock
option grants of 12,000 shares (with 12,000  limited SARs) to each  non-employee
director.  Options  under the 1993  Director  Plan were  limited to no more than
240,000 shares.

     The Company's 1985  Nonqualified  Stock Option Plan expired in 1992, except
with respect to awards then  outstanding.  The following  tables summarize stock
option  activity for the years 2001,  2000 and 1999 and provide  information for
options outstanding at December 31, 2001:


                                                   2001                2000                  1999
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Weighted              Weighted              Weighted
                                            Number     Average    Number     Average    Number     Average
                                              of       Exercise     of       Exercise     of       Exercise
                                            Shares     Price      Shares     Price      Shares     Price
                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  
Options outstanding at January 1            2,602,800   $  9.79   2,061,199   $ 10.49   1,634,901   $ 12.15
Granted                                       170,200   $ 10.13     666,100   $  7.58     562,250   $  6.18
Exercised                                      11,252   $  7.00           -         -       1,333   $  7.31
Canceled                                       89,562   $  9.22     124,499   $  9.55     134,619   $ 12.68
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Options outstanding at December 31          2,672,186   $  9.84   2,602,800   $  9.79   2,061,199   $ 10.49
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------






                                                  Options Outstanding                Options Exercisable
                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Weighted
                                                        Weighted     Average           Weighted    Weighted
                                            Options     Average     Remaining          Options     Average
Range of                                  Outstanding   Exercise   Contractual       Exercisable   Exercise
Exercise Prices                           at Year End    Price     Life (Years)      at Year End    Price
--------------------                     -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    
 $6.00 - $7.00                              558,018       $6.15        7.8             368,226       $6.15
 $7.06 - $8.75                              834,934       $7.41        8.2             441,229       $7.39
 $9.06 - $13.38                             740,300      $11.65        6.4             536,267      $12.26
 $14.00 - $17.50                            538,934      $14.95        3.3             480,372      $14.99
--------------------                     -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          2,672,186       $9.84                      1,826,094      $10.57
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     All options are issued at fair market value at the date of grant and expire
ten years  from the date of  grant.  Options  generally  vest to  employees  and
directors over a three to four year period from the date of grant.  Of the total
options  outstanding,  325,000  performance  accelerated options were granted in
1994 at an option price of $14.63.  These  options vest over a four-year  period
beginning in 2000.

     The  Company  applies  the  disclosure-only  provisions  of SFAS  No.  123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." Accordingly, no compensation cost has
been  recognized  for the stock  option  plans.  Had  compensation  cost for the
Company's stock option plans been  determined  consistent with the provisions of
SFAS No. 123, the  Company's  net income  (loss) and  earnings  (loss) per share
would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:


                                                                               2001       2000       1999
                                                                             -------------------------------
                                                                                           
Net income (loss), in thousands
     As reported                                                              $ 35,324   $(46,687)  $ 9,927
     Pro forma                                                                $ 34,373   $(47,444)  $ 9,241
Basic earnings (loss) per share
     As reported                                                                 $1.40     $(1.86)     $.40
     Pro forma                                                                   $1.36     $(1.90)     $.37
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
     As reported                                                                 $1.38     $(1.86)     $.40
     Pro forma                                                                   $1.34     $(1.90)     $.37
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       47

     Because  the SFAS No.  123  method of  accounting  has not been  applied to
options  granted prior to January 1, 1995, the resulting pro forma  compensation
cost may not be  representative of that to be expected in future years. The fair
value  of each  option  grant  is  estimated  on the  date of  grant  using  the
Black-Scholes   option   pricing  model  with  the  following   weighted-average
assumptions: no dividend yield; expected volatility of 46.4%; risk-free interest
rate of 4.8%; and expected lives of 6 years.

     The Company has granted  752,995  shares of  restricted  stock to employees
through  2001.  Of this total,  421,895  shares vest over a  three-year  period,
288,550 shares vest over a four-year period,  and the remaining shares vest over
a five-year period. The related compensation expense is being amortized over the
vesting  periods.  As of  December  31,  2001,  295,146  shares  have  vested to
employees and 41,480 shares have been canceled and returned to treasury shares.

(10) COMMON STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS

     In 1999, the Company's  Common Share  Purchase  Rights Plan was amended and
extended for an additional  ten years.  Per the terms of the amended  plan,  one
common  share  purchase  right  is  attached  to each  outstanding  share of the
Company's common stock.  Each right entitles the holder to purchase one share of
common stock at an exercise price of $40.00, subject to adjustment. These rights
will  become  exercisable  in the  event  that a  person  or group  acquires  or
commences  a  tender  or  exchange  offer  for  15% or  more  of  the  Company's
outstanding  shares or the Board  determines that a holder of 10% or more of the
Company's  outstanding  shares  presents a threat to the best  interests  of the
Company. At no time will these rights have any voting power.

     If any person or entity  actually  acquires 15% of the common stock (10% or
more if the Board determines such acquiror is adverse), rightholders (other than
the 15% or 10% stockholder) will be entitled to buy, at the right's then current
exercise  price,  the  Company's  common  stock with a market value of twice the
exercise  price.  Similarly,  if the  Company is  acquired  in a merger or other
business  combination,  each right will entitle its holder to  purchase,  at the
right's then current exercise price, a number of the surviving  company's common
shares having a market value at that time of twice the right's exercise price.

     The rights may be redeemed by the Board for $.01 per right or exchanged for
common  shares  on a  one-for-one  basis  prior to the  time  that  they  become
exercisable.  In the event, however, that redemption of the rights is considered
in connection with a proposed  acquisition of the Company,  the Board may redeem
the  rights   only  on  the   recommendation   of  its   independent   directors
(nonmanagement  directors who are not  affiliated  with the proposed  acquiror).
These rights expire in 2009.

(11) CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

     The  Company  and  the  other  general  partner  of  NOARK  have  severally
guaranteed the principal and interest  payments on NOARK's 7.15% Notes due 2018.
The  Company's  share of the several  guarantee is 60%. At December 31, 2001 and
2000,  the  principal  outstanding  for these Notes was $73.0  million and $75.0
million,   respectively.  The  Notes  were  issued  in  June  1998  and  require
semi-annual principal payments of $1.0 million. Under the several guarantee, the
Company is  required  to fund its share of  NOARK's  debt  service  which is not
funded by operations of the pipeline.  As a result of the  integration  of NOARK
Pipeline with the Ozark Gas Transmission System, as discussed further in Note 7,
management of the Company  believes that it will realize its investment in NOARK
over the life of the system.  Therefore, no provision for any loss has been made
in the  accompanying  financial  statements.  Additionally,  the  Company's  gas
distribution  subsidiary has transportation  contracts for firm capacity of 66.9
MMcfd on NOARK's integrated pipeline system.  These contracts expire in 2002 and
2003, and are renewable  year-to-year  thereafter  until terminated by 180 days'
notice.

     The Company recently settled  litigation,  subject to court approval,  in a
case filed against the Company and two of its  subsidiaries  in a state court in
Sebastian  County,  Arkansas  related  to the  Company's  Stockton  Gas  Storage
Facility in Franklin  County,  Arkansas (the "Stockton  Storage  Facility").  As
previously  disclosed,  this class  action  suit was filed on August 25, 2000 on
behalf of a class of plaintiffs comprised of all surface owners, mineral owners,
royalty owners and overriding  royalty owners in the Stockton Storage  Facility.
Plaintiffs alleged various wrongful, intentional and fraudulent acts relating to
the  operation  of the storage  pool  beginning  in 1968 and  continuing  to the
present,  and claimed ownership rights in the gas that the Company has stored in
the  storage  pool in an  amount  in excess  of $5  million  in actual  damages,
interest,  attorney's  fees  and  punitive  damages.  Under  the  terms  of  the
settlement,  the  Company  has agreed to pay the  plaintiffs  a cash  settlement
amount and enter into new gas storage  agreements  at rental rates  commensurate
with current  market prices.  The  settlement of this  litigation did not have a
material impact on the Company's result of operations for 2001.

     The Company is subject to laws and  regulations  relating to the protection
of the environment.  The Company's policy is to accrue environmental and cleanup
related costs of a non-capital  nature when it is both probable that a liability
has been  incurred and when the amount can be reasonably  estimated.  Management
believes any future  remediation or other compliance related costs will not have
a material effect on the financial position or reported results of operations of
the Company.

                                       48

     The Company is subject to other  litigation  and claims that have arisen in
the  ordinary  course of  business.  The  Company  accrues for such items when a
liability is both  probable and the amount can be reasonably  estimated.  In the
opinion of management, the results of such litigation and claims will not have a
material  effect on the results of operations  or the financial  position of the
Company.

(12) SEGMENT INFORMATION

     The  Company  applies  SFAS No.  131,  "Disclosures  About  Segments  of an
Enterprise and Related  Information." The Company's reportable business segments
have been identified based on the differences in products or services  provided.
Revenues  for the  exploration  and  production  segment  are  derived  from the
production  and  sale  of  natural  gas  and  crude  oil.  Revenues  for the gas
distribution  segment arise from the  transportation  and sale of natural gas at
retail.  The marketing  segment  generates revenue through the marketing of both
Company and third party produced gas volumes.

     Summarized  financial  information for the Company's reportable segments is
shown in the  following  table.  The "Other"  column  includes  items related to
non-reportable  segments  (real estate and pipeline  operations)  and  corporate
items.


                                                            Exploration
                                                               and            Gas
                                                            Production    Distribution   Marketing      Other          Total
                                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
2001                                                                                   (in thousands)
                                                                                                        
Revenues from external customers                            $ 126,006     $ 147,082      $  71,839      $       -      $ 344,927
Intersegment revenues                                          27,931           200        118,486            448        147,065
Operating income                                               69,340        10,346          2,703            280         82,669
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense               46,530         6,163            111             95         52,899
Interest expense (1)                                           18,238         4,413             34          1,014         23,699
Provision (benefit) for income taxes (1)                       19,164         2,505            996           (748)        21,917
Assets                                                        526,346       169,931          8,026         38,820(2)     743,123
Capital expenditures                                           98,964(3)      5,347              -          1,749        106,060
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000
Revenues from external customers                            $  75,597     $ 151,052      $ 137,234      $       -      $ 363,883
Intersegment revenues                                          35,323           182         70,514            448        106,467
Unusual items (4)                                             111,288             -              -              -        111,288
Operating income (loss)                                       (70,584)       14,655          2,460              -        (53,469)
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense               39,048         6,625            109             87         45,869
Interest expense (1)                                           17,472         4,608             16          1,134         23,230
Provision (benefit) for income taxes (1)                      (34,153)        4,869            912           (533)       (28,905)
Assets                                                        460,296       188,811         20,929         35,342(2)     705,378
Capital expenditures                                           69,211         5,994             24            488         75,717
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999
Revenues from external customers                            $  51,533     $ 132,293      $  96,570      $       -      $ 280,396
Intersegment revenues                                          23,506           127         40,956            416         65,005
Operating income                                               16,451        17,187          2,142            278         36,058
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense               34,230         7,186             92             95         41,603
Interest expense (1)                                           11,345         5,027              -            979         17,351
Provision (benefit) for income taxes (1)                        1,806         4,569            859           (785)         6,449
Assets                                                        435,022       190,731         11,212         34,481(2)     671,446
Capital expenditures                                           59,004         7,124              9            830         66,967
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Interest  expense and the  provision  (benefit) for income taxes by segment
     are an  allocation  of  corporate  amounts as debt and  income tax  expense
     (benefit) are incurred at the corporate level.
(2)  Other assets include the Company's  equity  investment in the operations of
     NOARK (see Note 7), corporate assets not allocated to segments,  and assets
     for non-reportable segments.
(3)  Includes  $13.5  million  funded by the owner of the  minority  interest in
     Overton partnership.
(4)  Includes  $109.3  million for the Hales judgment and $2.0 million for other
     litigation.



     Intersegment  sales by the exploration and production segment and marketing
segment to the gas  distribution  segment are priced in accordance with terms of
existing contracts and current market conditions.  Parent company assets include
furniture and fixtures,  prepaid debt costs,  and prepaid pension costs.  Parent
company general and administrative  costs,  depreciation expense and taxes other
than income are  allocated  to segments.  All of the  Company's  operations  are
located within the United States.


                                       49

(13) QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)

     The following is a summary of the quarterly  results of operations  for the
years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000:


                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                  March 31       June 30     September 30     December 31
                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                          (in thousands, except per share amounts)

                                                                            2001
                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    
Operating revenues                                $ 137,129     $  76,023      $  59,396        $  72,379
Operating income                                  $  32,599     $  18,015      $  14,263        $  17,792
Net income                                        $  16,013     $   6,869      $   5,018        $   7,424
Basic earnings per share                               $.64          $.27           $.20             $.29
Diluted earnings per share                             $.63          $.27           $.20             $.29

                                                                            2000
                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------
Operating revenues                                $  96,913     $  78,483      $  75,342        $ 113,145
Operating income (loss)                           $  21,056     $(101,849)     $   5,884        $  21,440
Net income (loss)                                 $   9,186     $ (64,199)     $    (754)       $   9,080
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share            $.37        $(2.57)         $(.03)            $.36
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



(14) NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     In July 2001, the FASB issued Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
No.  141,  "Business  Combinations"  (SFAS  No.  141),  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards No. 142,  "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" (SFAS No.
142), and Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 143, "Accounting for
Asset Retirement  Obligations" (SFAS No. 143). In October, 2001, the FASB issued
Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  144,  "Accounting  for the
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" (SFAS No. 144).

     SFAS No. 141 requires  that the purchase  method of  accounting be used for
all business  combinations  initiated after June 30, 2001. SFAS No. 142 requires
that goodwill and intangible  assets with  indefinite  useful lives no longer be
amortized,  but instead be tested for impairment at least annually in accordance
with the  provisions  of SFAS No. 142.  The  Company  was  required to adopt the
provisions of SFAS No. 141  immediately,  and SFAS No. 142 effective  January 1,
2002.  Adoption of SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142 had no impact on the  Company's
results of operations or financial condition.

     SFAS No. 143 addresses  financial  accounting and reporting for obligations
associated with the retirement of tangible  long-lived assets and the associated
asset retirement costs and amends FASB Statement No. 19,  "Financial  Accounting
and  Reporting by Oil and Gas Producing  Companies."  SFAS No. 143 requires that
the fair value of a liability for an asset  retirement  obligation be recognized
in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can
be made, and that the associated  asset  retirement costs be capitalized as part
of the carrying  amount of the long-lived  asset.  SFAS No. 143 is effective for
financial  statements issued for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002. The
effect of this  standard on the Company's  results of  operations  and financial
condition is being evaluated.

     SFAS No. 144  supersedes  SFAS No. 121,  "Accounting  for the Impairment of
Long-Lived  Assets  and for  Long-Lived  Assets to be  Disposed  of" and  amends
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30, "Reporting the Results of Operations
-  Reporting   the  Effects  of  Disposal  of  a  Segment  of  a  Business   and
Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions." SFAS
No.  144  retains  the  basic  framework  of  SFAS  No.  121,  resolves  certain
implementation  issues of SFAS No. 121,  extends  applicability  to discontinued
operations,  and broadens the presentation of discontinued operations to include
a component of an entity.  SFAS No. 144 is effective  for  financial  statements
issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001.  Adoption of SFAS No.
144 had no impact on the Company's results of operations or financial position.

ITEM  9.  CHANGES  IN AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     There  have  been  no  changes  in  or  disagreements  with  the  Company's
independent public accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

                                       50

Part III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The definitive  Proxy Statement to holders of the Company's Common Stock in
connection  with the  solicitation of proxies to be used in voting at the Annual
Meeting of  Shareholders on May 15, 2002 (the 2002 Proxy  Statement),  is hereby
incorporated  by reference  for the purpose of providing  information  about the
identification of directors.  Refer to the sections  "Election of Directors" and
"Share  Ownership of Management and Directors"  for  information  concerning the
directors.

     Information concerning executive officers is presented in Part I, Item 4 of
this Form 10-K.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The 2002  Proxy  Statement  is hereby  incorporated  by  reference  for the
purpose of providing  information  about  executive  compensation.  Refer to the
section "Executive Compensation."

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The 2002  Proxy  Statement  is hereby  incorporated  by  reference  for the
purpose of providing  information about security ownership of certain beneficial
owners and  management.  Refer to the  sections  "Security  Ownership of Certain
Beneficial  Owners"  and "Share  Ownership  of  Management  and  Directors"  for
information   about  security   ownership  of  certain   beneficial  owners  and
management.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The 2002  Proxy  Statement  is hereby  incorporated  by  reference  for the
purpose  of  providing  information  about  related  transactions.  Refer to the
section "Share  Ownership of Management and  Directors"  for  information  about
transactions with members of the Company's Board of Directors.

Part IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)  (1) The  consolidated   financial   statements  of   the  Company  and  its
         subsidiaries  and  the report  of independent  public  accountants  are
         included in Item 8 of this Report.

     (2) The  consolidated  financial  statement  schedules  have  been  omitted
         because they are not required  under the related  instructions,  or are
         not applicable.

     (3) The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index (pages 53 and 54)
         are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Report.

(b)  Reports on Form 8-K:
     A Current  Report on Form 8-K was filed on October 18, 2001,  referencing a
conference  call  conducted on October 17, 2001,  announcing  the results of the
Company's third quarter 2001 activity.

                                       51

SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  the Registrant has duly caused the report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                            SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY
                                            --------------------------------
                                                   (Registrant)

Dated: March 29, 2002                       BY:  /s/ Greg D. Kerley
                                            --------------------------------
                                                     Greg D. Kerley
                                                 Executive Vice President
                                                and Chief Financial Officer

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 29, 2002.

      /s/ Harold M. Korell               President, Chief Executive Officer
------------------------------------     and Director
          Harold M. Korell

      /s/ Greg D. Kerley                 Executive Vice President
------------------------------------     and Chief Financial Officer
          Greg D. Kerley

      /s/ Stanley T. Wilson              Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
------------------------------------
          Stanley T. Wilson

      /s/ Charles E. Scharlau            Director and Chairman
------------------------------------
          Charles E. Scharlau

      /s/ Lewis E. Epley, Jr.            Director
------------------------------------
          Lewis E. Epley, Jr.

      /s/ John Paul Hammerschmidt        Director
------------------------------------
          John Paul Hammerschmidt

      /s/ Robert L. Howard               Director
------------------------------------
          Robert L. Howard

      /s/ Kenneth R. Mourton             Director
------------------------------------
          Kenneth R. Mourton

     Supplemental  Information  to be Furnished  With Reports Filed  Pursuant to
Section 15(d) of the Act by  Registrants  Which Have Not  Registered  Securities
Pursuant of Section 12 of the Act.

                                 Not Applicable

                                       52

EXHIBIT INDEX

   Exhibit
     No.                                 Description
   -------                               -----------

     3.   Articles  of  Incorporation  and Bylaws of the  Company  (amended  and
          restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  incorporated  by  reference  to
          Exhibit 3 to Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year  ended  December
          31,  1993);  Bylaws of the  Company  (amended  Bylaws  of the  Company
          incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 3 to Annual  Report on Form 10-K
          for the year ended December 31, 1994).

     4.1  Amended  and   Restated   Rights   Agreement   dated  April  12,  1999
          (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit 4.1 to Annual  Report on Form
          10-K for the year ended  December 31,  1999),  as amended by Amendment
          No. 1 to the Amended and  Restated  Rights  Agreement  dated March 15,
          2002 (filed herewith).

     4.2  Prospectus,  Registration  Statement,  and  Indenture  on 6.70% Senior
          Notes due December 1, 2005 and issued  December 5, 1995  (incorporated
          by reference to the Company's Forms S-3 and S-3/A filed on November 1,
          1995, and November 17, 1995,  respectively,  and also to the Company's
          filings of a  Prospectus  and  Prospectus  Supplement  on November 22,
          1995, and December 4, 1995, respectively).

     4.3  Prospectus   Supplement   and  Form  of   Distribution   Agreement  on
          $125,000,000 of Medium-Term  Notes dated February 21, 1997 (Prospectus
          Supplement  incorporated  by  reference to the  Company's  filing of a
          Prospectus  Supplement  on February  21,  1997,  Form of  Distribution
          Agreement  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10 filed with the
          Company's Form 8-K dated February 21, 1997).

     4.4  Short-Term  Credit Agreement dated July 17, 2000 between  Southwestern
          Energy Company and Bank One, N.A., as  administrative  agent, and Bank
          of America,  N.A., as syndication agent  (incorporated by reference to
          Exhibit 4.4 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December
          31, 2000).

     4.5  Credit  Agreement  dated July 12,  2001  between  Southwestern  Energy
          Company and The Lenders;  Bank One, N.A., as administrative agent, and
          Royal Bank of Canada, as syndication agent (filed herewith).

     10.1 Compensation Plans:

          (a)  Southwestern   Energy  Company   Incentive   Compensation   Plan,
               effective January 1, 1993, and Amended and Restated as of January
               1, 1999  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.2(b) to Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).

          (b)  Nonqualified  Stock Option Plan,  effective February 22, 1985, as
               amended July 10, 1989  (replaced by  Southwestern  Energy Company
               1993  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  dated  April 7,  1993,  which  was
               replaced by the Southwestern  Energy Company 2000 Stock Incentive
               Plan dated  February 18, 2000)  (original  plan  incorporated  by
               reference  to  Exhibit  10 to Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the
               year ended  December  31,  1985;  amended  plan  incorporated  by
               reference  to  Exhibit  10 to Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the
               year ended December 31, 1989).

          (c)  Southwestern  Energy  Company 1993 Stock  Incentive  Plan,  dated
               April 7, 1993 and  Amended and  Restated as of February  18, 1998
               (replaced by the Southwestern Energy Company 2000 Stock Incentive
               Plan dated  February  18,  2000)  (incorporated  by  reference to
               Exhibit  10.2(d) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
               December 31, 1998).

          (d)  Southwestern Energy Company 1993 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside
               Directors,  dated  April 7, 1993  (replaced  by the  Southwestern
               Energy Company 2000 Stock Incentive Plan dated February 18, 2000)
               (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  appendix  filed  with  the
               Company's   definitive   Proxy   Statement   to  holders  of  the
               Registrant's  Common Stock in connection with the solicitation of
               proxies  to  be  used  in  voting  at  the   Annual   Meeting  of
               Shareholders on May 26, 1993).

          (e)  Southwestern  Energy  Company  2000  Stock  Incentive  Plan dated
               February  18, 2000  (incorporated  by  reference  to the appendix
               filed with the Company's definitive Proxy Statement to holders of
               the Registrant's Common Stock in connection with the solicitation
               of  proxies  to be  used  in  voting  at the  Annual  Meeting  of
               Shareholders on May 24, 2000).

                                       53

   Exhibit
     No.                                 Description
   -------                               -----------

     10.2 Southwestern Energy Company Supplemental  Retirement Plan, adopted May
          31, 1989,  and Amended and  Restated as of December  15, 1993,  and as
          further   amended   February  1,  1996   (amended  and  restated  plan
          incorporated  by reference  to Exhibit  10.5 to Annual  Report on Form
          10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993; amendment dated February 1,
          1996,  incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Annual  Report on
          Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).

     10.3 Southwestern Energy Company Supplemental  Retirement Plan Trust, dated
          December 30, 1993 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993).

     10.4 Southwestern Energy Company  Nonqualified  Retirement Plan,  effective
          October 4, 1995  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).

     10.5 Employment and Consulting Agreement for Charles E. Scharlau, dated May
          21, 1998  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Annual Report
          on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).

     10.6 Form of Indemnity Agreement,  between the Company and each officer and
          director of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to
          Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991).

     10.7 Form of Executive  Severance  Agreement for the Executive  Officers of
          the Company, effective February 17, 1999 (incorporated by reference to
          Exhibit  10.12 to  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K  for the  year  ended
          December 31, 1998).

     10.8 Amended and Restated Limited  Partnership  Agreement of NOARK Pipeline
          System,  Limited  Partnership  dated January 12, 1998 and amended June
          18, 1998 (amended and restated agreement  incorporated by reference to
          Exhibit  10.18 to  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K  for the  year  ended
          December 31, 1997; first amendment  thereto  incorporated by reference
          to  Exhibit  10.14 to Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the year  ended
          December 31, 1998).

     21.  Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith).

     23.  Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP (filed herewith).

     99.1 Letter to  Commission  pursuant to  Temporary  Note 3T dated March 29,
          2002 (filed herewith).

                                       54


                           SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY

                                       AND

                          EQUISERVE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

                                  Rights Agent

                            -------------------------

          Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Rights Agreement

                           Dated as of March 15, 2002




                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                  TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHTS AGREEMENT

     This  Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated  Rights  Agreement  (this
"Amendment"),  dated as of March 15, 2002, between  Southwestern Energy Company,
an Arkansas  corporation  (the  "Company"),  and Equiserve Trust Company,  N.A.,
successor  to The First  National  Bank of Chicago  (the  "Rights  Agent").  All
capitalized  terms used in this  Amendment and not otherwise  defined shall have
the respective  meanings set forth in the Amended and Restated Rights  Agreement
(as defined below).
                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                              - - - - - - - - - -

     WHEREAS, on May 5, 1989 (the "Declaration Date"), the Board of Directors of
the Company  authorized  and declared a dividend of one right  representing  the
right to  purchase  one share of Common  Stock upon the terms and subject to the
conditions  set forth in a Rights  Agreement,  dated May 5,  1989,  between  the
Company and the Rights Agent (the "1989 Rights  Agreement") for each outstanding
share of common stock, $2.50 par value, of the Company  outstanding at the close
of business on May 19, 1989 (the "Record Date"),  and authorized the issuance of
one  Right  with  respect  to each  share of  Common  Stock  that  shall  become
outstanding between the Record Date and the earlier of the Distribution Date and
the Expiration Date, each Right initially representing the right to purchase one
share of Common Stock upon the terms and subject to the  conditions  hereinafter
set forth;

     WHEREAS,  the Company declared a three-for-one  stock split in 1993 and, in
connection  with such  split,  the number of Rights  was  adjusted  pursuant  to
Section 11 of the 1989 Rights  Agreement such that each  certificate  for Common
Stock  outstanding as of the date of this Amended and Restated Rights  Agreement
also represents one Right under the 1989 Rights Agreement representing the right
to  purchase  one  share of Common  Stock  upon the  terms  and  subject  to the
conditions set forth in the 1989 Rights Agreement;

     WHEREAS,  on April 12, 1999, in compliance  with the terms of Section 27 of
the 1989 Rights  Agreement,  the Company and the Rights  Agent  entered  into an
Amended  and  Restated  Rights  Agreement  (the  "Amended  and  Restated  Rights
Agreement") which amended and restated the 1989 Rights Agreement in its entirety
in order to extend the  Expiration  Date until  April 12, 2009 and to make other
changes and provisions  that they determined were necessary or desirable and did
not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Rights;

     WHEREAS,  the  Company  wishes to amend the  Amended  and  Restated  Rights
Agreement in order to eliminate  the  requirement  of all required  approvals of
Independent Directors;

     WHEREAS,  in  compliance  with the terms of Section 27 of the  Amended  and
Restated Rights  Agreement,  the Company has (i) delivered to the Rights Agent a
certificate  from an  appropriate  officer of the Company which states that this
Amendment  has been  approved  by the  Company's  Board of  Directors  and is in
compliance with the terms of Section 27 of the

                                       1

Amended and  Restated  Rights  Agreement and (ii) instructed the Rights Agent to
execute this Amendment;

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements
herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

     Section l. Definitions.

     (a) The definition of "Approved  Offer"  contained in  subparagraph  (d) of
Section 1 of the Amended and Restated Rights  Agreement is hereby amended in its
entirety to read as follows:

     ""Approved Offer" shall mean a tender or exchange offer for all outstanding
shares of Common  Stock that is at a price and on terms  approved,  prior to the
acceptance  for payment of shares  under such tender or exchange  offer,  by the
Board of  Directors  of the  Company  based upon the prior  recommendation  of a
majority of the board of directors."

     (b)  The  references  to the  defined  terms  "Independent  Directors"  and
"Proposed  Acquiror"  contained  in  subparagraph  (m) of  Section 1 are  hereby
deleted.

     Section 2.  Redemption.  Subparagraph  (a) of Section 23 of the Amended and
Restated Rights Agreement is amended in  its entirety to read as follows:

     "(a) The  Company  may, by  resolution  of its Board of  Directors,  at its
option,  at any time prior to the earlier of (x) the Stock  Acquisition  Date or
(y) the close of business on the Final Expiration Date,  redeem all but not less
than all of the then  outstanding  Rights  at a  redemption  price of $0.01  per
Right, as such amount may be appropriately  adjusted to reflect any stock split,
stock dividend or similar  transaction  occurring after the date of this Amended
and Restated Rights Agreement (such redemption price being hereinafter  referred
to as the  "Redemption  Price").  The  Company  may , at  its  option,  pay  the
Redemption  Price in cash,  shares of Common Stock (based on the "current market
price",  as defined in Section 11(d)(i) hereof,  of the Common Stock at the time
of such Board resolution) or any other form of consideration  deemed appropriate
by the Board of Directors."

     Section 3.  Exchange.  Subparagraph  (a) of Section 24 of the  Amended  and
Restated Rights Agreement is amended in its entirety  to read as follows:

     "(a) The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option,  at any time
after the Stock  Acquisition  Date exchange all or part of the  then-outstanding
and  exercisable  Rights  (which shall not include  Rights that have become void
pursuant to the  provisions of Section  11(a)(iii)  hereof) for Common Stock (or
Common Stock  Equivalents) at an exchange ratio of one share of Common Stock per
Right,  appropriately  adjusted to reflect any stock  split,  stock  dividend or
similar transaction occurring after the date of this Amended and Restated Rights
Agreement  (such exchange ratio being  hereinafter  referred to as the "Exchange
Ratio").  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Board of Directors of the Company
shall not be  empowered  to effect  such  exchange  at any time after any Person
(other than a Company  Entity),  together with all  Affiliates and Associates of
such  Person,  becomes the  Beneficial  Owner of 50% or more of the Common Stock
then outstanding."

                                       2

     Section  4.  Supplements  and  Amendments.  Section 27 of the  Amended  and
Restated Rights Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     "The Company and the Rights Agent  shall,  if the Company so directs,  from
time to time  supplement  or amend this  Agreement  without the  approval of any
holders  of  Rights  in order  (i) to cure any  ambiguity,  (ii) to  correct  or
supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent
with any other  provisions  herein (provided that any amendment made pursuant to
clause (i) or (ii) hereof after a Stock  Acquisition  Date, shall not materially
adversely affect the interests of the holders of Right Certificates  (other than
an Acquiring Person or any Affiliate or Associate thereof)),  (iii) prior to the
Stock  Acquisition  Date, to effect any other change or  modification  which the
Company may deem  necessary or  desirable,  or (iv) after the Stock  Acquisition
Date,  to make any other  provisions  in regard to matters or questions  arising
hereunder  which the Company may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not
adversely affect the interests of the holders of Right Certificates  (other than
an Acquiring  Person or any  Affiliate or  Associate  thereof).  Notwithstanding
anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary,  this Agreement may not be
amended or supplemented (x) to reinstate a right of redemption if the Rights are
not then redeemable or (y) to decrease the Redemption  Price.  Upon the delivery
of a certificate  from an  appropriate  officer of the Company which states that
the proposed supplement or amendment has been approved by the Company's Board of
Directors  and is in  compliance  with the terms of this  Section 27, the Rights
Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment;  provided,  however,  that the
Rights Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such  supplement
or amendment that adversely affects its rights,  duties or immunities under this
Agreement.  Prior to the  Distribution  Date,  the  interests  of the holders of
Rights  shall be deemed to coincide  with the  interests of holders of shares of
Common Stock (other than an Acquiring Person, an Adverse Person or any Affiliate
or Associate thereof)."

     Section  5.  Determinations  and  Actions by the Board of  Directors,  etc.
Section  31 of the  Amended  and  Restated  Rights  Agreement  is amended in its
entirety to read as follows:

     "The Board of Directors of the Company shall have the  exclusive  power and
authority to  administer  this  Agreement  and to exercise all rights and powers
specifically  granted to the Board of Directors or to the Company,  or as may be
necessary or  advisable  in the  administration  of this  Agreement,  including,
without limitation,  the right and power to (i) interpret the provisions of this
Agreement,  and (ii) make all  determinations  deemed necessary or advisable for
the  administration  of  this  Agreement  (including,   without  limitation,   a
determination  to redeem or not to redeem  the  Rights  pursuant  to  Section 23
hereof  or to  supplement  or amend  the  Agreement  and  whether  any  proposed
supplement or amendment  adversely affects the interests of the holders of Right
Certificates  and comports with the requirements of Section 27 hereof or to find
or to announce  publicly  that any Person has become an  Acquiring  Person or an
Adverse  Person).  For all purposes of this  Agreement,  any  calculation of the
number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock or  other  securities  outstanding  at any
particular time, including for purposes of determining the particular percentage
of such outstanding  shares of Common Stock or any other securities of which any
Person  is the  Beneficial  Owner,  shall  be made in  accordance  with the last
sentence of Rule  13d-3(d)(1)(i)  of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Exchange  Act as in  effect  on the date of this  Agreement.  All such  actions,
calculations,  interpretations  and  determinations  (including  for  purpose of
clause (y) below, all omissions with respect to the

                                       3

foregoing) which are done or made by the Board of Directors of the   Company  in
good  faith, shall (x) be final, conclusive  and  binding on  the  Company,  the
Rights  Agent,  the  holders of  the  Rights and all  other parties,  and (y) no
subject the Board of Directors or any director to any  liability to  the holders
of the Rights."

     Section 6. Governing  Law. This Amendment  shall be deemed to be a contract
made  under  the laws of the State of  Arkansas  and for all  purposes  shall be
governed by and construed in accordance  with the laws of such state  applicable
to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such state.

     Section 7.  Counterparts.  This  Amendment may be executed in any number of
counterparts and each of such  counterparts  shall for all purposes be deemed to
be an original,  and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and
the same instrument.

     Section  8.  Descriptive  Headings.  Descriptive  headings  of the  several
Sections of  this  Agreement are  inserted for  convenience  only and  shall not
control or affect the meaning or  construction  of any of the provisions hereof.

     Section 9.  Ratification  of the Amended  and  Restated  Rights  Agreement.
Except as expressly amended hereby, the Amended and Restated Rights Agreement is
in all  respects  ratified  and  confirmed  and all the  terms,  conditions  and
provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Amendment to be
duly executed and their  respective  corporate seals to be hereunto  affixed and
attested, all as of the date and the year first above written.

Attest:                                     SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY


By:    /S/ MARK K. BOLING                   By:     /S/ GREG D. KERLEY
   ----------------------------                --------------------------------
   Mark K. Boling, Secretary                   Gregory D. Kerley,
                                               Executive Vice President and
                                               Chief Financial Officer

Attest:                                     EQUISERVE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.


By:                                         By:
   --------------------------                  --------------------------------
   Title:                                      Title:

                                       4







================================================================================






                                CREDIT AGREEMENT



                            DATED AS OF JULY 12, 2001



                                      AMONG



                          SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY,



                                  THE LENDERS,



                                  BANK ONE, NA,
                            AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,



                                       AND



                              ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
                              AS SYNDICATION AGENT




                         BANC ONE CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
                        AS LEAD ARRANGER AND BOOK RUNNER





================================================================================








                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

     This  Agreement,  dated as of July 12, 2001, is among  Southwestern  Energy
Company,  the Lenders,  Bank One, NA, a national banking  association having its
principal office in Chicago,  Illinois,  as Administrative Agent, and Royal Bank
of Canada, as Syndication Agent. The parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

     As used in this Agreement:

     "Administrative  Agent"  means Bank One in its  capacity as  administrative
agent for the Lenders pursuant to Article X, and not in its individual  capacity
as a Lender,  and any  successor  Administrative  Agent  appointed  pursuant  to
Article X.

     "Advance"  means a group  of  Loans  (i)  made by the  Lenders  on the same
Borrowing Date or (ii) converted or continued by the Lenders on the same date of
conversion or continuation  and, in either case,  consisting of Ratable Loans of
the same  Type  and,  in the case of  Eurodollar  Loans,  for the same  Interest
Period.

     "Affected Lender" is defined in Section 2.20.

     "Affiliate"  of any Person  means any other Person  directly or  indirectly
controlling,  controlled by or under common  control with such Person.  A Person
shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling  Person owns 10% or
more of any class of voting  securities  (or other  ownership  interests) of the
controlled Person or possesses,  directly or indirectly,  the power to direct or
cause the  direction of the  management  or policies of the  controlled  Person,
whether through ownership of stock, by contract or otherwise.

     "Aggregate  Commitment"  means the aggregate of the  Commitments of all the
Lenders, as reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.

     "Agreement" means this credit  agreement,  as it may be amended or modified
and in effect from time to time.

     "Agreement  Accounting  Principles"  means  generally  accepted  accounting
principles  as in  effect  from  time to  time;  provided  that if the  Borrower
notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower does not want to give effect
to any change in


generally  accepted  accounting  principles  (or  if  the  Administrative  Agent
notifies  the Borrower  that the Required  Lenders do not want to give effect to
any such change),  then  Agreement  Accounting  Principles  shall mean generally
accepted  accounting  principles  as in effect  immediately  before the relevant
change in generally  accepted  accounting  principles  became  effective,  until
either  such  notice is  withdrawn  or this  Agreement  is  amended  in a manner
satisfactory to the Borrower and the Required Lenders.

     "Alternate  Base Rate"  means,  for any day, a rate of  interest  per annum
equal to the  higher of (i) the Prime  Rate for such day and (ii) the sum of the
Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day plus 0.5% per annum.

     "Applicable   Margin"  means  the  "Applicable  Margin"  as  determined  in
accordance with Schedule 1B.

     "Arranger" means Banc One Capital Markets, Inc.

     "Article"  means an article of this Agreement  unless  another  document is
specifically referenced.

     "Asset  Sale"  means  any  sale,  lease,  assignment  for  value  or  other
disposition  by the Borrower or any  Subsidiary,  excluding  (a) sales and other
dispositions  in the  ordinary  course  of  business  and (b) any  sale or other
disposition of any asset listed on Schedule 2.8(a).

     "Authorized  Officer" means any of the following  officers of the Borrower,
acting singly: the Chief Executive Officer,  the President,  the Chief Financial
Officer, the Treasurer or any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or
Vice President.

     "Bank One" means Bank One, NA, a national  banking  association  having its
principal  office in Chicago,  Illinois,  in its  individual  capacity,  and its
successors.

     "Borrower" means Southwestern Energy Company, an Arkansas corporation,  and
its successors and assigns.

     "Borrowing  Date"  means a date on which an Advance or a Swing Line Loan is
made hereunder.

     "Borrowing Notice" is defined in Section 2.4.

     "Business  Day" means (i) with  respect to any  borrowing,  payment or rate
selection  of  Eurodollar  Advances,  a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on
which banks  generally are open in Chicago,  Dallas and New York for the conduct
of substantially  all of their  commercial  lending  activities,  interbank wire
transfers  can be made on the  Fedwire  system  and  dealings  in United  States
dollars  are  carried on in the London  interbank  market and (ii) for all other
purposes,  a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks  generally are
open in  Chicago  and  Dallas  for the  conduct  of  substantially  all of their
commercial  lending  activities  and interbank wire transfers can be made on the
Fedwire system.

                                      -2-

     "Capitalized Lease" of a Person means any lease of Property, except oil and
gas leases,  by such Person as lessee  which would be  capitalized  on a balance
sheet  of  such  Person  prepared  in  accordance   with  Agreement   Accounting
Principles.

     "Capitalized  Lease  Obligations"  of a  Person  means  the  amount  of the
obligations  of such Person under  Capitalized  Leases which would be shown as a
liability  on a  balance  sheet  of such  Person  prepared  in  accordance  with
Agreement Accounting Principles.

     "Cash Equivalent Investments" means, at any time, (a) any evidence of Debt,
maturing  not more than one year after such time,  issued or  guaranteed  by the
United States Government or any agency thereof,  (b) commercial paper,  maturing
not more than one year from the date of issue,  or corporate  demand  notes,  in
each case (unless issued by a Lender or its holding  company) rated at least A-l
by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or P-l by Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.,
(c)  any   certificate  of  deposit  (or  time  deposits   represented  by  such
certificates of deposit) or bankers acceptance,  maturing not more than one year
after such time, or overnight Federal Funds transactions that are issued or sold
by a  commercial  banking  institution  that is a member of the Federal  Reserve
System and has a combined capital and surplus and undivided  profits of not less
than $500,000,000, (d) any repurchase agreement entered into with any Lender (or
other commercial  banking  institution of the stature referred to in clause (c))
which (i) is secured by a fully perfected security interest in any obligation of
the type described in any of clauses (a) through (c) and (ii) has a market value
at the time such  repurchase  agreement is entered into of not less than 100% of
the  repurchase   obligation  of  such  Lender  (or  other  commercial   banking
institution)  thereunder  and (e)  investments  in short-term  asset  management
accounts  offered  by any Lender for the  purpose of  investing  in loans to any
corporation  (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the  Company),  state or
municipality,  in each case organized  under the laws of any state of the United
States or of the District of Columbia.

     "Change of Control"  means that (i) any Person or group (within the meaning
of Rule 13d-5 under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended)  shall
beneficially  own,  directly or  indirectly,  25% or more of the common stock or
other voting securities of the Borrower; or (ii) Continuing Directors shall fail
to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower. For purposes
of the foregoing,  "Continuing Director" means an individual who (x) is a member
of the Board of Directors  of the Borrower on the date of this  Agreement or (y)
is nominated to be a member of such Board of Directors  after the date hereof by
a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office.

     "Code" means the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  reformed or
otherwise modified from time to time.

     "Commitment"  means, for each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make
Ratable Loans, and participate in Swing Line Loans, not exceeding the amount set
forth on Schedule 1A or as set forth in any assignment that has become effective
pursuant to Section  12.3.2,  as such  amount may be modified  from time to time
pursuant to the terms hereof.

                                      -3-

     "Commitment  Fee Rate" means the  "Commitment  Fee Rate" as  determined  in
accordance with Schedule 1B.

     "Commitment Reduction Date" is defined in Section 2.8.

     "Contingent  Obligation"  of a Person means any  agreement,  undertaking or
arrangement by which such Person  assumes,  guarantees,  endorses,  contingently
agrees to purchase or provide funds for the payment of, or otherwise  becomes or
is contingently liable upon, the obligation or liability of any other Person, or
agrees to maintain the net worth or working capital or other financial condition
of any other  Person,  or  otherwise  assures any  creditor of such other Person
against loss,  including,  without  limitation,  any comfort  letter,  operating
agreement,  take or pay  contract,  application  for a Letter  of  Credit or the
obligations of any such Person as general partner of a partnership  with respect
to the liabilities of the partnership.

     "Conversion/Continuation Notice" is defined in Section 2.5.

     "Controlled  Group" means all members of a controlled group of corporations
or  other  business  entities  and all  trades  or  businesses  (whether  or not
incorporated)  under common control which,  together with the Borrower or any of
its  Subsidiaries,  are treated as a single  employer  under  Section 414 of the
Code.

     "Debt  Issuance " means the issuance by the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  of
any Indebtedness other than:

              (a)  Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;

              (b)  Indebtedness  existing  on the date  hereof  and  extensions,
     renewals,  refinancings and  replacements  thereof that do not increase the
     outstanding principal amount thereof or result in an earlier maturity date
     or a decreased  weighted average life thereof;

              (c)  Indebtedness  under the revolving credit facility between the
     Borrower and  McIlroy Bank & Trust and any extension,  renewal, refinancing
     or replacement  thereof so long as  the aggregate  principal amount thereof
     does not at any time  exceed $4,500,000;

              (d)  Indebtedness  of the  Borrower  to any  Subsidiary  or of any
     Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

              (e)  Indebtedness  described in clause  (ii),  (iii),  (v),  (vi),
     (viii) or (xi) of the definition of "Indebtedness"; and

              (f)  Indebtedness  of the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  that  was
     Indebtedness  of any other  Person  existing  at the time such other Person
     was   merged  with  or  became a  Subsidiary  and   extensions,   renewals,
     refinancings and replacements of any such

                                      -4-

     Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding  principal amount thereof
     or result in an earlier  maturity date or decreased  weighted  average life
     thereof,   excluding  Indebtedness  incurred  in  connection  with,  or  in
     contemplation   of,  such  other  Person's   merging  with  or  becoming  a
     Subsidiary.

     "Debt to Capitalization Ratio" means the ratio of (a) Total Debt to (b) the
sum of Total Debt plus Stockholders' Equity.

     "Default" means an event described in Article VII.

     "Designated  Proceeds" means, at any time, all Net Cash Proceeds from Asset
Sales  received  by the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  after  the  date  of this
Agreement, excluding any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds previously applied to
reduce the Aggregate Commitment pursuant to Section 2.8(b).

     "Environmental  Laws" means any and all federal,  state,  local and foreign
statutes, laws, judicial decisions,  regulations,  ordinances, rules, judgments,
orders, decrees, plans, injunctions,  permits, concessions,  grants, franchises,
licenses,  agreements and other  governmental  restrictions  relating to (i) the
protection  of the  environment,  (ii) the  effect of the  environment  on human
health,  (iii)  emissions,  discharges or releases of pollutants,  contaminants,
hazardous substances or wastes into surface water, ground water or land, or (iv)
the manufacture,  processing,  distribution,  use, treatment, storage, disposal,
transport  or handling of  pollutants,  contaminants,  hazardous  substances  or
wastes or the clean-up or other remediation thereof.

     "Equity  Issuance " means any issuance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of
any equity  securities  other than (a) pursuant to and in accordance  with stock
option plans or other benefit plans for directors,  officers or employees of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary, (b) in connection with a merger, acquisition,  joint
venture,  asset  purchase or other  investment by the Borrower or any Subsidiary
permitted  under this  Agreement  or (c) any  issuance  by a  Subsidiary  to the
Borrower or to another Subsidiary.

     "ERISA"  means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as
amended from time to time, and any rule or regulation issued thereunder.

     "Eurodollar  Advance" means an Advance which,  except as otherwise provided
in Section 2.11, bears interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate.

     "Eurodollar Base Rate" means, with respect to a Eurodollar  Advance for the
relevant Interest Period, the applicable British Bankers'  Association  Interest
Settlement Rate for deposits in U.S. dollars appearing on Reuters Screen FRBD as
of 11:00 a.m.  (London  time) two  Business  Days prior to the first day of such
Interest Period,  and having a maturity equal to such Interest Period,  provided
that,  (i) if Reuters Screen FRBD is not available to the  Administrative  Agent
for any reason,  the applicable  Eurodollar Base Rate for the relevant  Interest
Period shall instead be the applicable  British  Bankers'  Association  Interest
Settlement Rate for deposits in U.S.

                                      -5-

dollars as  reported by any other  generally  recognized  financial  information
service as of 11:00 a.m.  (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day
of such Interest  Period,  and having a maturity equal to such Interest  Period,
and (ii) if no such British  Bankers'  Association  Interest  Settlement Rate is
available to the Administrative  Agent, the applicable  Eurodollar Base Rate for
the  relevant  Interest  Period  shall  instead  be the rate  determined  by the
Administrative  Agent to be the rate at which  Bank One or one of its  Affiliate
banks offers to place  deposits in U.S.  dollars with  first-class  banks in the
London interbank  market at approximately  11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business
Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period,  in the approximate  amount
of the relevant  Eurodollar  Loan and having a maturity  equal to such  Interest
Period.

     "Eurodollar Loan" means a Ratable Loan which,  except as otherwise provided
in Section 2.11, bears interest at the applicable Eurodollar Rate.

     "Eurodollar  Rate"  means,  with  respect to a  Eurodollar  Advance for the
relevant Interest Period, the sum of the Eurodollar Base Rate applicable to such
Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin as in effect from time to time.

     "Excluded  Taxes" means,  in the case of each Lender or applicable  Lending
Installation  and the  Administrative  Agent,  taxes  imposed on its overall net
income,  and franchise  taxes imposed on it, by (i) the  jurisdiction  under the
laws of  which  such  Lender  or the  Administrative  Agent is  incorporated  or
organized or (ii) the jurisdiction in which the  Administrative  Agent's or such
Lender's  principal   executive  office  or  such  Lender's  applicable  Lending
Installation is located.

     "Exhibit"  refers to an exhibit to this Agreement,  unless another document
is specifically referenced.

     "Federal  Funds  Effective  Rate" means,  for any day, an interest rate per
annum equal to the  weighted  average of the rates on  overnight  Federal  funds
transactions  with  members of the Federal  Reserve  System  arranged by Federal
funds  brokers on such day, as published  for such day (or, if such day is not a
Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York,  or, if such rate is not so  published  for any day which is a
Business Day, the average of the quotations at approximately 10:00 a.m. (Chicago
time) on such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from
three   Federal  funds   brokers  of   recognized   standing   selected  by  the
Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

     "Floating Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the Alternate
Base Rate for such day,  changing when and as the  Alternate  Base Rate changes,
plus the Applicable Margin as in effect on such day.

     "Floating  Rate  Advance"  means an  Advance  which,  except  as  otherwise
provided in Section 2.11, bears interest at the Floating Rate.

                                      -6-

     "Floating  Rate  Loan"  means a Ratable  Loan  which,  except as  otherwise
provided in Section 2.11, bears interest at the Floating Rate.

     "Guarantor"  means  each  Subsidiary  which  is a party  to the  Subsidiary
Guaranty.

     "Indebtedness" of a Person means such Person's (i) obligations for borrowed
money, (ii) obligations  representing the deferred purchase price of Property or
services, (iii) obligations, whether or not assumed, secured by Liens or payable
out of the  proceeds or  production  from  Property  now or  hereafter  owned or
acquired  by such  Person,  (iv)  obligations  which  are  evidenced  by  notes,
acceptances,  or other  instruments,  (v) obligations of such Person to purchase
accounts,  securities or other Property arising out of or in connection with the
sale of the same or substantially similar accounts, securities or Property, (vi)
Capitalized Lease Obligations,  (vii) any other obligation for borrowed money or
other  financial  accommodation  which in accordance  with Agreement  Accounting
Principles  would be shown as a liability on the  consolidated  balance sheet of
such Person,  (viii) net liabilities  under interest rate swap,  exchange or cap
agreements,  obligations or other liabilities with respect to accounts or notes,
(ix) Sale and  Leaseback  Transactions  which do not create a  liability  on the
consolidated  balance sheet of such Person, (x) other transactions which are the
functional  equivalent,  or take  the  place,  of  borrowing  but  which  do not
constitute a liability on the  consolidated  balance sheet of such Person,  (xi)
Contingent  Obligations and (xii) Mandatorily  Redeemable Stock;  provided that,
notwithstanding  any of the foregoing,  accounts payable arising in the ordinary
course of  business  payable on terms  customary  in the trade,  and  Contingent
Obligations in respect thereof, shall not constitute Indebtedness; and provided,
further, that Indebtedness shall not include accounts payable which the Borrower
is  required  to reflect  on its  balance  sheet in  accordance  with  Agreement
Accounting  Principles  to the extent  that (i) such  accounts  payable  consist
solely of contingent obligations under oil and gas hedge transactions for future
periods and (ii) as of any date of  calculation  thereof,  the volume of oil and
gas subject to such hedge transactions is not greater than 90% of the Borrower's
anticipated production from proved, producing, oil and gas reserves owned by the
Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  as of such date over the term  covered  by such
hedge transactions.

     "Intercompany Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Borrower owing to
any  Subsidiary  or of any  Subsidiary  owing to the  Borrower  or to any  other
Subsidiary;  provided that in the case of any Indebtedness  owed by the Borrower
or any Subsidiary to a Subsidiary which is not a Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary,  such
Indebtedness  shall constitute  Intercompany  Indebtedness only to the extent of
the  Borrower's  ownership  percentage  (whether  direct  or  indirect)  of  the
Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness.

     "Interest  Coverage Ratio" means, for any period of four fiscal quarters of
the Borrower  ending on the last day of a fiscal  quarter,  the ratio of (a) the
sum of (i) the  Borrower's  consolidated  net  income  before  interest,  taxes,
depreciation  and  amortization  of  non-cash  charges,   all  determined  on  a
consolidated  basis and in accordance with Agreement  Accounting  Principles for
such period,  but  excluding,  to the extent  otherwise  included  therein,  any
non-cash gain or loss on any hedging  agreement  resulting from the requirements
of SFAS 133, plus (ii) to

                                       -7-

the extent deducted in determining such  consolidated  net income,  any non-cash
charge after the date hereof resulting from any write-down of the Borrower's oil
and gas properties to the full cost ceiling limitation required by the full cost
method of accounting for such properties, to (b) the Borrower's interest expense
for such period.

     "Interest Period" means, with respect to a Eurodollar  Advance, a period of
one,  two,  three or six months  commencing  on a Business  Day  selected by the
Borrower  pursuant to this Agreement.  Such Interest Period shall end on the day
which  corresponds  numerically  to such  date  one,  two,  three or six  months
thereafter,  provided that if there is no such numerically  corresponding day in
such next,  second,  third or sixth succeeding month, such Interest Period shall
end on the last  Business Day of such next,  second,  third or sixth  succeeding
month.  If an  Interest  Period  would  otherwise  end on a day  which  is not a
Business  Day, such Interest  Period shall end on the next  succeeding  Business
Day, provided that if said next succeeding  Business Day falls in a new calendar
month, such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day.
Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this  Agreement,  the Borrower may not
select any Interest  Period (a) which would end after the scheduled  Termination
Date or (b) if, after giving effect to such selection,  the aggregate  principal
amount  of all  Eurodollar  Loans  having  Interest  Periods  ending  after  any
Commitment  Reduction Date would exceed the Aggregate Commitment scheduled to be
in effect at the close of business on such Commitment Reduction Date.

     "Investment"  of a Person means any loan,  advance (other than  commission,
travel and similar  advances  to officers  and  employees  made in the  ordinary
course of business), extension of credit (other than accounts receivable arising
in the  ordinary  course  of  business  on  terms  customary  in the  trade)  or
contribution of capital by such Person; stocks, bonds, mutual funds, partnership
interests,  notes,  debentures  or other  securities  owned by such Person;  any
deposit accounts and certificate of deposit owned by such Person; and structured
notes,  derivative  financial  instruments  and  other  similar  instruments  or
contracts owned by such Person.

     "Knowledge"  means,  with respect to the Borrower,  the actual knowledge of
(i) any Authorized Officer, (ii) any vice president of the Borrower in charge of
a principal business unit,  division or function (such as sales,  administration
or finance),  (iii) any other officer who performs a policy  making  function or
(iv) any other person who  performs  similar  policy  making  functions  for the
Borrower.

     "Lenders" means the lending  institutions  listed on the signature pages of
this Agreement and their  respective  successors and assigns.  Unless  otherwise
specified,  the term  "Lenders"  includes Bank One in its capacity as Swing Line
Lender.

     "Lending   Installation"   means,   with   respect   to  a  Lender  or  the
Administrative Agent, the office, branch, subsidiary or affiliate of such Lender
or the Administrative Agent listed on its administrative questionnaire or on the
signature   pages   hereof  or   otherwise   selected  by  such  Lender  or  the
Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.18.

                                      -8-

     "Letter  of  Credit"  of a  Person  means a letter  of  credit  or  similar
instrument  which is issued  upon the  application  of such Person or upon which
such Person is an account party or for which such Person is in any way liable.

     "Lien"   means  any  lien   (statutory   or   other),   mortgage,   pledge,
hypothecation,  assignment,  deposit arrangement,  encumbrance or other security
arrangement (including,  without limitation,  the interest of a vendor or lessor
under  any  conditional  sale,   Capitalized  Lease  or  other  title  retention
agreement).

     "Loan" means a Ratable Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

     "Loan  Documents"  means  this  Agreement,  any  Note  and  the  Subsidiary
Guaranty.

     "Mandatorily Redeemable Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any share
of such Person's capital stock or other equity interest to the extent that it is
(a)  redeemable,  payable or required to be purchased  or  otherwise  retired or
extinguished,  or convertible  into any  Indebtedness or other liability of such
Person,  (i) at a fixed or determinable  date, whether by operation of a sinking
fund or  otherwise,  (ii) at the option of any Person  other than such Person or
(iii) upon the  occurrence  of a condition not solely within the control of such
Person,  such as a redemption  required to be made out of future earnings or (b)
convertible into Mandatorily Redeemable Stock.

     "Material  Adverse  Effect"  means a  material  adverse  effect  on (i) the
business,  Property, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations
of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole,  (ii) the prospect that
the Borrower  will have the ability to fully and timely pay the  Obligations  or
(iii) the validity or  enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or the rights
or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders thereunder.

     "Material Group of Subsidiaries"  means two or more Subsidiaries  which, if
merged as of any relevant date of determination,  would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary.

     "Multiemployer  Plan"  means a Plan  maintained  pursuant  to a  collective
bargaining  agreement  or any other  arrangement  to which the  Borrower  or any
member of the  Controlled  Group is a party to which more than one  employer  is
obligated to make contributions.

     "Net Cash Proceeds" means (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the aggregate
cash proceeds  (including cash proceeds  received by way of deferred  payment of
principal pursuant to a note, installment  receivable or otherwise,  but only as
and when received)  received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary  pursuant to such
Asset Sale net of (i) the direct  costs  relating to such Asset Sale  (including
sales commissions and legal, accounting and investment banking fees), (ii) taxes
paid or reasonably  estimated by the Borrower to be payable as a result  thereof
(after taking into account any  available tax credits or deductions  and any tax
sharing arrangements),  (iii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of
any  Indebtedness  secured by a Lien on any asset subject to such Asset Sale and
(iv) the proceeds of any sale of any of the assets listed

                                      -9-

on Schedule  2.8(b) to the extent that such proceeds are applied within 150 days
to acquire oil or gas  producing  properties;  and (b) with  respect to any Debt
Issuance  or Equity  Issuance,  the  aggregate  cash  proceeds  received  by the
Borrower  pursuant to such Debt Issuance or Equity  Issuance,  net of the direct
costs relating to such Debt Issuance or Equity Issuance (including  registration
fees, filing fees, underwriting  commissions and discounts and legal, accounting
and investment banking fees).

     "Non-U.S. Lender" is defined in Section 3.5(iv).

     "Note" means a  promissory  note,  substantially  in the form of Exhibit E,
issued at the request of a Lender pursuant to Section 2.14.

     "Obligations" means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest
on the Loans,  all  accrued and unpaid  fees and all  expenses,  reimbursements,
indemnities  and other  obligations  of the  Borrower  to the  Lenders or to any
Lender, the Administrative Agent or any indemnified party arising under the Loan
Documents.

     "Other Taxes" is defined in Section 3.5(ii).

     "Participants" is defined in Section 12.2.1.

     "Payment  Date"  means  the last day of each  March,  June,  September  and
December.

     "PBGC" means the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation,  or any successor
thereto.

     "Person"  means any  natural  person,  corporation,  firm,  joint  venture,
partnership, limited liability company, association,  enterprise, trust or other
entity or  organization,  or any  government  or  political  subdivision  or any
agency, department or instrumentality thereof.

     "Plan" means an employee  pension benefit plan which is covered by Title IV
of ERISA or subject to the minimum  funding  standards  under Section 412 of the
Code as to which the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group may have any
liability.

     "Prime  Rate"  means a rate per annum  equal to the prime rate of  interest
announced  by Bank  One or by its  parent,  BANK ONE  CORPORATION,  which is not
necessarily  the lowest rate charged to any customer,  changing when and as said
prime rate changes.

     "Principal  Transmission Facility" means any transportation or distribution
facility,  including pipelines, of the Borrower or any Subsidiary located in the
United States of America  other than (a) any such facility  which in the opinion
of the Board of Directors of the Borrower is not of material  importance  to the
business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (b)
any such facility in which  interests are held by the Borrower or by one or more

                                      -10-

Subsidiaries or by the Borrower and one or more  Subsidiaries  and by others and
the aggregate interest held by the Borrower and all Subsidiaries does not exceed
50%.

     "Productive  Property" means any property interest owned by the Borrower or
a Subsidiary in land (including submerged land and rights in and to oil, gas and
mineral  leases)  located in the United States of America and  classified by the
Borrower or such  Subsidiary,  as the case may be, as  productive  of crude oil,
natural gas or other petroleum hydrocarbons in paying quantities;  provided that
such term shall not include any  exploration  or  production  facilities on said
land, including any drilling or producing platform.

     "Property" of a Person means any and all property,  whether real, personal,
tangible, intangible, or mixed, of such Person, or other assets owned, leased or
operated by such Person.

     "Pro Rata Share" means,  with respect to any Lender,  the percentage  which
the amount of such Lender's  Commitment is of the Aggregate  Commitment  (or, if
the  Commitments  have  been  terminated,  the  percentage  which the sum of the
principal amount of such Lender's Ratable Loans plus such Lender's participation
interest  in the  principal  amount of all Swing Line Loans is of the  aggregate
principal amount of all Loans).

     "Purchasers" is defined in Section 12.3.1.

     "Ratable Loan" is defined in Section 2.1.

     "Regulation D" means  Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System as from time to time in effect and any successor thereto or other
regulation  or official  interpretation  of said Board of Governors  relating to
reserve requirements applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System.

     "Regulation U" means  Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve  System  as from  time to time in  effect  and any  successor  or  other
regulation or official interpretation of said Board of Governors relating to the
extension of credit by banks for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying  margin
stocks applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System.

     "Reportable  Event" means a reportable  event as defined in Section 4043 of
ERISA and the  regulations  issued under such  section,  with respect to a Plan,
excluding,  however,  such events as to which the PBGC has by regulation  waived
the  requirement of Section  4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days
of the  occurrence  of such event,  provided  that a failure to meet the minimum
funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and of Section 302 of ERISA shall be
a Reportable  Event  regardless of the issuance of any such waiver of the notice
requirement in accordance with either Section 4043(a) of ERISA or Section 412(d)
of the Code.

                                      -11-

     "Required  Lenders" means Lenders in the aggregate  having at least 66-2/3%
of the Aggregate Commitment or, if the Aggregate Commitment has been terminated,
Lenders in the  aggregate  holding  at least  66-2/3%  of the  aggregate  unpaid
principal amount of the outstanding Advances.

     "Reserve  Requirement" means, with respect to an Interest Period, the daily
average during such Interest Period of the maximum aggregate reserve requirement
(including  all  basic,  supplemental,  marginal  and other  reserves)  which is
imposed under Regulation D on Eurocurrency liabilities.

     "Sale  and  Leaseback  Transaction"  means  any sale or other  transfer  of
Property by any Person with the intent to lease such Property as lessee.

     "Schedule" refers to a specific schedule to this Agreement,  unless another
document is specifically referenced.

     "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "Section"  means a  numbered  section  of this  Agreement,  unless  another
document is specifically referenced.

     "Securities  Proceeds"  means the Net Cash Proceeds of any Debt Issuance or
Equity Issuance.

     "Significant  Subsidiary"  means,  as of any  date of  determination,  each
Subsidiary of the Borrower that meets any of the following criteria:

              (i)      the Borrower's and its other Subsidiaries' Investments in
     and to such Subsidiary (and its respective  Subsidiaries),  as shown in the
     consolidated  financial  statements  of the Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries
     prepared as of the end of the fiscal  quarter ended most recently  prior to
     such date of determination,  exceed 10% of the total consolidated assets of
     the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; or

              (ii)     the assets  of  such  Subsidiary   (and  its   respective
     Subsidiaries)  represent  more than 10% of the  consolidated  assets of the
     Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  as  would  be  shown  in the  consolidated
     financial statements referred to in clause (i) above; or

              (iii)    such  Subsidiary (and  its  respective   Subsidiaries) is
     responsible  for more  than  10% of the  consolidated  net  sales or of the
     consolidated  net income of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries as reflected
     in the financial statements referred to in clause (i) above;

                                      -12-

provided  that each such determination of  such sales or assets  shall  be  made
after  deducting  all  intercompany   transactions  which,  in  accordance  with
Agreement  Accounting  Principles, would be eliminated in preparing consolidated
financial statements for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

     "Single  Employer  Plan"  means a Plan  maintained  by the  Borrower or any
member of the  Controlled  Group for  employees of the Borrower or any member of
the Controlled Group.

     "Specific Proceeds" means the amount of the Net Cash Proceeds received from
any Asset  Sale (or  series of  related  Asset  Sales) in excess of  $1,000,000,
rounded down, if necessary, to an integral multiple of $500,000.

     "Stockholders'   Equity"  means  the   Borrower's   stockholders'   equity,
determined in  accordance  with  Agreement  Accounting  Principles,  but without
giving effect to (1) any non-cash  charge after the date hereof  resulting  from
any write-down of the Borrower's oil and gas properties to the full cost ceiling
limitations  required by the full cost method of accounting for such  properties
and (ii) any non-cash gain or loss on any hedging  agreement  resulting from the
requirements of SFAS 133.

     "Subsidiary"  of a Person  means (i) any  corporation  more than 50% of the
outstanding  securities  having ordinary voting power of which shall at the time
be owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more
of its  Subsidiaries or by such Person and one or more of its  Subsidiaries,  or
(ii) any partnership,  limited liability company, association,  joint venture or
similar business  organization  more than 50% of the ownership  interests having
ordinary  voting  power  of which  shall at the time be so owned or  controlled.
Unless otherwise  expressly  provided,  all references  herein to a "Subsidiary"
shall mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

     "Subsidiary  Guaranty"  means the Subsidiary  Guaranty  executed by various
Subsidiaries in favor of the  Administrative  Agent,  for the ratable benefit of
the Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto.

     "Swing Line Borrowing Notice" is defined in Section 2.6.2.

     "Swing Line  Commitment"  means the  obligation of the Swing Line Lender to
make Swing Line Loans up to a maximum principal amount of $15,000,000 at any one
time outstanding.

     "Swing Line  Lender"  means Bank One or such other Lender which may succeed
to its rights and obligations as Swing Line Lender pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement.

     "Swing Line Loan" means a loan made  available to the Borrower by the Swing
Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.6.

                                    -13-

      "Taxes" means  any  and  all  present  or  future  taxes,  duties, levies,
imposts, deductions, charges or  withholdings, and  any and all liabilities with
respect to the foregoing, but excluding Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes.

     "Termination  Date"  means  July 12,  2004 or such  earlier  date  when the
Aggregate Commitment has been reduced to zero.

     "Total Debt" means all  Indebtedness of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries,
determined on a  consolidated  basis in  accordance  with  Agreement  Accounting
Principles.

     "Total  Outstandings" means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of
all Loans hereunder at such time.

     "Transferee" is defined in Section 12.4.

     "Type"  means,  with respect to any Advance,  its nature as a Floating Rate
Advance or a Eurodollar Advance.

     "Unmatured  Default"  means an event which but for the lapse of time or the
giving of notice, or both, would, unless cured or waived, constitute a Default.

     "Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary"  of a Person means (i) any Subsidiary all of the
outstanding voting securities of which shall at the time be owned or controlled,
directly or indirectly,  by such Person or one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries
of such Person, or by such Person and one or more  Wholly-Owned  Subsidiaries of
such Person, or (ii) any partnership,  limited liability  company,  association,
joint venture or similar business  organization 100% of the ownership  interests
having  ordinary  voting  power  of  which  shall  at the  time be so  owned  or
controlled.

     The foregoing  definitions shall be equally applicable to both the singular
and plural forms of the defined terms.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                   THE CREDITS

     2.1      Commitments.  From and including the date of this Agreement and to
the Termination  Date, each Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions
set forth in this  Agreement,  to make loans to the  Borrower  from time to time
(each such loan,  a "Ratable  Loan") in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of
all Ratable Loans  requested by the Borrower (but not exceeding in the aggregate
at any one time outstanding the amount of its Commitment).  Subject to the terms
of this Agreement, the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow at any time prior
to the Termination Date.

                                      -14-

     2.2      Types of  Advances.  Advances may  be Floating  Rate  Advances  or
Eurodollar  Advances,  or a combination  thereof, as selected by the Borrower in
accordance with Sections 2.4 and 2.5.

     2.3      Minimum  Amount of Each Advance.  Each Eurodollar Advance shall be
in  the  amount of $1,000,000  or a  higher  integral  multiple thereof and each
Floating  Rate  Advance  (other than an  Advance made to repay Swing Line Loans)
shall be in the amount of $1,000,000 or a higher  integral multiple of $500,000,
provided  that any  Floating  Rate  Advance  may be in  the amount of the unused
Aggregate Commitment.

     2.4      Method of Selecting  Types and Interest Periods for New  Advances.
The  Borrower  shall  select  the  Type  of  Advance  and,  in the  case of each
Eurodollar  Advance,  the Interest Period applicable  thereto from time to time.
The  Borrower  shall  give  the  Administrative   Agent  irrevocable  notice  (a
"Borrowing  Notice") not later than 10:00 a.m.  (Chicago  time) on the Borrowing
Date of each Floating Rate Advance and three  Business Days before the Borrowing
Date of each Eurodollar Advance, specifying:

     (i)      the  Borrowing  Date,  which  shall  be  a  Business  Day, of such
              Advance,

     (ii)     the aggregate amount of such Advance,

     (iii)    the Type of Advance selected, and

     (iv)     in  the  case  of  a  Eurodollar  Advance,   the  Interest  Period
              applicable thereto.

Each Borrowing Notice shall be in writing (or by telephone promptly confirmed in
writing) substantially  in the form of Exhibit A.  Not later  than noon (Chicago
time) on the Borrowing Date for an Advance, each Lender shall make available its
Pro Rata Share of such  Advance in funds immediately available in Chicago to the
Administrative Agent  at its  address  specified  pursuant  to Article XIII. The
Administrative Agent will make the funds so received from  the Lenders available
to the Borrower at the Administrative Agent's aforesaid address.

     2.5      Conversion and Continuation of Outstanding Advances. Floating Rate
Advances shall continue as Floating Rate Advances unless and until such Floating
Rate Advances are converted into  Eurodollar  Advances  pursuant to this Section
2.5 or are repaid.  Each  Eurodollar  Advance  shall  continue  as a  Eurodollar
Advance, until the end of the then applicable Interest Period therefor, at which
time such Eurodollar  Advance shall be  automatically  converted into a Floating
Rate Advance  unless (x) such Advance is or was repaid or (y) the Borrower shall
have given the Administrative Agent a Conversion/Continuation  Notice requesting
that, at the end of such Interest Period,  such Advance continue as a Eurodollar
Advance for the same or another Interest Period. Subject to the terms of Section
2.3,  the Borrower may elect from time to time to convert all or any part of any
Advance  into an  Advance  of the  other  Type.  The  Borrower  shall  give  the
Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (a "Conversion/Continuation  Notice") of
each  continuation  or  conversion  of  an  Advance  (other  than  an  automatic
continuation or conversion as

                                      -15-

provided in this Section  2.5) not later than the time  specified in Section 2.4
for the  making  of the Type of  Advance  to be  continued  or  converted  into,
specifying:

              (i)      the  requested  date, which  shall be a  Business Day, of
                       such conversion or continuation,

              (ii)     the aggregate  amount and Type of the Advance which is to
                       be converted or continued,

              (iii)    in  the  case  of  conversion of an  Advance, the Type of
                       Advance to be converted into,

              (iv)     the  amount  of the Advance  which  is to be converted or
                       continued, and

              (v)      in  the case  of conversion  into  or  continuation  of a
                       Eurodollar Advance,  the duration of the  Interest Period
                       applicable thereto.

Each  Conversion/Continuation  Notice given  by  the Borrower shall constitute a
representation and warranty by the Borrower that no Default or Unmatured Default
exists.

     2.6      Swing Line Loans.

     2.6.1    Amount  of  Swing  Line  Loans.   Upon  the  satisfaction  of  the
applicable  conditions precedent set forth in Article IV, from and including the
date of this Agreement and prior to the Termination  Date, the Swing Line Lender
agrees,  on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement,  to make Swing
Line Loans to the Borrower  from time to time in an aggregate  principal  amount
not to exceed the Swing Line  Commitment,  provided that the Total  Outstandings
shall not at any time exceed the Aggregate  Commitment.  Subject to the terms of
this Agreement,  the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow Swing Line Loans at
any time prior to the Termination Date.

     2.6.2    Method of Borrowing.  Not later than  noon (Chicago  time) on  the
Borrowing  Date of each Swing  Line  Loan,  the  Borrower  shall  deliver to the
Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender irrevocable notice (a "Swing Line
Borrowing  Notice")  specifying  (i) the  applicable  Borrowing Date (which date
shall be a Business Day), and (ii) the aggregate  amount of the requested  Swing
Line Loan, which shall be an integral multiple of $100,000.

     2.6.3    Making of Swing Line  Loans.  Promptly  after receipt  of  a Swing
Line Borrowing Notice, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender by fax,
or other similar form of  transmission,  of the requested  Swing Line Loan.  Not
later than 2:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the applicable  Borrowing Date, the Swing
Line  Lender  shall make  available  the Swing Line Loan,  in funds  immediately
available  in Chicago,  to the  Administrative  Agent at its  address  specified
pursuant to Article XIII. The Administrative  Agent will promptly make the funds
so received

                                      -16-

from the Swing Line Lender  available to the Borrower on the  Borrowing  Date at
the Administrative Agent's aforesaid address.

     2.6.4    Repayment of Swing Line  Loans. The Swing  Line Lender may, at any
time in its sole discretion,  by notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall
promptly  notify each  Lender),  require each Lender  (including  the Swing Line
Lender) to make a Ratable Loan in the amount of such  Lender's Pro Rata Share of
such Swing Line Loan (including,  without  limitation,  any interest accrued and
unpaid  thereon),  for the purpose of repaying  such Swing Line Loan.  Not later
than noon  (Chicago  time) on the date of any notice  received  pursuant to this
Section 2.6.4,  each Lender shall make  available its required  Ratable Loan, in
funds  immediately  available  in  Chicago  to the  Administrative  Agent at its
address specified  pursuant to Article XIII. Ratable Loans made pursuant to this
Section  2.6.4 shall  initially  be Floating  Rate Loans and  thereafter  may be
continued  as Floating  Rate Loans or  converted  into  Eurodollar  Loans in the
manner  provided  in  Section  2.5  and  subject  to the  other  conditions  and
limitations  set forth in this Article II.  Unless a Lender shall have  notified
the Swing Line  Lender,  prior to the  making of any Swing  Line Loan,  that any
applicable  condition  precedent  set  forth in  Article  IV had not  then  been
satisfied,  such  Lender's  obligation  to make Ratable  Loans  pursuant to this
Section  2.6.4 to repay  Swing Line Loans  shall be  unconditional,  continuing,
irrevocable  and  absolute  and  shall  not be  affected  by  any  circumstance,
including,  without  limitation,  (a)  any  set-off,  counterclaim,  recoupment,
defense or other  right which such  Lender may have  against the  Administrative
Agent,  the Swing  Line  Lender  or any  other  Person,  (b) the  occurrence  or
continuance  of a Default or Unmatured  Default,  (c) any adverse  change in the
condition   (financial  or  otherwise)  of  the  Borrower,   or  (d)  any  other
circumstance, happening or event whatsoever. If any Lender fails to make payment
to the  Administrative  Agent of any amount due under this  Section  2.6.4,  the
Administrative Agent shall be entitled to receive, retain and apply against such
obligation the principal and interest otherwise payable to such Lender hereunder
until the  Administrative  Agent  receives such payment from such Lender or such
obligation is otherwise fully  satisfied.  In addition to the foregoing,  if for
any reason any Lender fails to make payment to the  Administrative  Agent of any
amount due under this Section 2.6.4,  such Lender shall be deemed, at the option
of the Administrative  Agent, to have unconditionally and irrevocably  purchased
from the Swing Line Lender,  without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest
and  participation  in the  applicable  Swing  Line  Loan in the  amount of such
Ratable Loan,  and such interest and  participation  may be recovered  from such
Lender  together with interest  thereon at the Federal Funds  Effective Rate for
each day during the  period  commencing  on the date of demand and ending on the
date such amount is received.

     2.7      Commitment Fee;  Voluntary Reductions in Aggregate Commitment. The
Borrower  agrees  to pay to the  Administrative  Agent for the  account  of each
Lender a commitment  fee at a per annum rate equal to the Commitment Fee Rate on
the daily unused portion of such Lender's Commitment from the date hereof to and
including the  Termination  Date,  payable on each Payment Date hereafter and on
the  Termination  Date.  The  Borrower  may  permanently  reduce  the  Aggregate
Commitment in whole,  or in part ratably  among the Lenders in  accordance  with
their respective Pro Rata Shares, in integral  multiples of $1,000,000,  upon at
least three  Business Days' written notice to the  Administrative  Agent,  which
notice shall specify

                                      -17-

the amount of any such  reduction,  provided  that the  amount of the  Aggregate
Commitment  may  not be  reduced  below  the  Total  Outstandings.  All  accrued
commitment fees shall be payable on the effective date of any termination of the
obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder.

                                      -18-

     2.8      Mandatory  Reductions  in  Aggregate Commitment.(a)  The Aggregate
Commitment  shall be reduced by the  following  amounts on the  following  dates
(each a "Commitment Reduction Date"):


                                         
        Commitment Reduction Date           Amount of Reduction
        =========================           ===================
        December 31, 2001                   $ 5,000,000

        June 30, 2002                       $15,000,000

        June 30, 2003                       $15,000,000



     The amount of any Aggregate Commitment reduction pursuant to Section 2.8(b)
shall be  applied  to  reduce  any  remaining  Aggregate  Commitment  Reductions
contemplated  by this  subsection  (a),  commencing  with  the  next  succeeding
Aggregate Commitment reduction so contemplated.

     (b)      Within five Business Days after the receipt by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary of any Specific Proceeds,  Designated Proceeds or Securities Proceeds
(any of the foregoing, "Proceeds"), the Aggregate Commitment shall be reduced by
an amount equal to such Proceeds;  provided that (i) no such reduction  shall be
required from (x) the first $5,000,000 of Designated Proceeds received after the
date of this  Agreement;  or (y) the first  $5,000,000  of  Securities  Proceeds
received  after the date of this  Agreement;  (ii) the amount of  Proceeds to be
applied on any  single  occasion  shall be rounded  down,  if  necessary,  to an
integral  multiple  of  $500,000  (it being  understood  that the  amount of the
applicable  Proceeds in excess of any such integral multiple shall be applied on
the next date on which such type of Proceeds is applied);  and (iii) no Net Cash
Proceeds  of any Equity  Issuance  shall be required to be applied to reduce the
Aggregate  Commitment  pursuant to this subsection (b) to the extent that, after
applying such Net Cash Proceeds to the prepayment of  Indebtedness,  the Debt to
Capitalization Ratio would be less than 0.65 to 1.

     (c)      Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) above, no reduction of the
Aggregate  Commitment shall be required pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) to the
extent that the Aggregate  Commitment would be reduced to less than $125,000,000
as a result thereof.

     (d)      On any date on  which a Change of Control  occurs,  the  Aggregate
Commitment shall be immediately reduced to zero.

     2.9      Prepayments.

     (a)      The  Borrower  may  from  time  to  time  prepay, without  penalty
or premium, all outstanding  Floating  Rate Advances or, in an  aggregate amount
of $1,000,000 or a higher integral  multiple of $500,000 (or, in the case of any
prepayment of an  Advance made to repay a Swing  Line Loan, in such other amount
as is necessary to repay such Advance in full),  any portion of the  outstanding
Floating  Rate  Advances  upon  notice  to  the  Administrative  Agent not later
than  11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the date of prepayment. The Borrower may from

                                      -19-

time to time prepay,  without  penalty or premium,  all  outstanding  Eurodollar
Advances or, in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or a higher integral  multiple
thereof, any portion of the outstanding  Eurodollar Advances upon three Business
Days' prior  notice to the  Administrative  Agent.  The Borrower may at any time
pay,  without penalty or premium,  all  outstanding  Swing Line Loans or, in the
amount of $100,000 or a higher  integral  multiple  thereof,  any portion of the
outstanding  Swing Line Loans, with notice to the  Administrative  Agent and the
Swing Line Lender by 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the date of repayment.

     (b)      On any date on  which the Aggregate Commitment is reduced pursuant
to Section  2.8, the Borrower shall make a prepayment of Loans in the amount, if
any,  by which the Total  Outstandings  exceed the  Aggregate  Commitment  as so
reduced. Any partial prepayment pursuant to this subsection (b) shall be applied
to such Loans as the Borrower  may direct or, in the absence of such  direction,
as the Administrative Agent may reasonably determine.

     (c)      Any  prepayment of a Eurodollar Loan on  a day other than the last
day of an Interest Period therefor shall be subject to Section 3.4.

     2.10     Interest  Rates,  etc.   Each Floating  Rate  Advance  shall  bear
interest on the  outstanding  principal  amount  thereof,  for each day from and
including  the date  such  Advance  is made or is  converted  from a  Eurodollar
Advance into a Floating  Rate Advance  pursuant to Section 2.5, to but excluding
the  date it is paid or is  converted  into a  Eurodollar  Advance  pursuant  to
Section 2.5, at a rate per annum equal to the Floating  Rate for such day.  Each
Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof,
for each day from and  including  the day such  Swing  Line  Loan is made to but
excluding the date it is paid,  at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate  Base
Rate for such  day or such  other  rate as may be  mutually  agreed  upon by the
Borrower  and the Swing Line  Lender from time to time;  provided  that the rate
applicable  to any  Swing  Line  Loan on any day  shall  not be  less  than  the
Eurodollar  Rate which would be applicable to a Eurodollar Loan with a one-month
Interest Period beginning on such day (or on the immediately  preceding Business
Day).  Changes in the rate of interest on that portion of any Advance maintained
as a Floating  Rate Advance and on any Swing Line Loan  bearing  interest at the
Alternate  Base Rate will take  effect  simultaneously  with each  change in the
Alternate  Base  Rate.  Each  Eurodollar  Advance  shall  bear  interest  on the
outstanding  principal  amount  thereof from and including the first day of each
Interest Period  applicable  thereto to (but not including) the last day of such
Interest Period at the interest rate determined by the  Administrative  Agent as
applicable to such Eurodollar Advance based upon the Borrower's selections under
Sections 2.4 and 2.5 and otherwise in accordance with the terms hereof.

     2.11     Rates  Applicable After  Default.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary  herein,  during the continuance of a Default or Unmatured  Default the
Required  Lenders may, at their option,  by notice to the Borrower (which notice
may be  revoked  at the  option  of the  Required  Lenders  notwithstanding  any
provision ofSection 8.2 requiring unanimous consent of the Lenders to changes in
interest  rates),  declare  that no Advance  may be made as,  converted  into or
continued  as a  Eurodollar  Advance.  During the  continuance  of a Default the
Required  Lenders

                                      -20-

may, at their option,  by notice to the Borrower (which notice may be revoked at
the option of the Required Lenders  notwithstanding any provision of Section 8.2
requiring  unanimous  consent of the  Lenders to  changes  in  interest  rates),
declare that (i) each  Eurodollar  Advance shall bear interest for the remainder
of the  applicable  Interest  Period at the rate  otherwise  applicable  to such
Interest  Period plus 2% per annum and (ii) each  Floating Rate Advance and each
Swing Line Loan shall bear  interest at a rate per annum  equal to the  Floating
Rate in effect from time to time plus 2% per annum,  provided  that,  during the
continuance  of a Default under Section 7.1.6 or 7.1.7,  the interest  rates set
forth in clauses  (i) and (ii) above shall be  applicable  to all  Advances  and
Swing  Line  Loans   without  any   election  or  action  on  the  part  of  the
Administrative Agent or any Lender.

     2.12     Maturity.  Any  outstanding Advances and Swing  Line Loans and all
other  accrued and unpaid  Obligations  shall be paid in full by the Borrower on
the scheduled  Termination  Date or such earlier date required by Section 2.9 or
Section 8.1.

     2.13     Method of Payment. All payments of the Obligations hereunder shall
be made, without setoff,  deduction,  or counterclaim,  in immediately available
funds  to  the  Administrative  Agent  at  the  Administrative  Agent's  address
specified pursuant to Article XIII, or at any other Lending  Installation of the
Administrative  Agent  specified in writing by the  Administrative  Agent to the
Borrower,  by noon (local  time) on the date when due and  (except for  payments
with  respect  to  Swing  Line  Loans  or  as  otherwise  specifically  required
hereunder)  shall be  applied  ratably  by the  Administrative  Agent  among the
Lenders in  accordance  with their  respective  Pro Rata  Shares.  Each  payment
delivered  to the  Administrative  Agent for the account of any Lender  shall be
delivered promptly by the  Administrative  Agent to such Lender in the same type
of  funds  that the  Administrative  Agent  received  at its  address  specified
pursuant to Article  XIII or at any Lending  Installation  specified in a notice
received by the Administrative  Agent from such Lender. The Administrative Agent
is hereby authorized to charge the account of the Borrower  maintained with Bank
One  for  each  payment  of  principal,  interest  and  fees as it  becomes  due
hereunder.

     2.14     Noteless  Agreement;  Evidence  of  Indebtedness.  (i) Each Lender
shall  maintain  in  accordance  with its usual  practice an account or accounts
evidencing the  indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender  resulting from each
Loan made by such Lender from time to time,  including  the amounts of principal
and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

     (ii)  The  Administrative  Agent  shall also  maintain accounts in which it
will record (a) the amount of each Loan made  hereunder,  the Type  thereof and,
if applicable,  each Interest  Period  with respect  thereto,  (b) the amount of
any principal  or interest  due and  payable or to become due and  payable  from
the Borrower to each Lender  hereunder and (c) the amount of any sum received by
the Administrative Agent hereunder from  the  Borrower and each  Lender's  share
thereof.
                                     -21-

     (iii)    The  entries  maintained  in the  accounts maintained pursuant  to
subsections  (i) and (ii) above shall be prima facie  evidence of the  existence
and amounts of the Obligations  therein  recorded;  provided that the failure of
the  Administrative  Agent or any Lender to maintain  such accounts or any error
therein shall not in any manner  affect the  obligation of the Borrower to repay
the Obligations in accordance with their terms.

     (iv)     Any Lender may request that its  Loans be evidenced by a Note.  In
such event,  the Borrower  shall  prepare,  execute and deliver to such Lender a
Note payable to the order of such  Lender.  Thereafter,  the Loans  evidenced by
such  Note  and  interest  thereon  shall  at  all  times  (including  after any
assignment  pursuant  to  Section  12.3)  be  represented  by  one or more Notes
payable to the order of the payee  named  therein or any  assignee  pursuant  to
Section 12.3, except to the extent that any such Lender or assignee subsequently
returns any such Note for  cancellation and  requests that such Loans once again
be evidenced as described in subsections (i) and (ii) above.

     2.15     Telephonic Notices. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Lenders and
the Administrative Agent to extend,  convert or continue Advances and Swing Line
Loans, to effect  selections of Types of Advances and to transfer funds based on
telephonic notices made by any person or persons the Administrative Agent or any
Lender in good faith  believes to be acting on behalf of the Borrower,  it being
understood that the foregoing  authorization  is specifically  intended to allow
Borrowing  Notices,  Swing Line  Borrowing  Notices and  Conversion/Continuation
Notices to be given  telephonically.  The Borrower agrees to deliver promptly to
the  Administrative  Agent  a  written  confirmation,  if such  confirmation  is
requested by the  Administrative  Agent or any Lender, of each telephonic notice
signed by an  Authorized  Officer.  If the written  confirmation  differs in any
material  respect  from the  action  taken by the  Administrative  Agent and the
Lenders,  the records of the  Administrative  Agent and the Lenders shall govern
absent manifest error.

     2.16     Interest Payment Dates;  Interest and Fee Basis.  Interest accrued
on each  Floating  Rate  Advance  and Swing  Line Loan  shall be payable on each
Payment Date, on any date on which such Floating Rate Advance or Swing Line Loan
is prepaid, whether due to acceleration or otherwise, and at maturity.  Interest
accrued  on each  Eurodollar  Advance  shall be  payable on the last day of each
applicable  Interest  Period,  on any date on which  such  Advance  is  prepaid,
whether by  acceleration  or  otherwise,  or is converted  into a Floating  Rate
Advance, and at maturity.  Interest accrued on each Eurodollar Advance having an
Interest  Period  longer than three months shall also be payable on the last day
of  each  three-month  interval  during  such  Interest  Period.   Interest  and
commitment  fees shall be  calculated  for actual days elapsed on the basis of a
360-day  year,  except  that  interest  accruing  at the  Prime  Rate  shall  be
calculated  for actual days  elapsed on the basis of a 365, or when  appropriate
366, day year.  Interest  shall  be  payable  for  the day an Advance or a Swing
Line  Loan is made  but not for the day of any  payment  on the  amount  paid if
payment is received  prior to noon (local time) at the place of payment.  If any
payment of  principal  of or  interest  on an Advance or a Swing Line Loan shall
become due on a day which is not a Business  Day,  such payment shall be made on
the next

                                      -22-

succeeding  Business Day and, in the case of a principal payment, such extension
of time shall be included in computing interest in connection with such payment.

     2.17     Notification   of   Advances,  Interest  Rates,   Prepayments  and
Commitment Reductions.  Promptly after receipt thereof, the Administrative Agent
will notify each Lender of the contents of each Aggregate  Commitment  reduction
notice,  Borrowing Notice, Swing Line Borrowing Notice,  Conversion/Continuation
Notice, and repayment notice received by it hereunder.  The Administrative Agent
will notify each  Lender of the  interest  rate  applicable  to each  Eurodollar
Advance  promptly  upon  determination  of such interest rate and will give each
Lender prompt notice of each change in the Alternate Base Rate.

     2.18     Lending  Installations.  Each  Lender  may  book its  Loans at any
Lending  Installation  selected  by such  Lender  and  may  change  its  Lending
Installation  from time to time. All terms of this Agreement  shall apply to any
such Lending  Installation and the Loans and any Notes issued hereunder shall be
deemed  held by each Lender for the  benefit of any such  Lending  Installation.
Each Lender may, by written notice to the Administrative  Agent and the Borrower
in accordance  with Article XIII,  designate  replacement or additional  Lending
Installations  through which Loans will be made by it and for whose account Loan
payments are to be made.

     2.19    Non-Receipt of  Funds  by  the  Administrative  Agent.  Unless  the
Borrower or Lender, as the case may be, notifies the Administrative  Agent prior
to the date on which it is scheduled to make payment to the Administrative Agent
of (i) in the  case of a  Lender,  the  proceeds  of a Loan or (ii) in the  case
of the Borrower, a payment of principal,  interest or fees to the Administrative
Agent for  the  account of  the  Lenders,  that it does not  intend to make such
payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such  payment  has been  made.
The Administrative Agent may, but shall  not be obligated to, make the amount of
such  payment  available  to  the  intended  recipient  in  reliance  upon  such
assumption. If  such  Lender  or the  Borrower,  as the case may be,  has not in
fact  made  such  payment to the  Administrative  Agent,  the  recipient of such
payment   shall,  on   demand  by  the   Administrative  Agent,   repay  to  the
Administrative  Agent  the  amount  so  made  available  together  with interest
thereon in respect of each  day during the  period  commencing  on the date such
amount was so made  available  by  the Administrative  Agent  until the date the
Administrative  Agent  recovers  such amount at a rate per annum equal to (x) in
the case of payment by a Lender,  the Federal  Funds  Effective  Rate  for  such
day for the  first  three  days and, thereafter, the interest rate applicable to
the  relevant Loan or (y) in  the case of payment by  the Borrower, the interest
rate applicable to the relevant Loan.

     2.20     Replacement  of Lender.  If  the Borrower is required  pursuant to
Section 3.1, 3.2 or 3.5 to make any  additional  payment to any Lender or if any
Lender's obligation to make or continue, or to convert Advances into, Eurodollar
Advances  shall be suspended  pursuant to Section 3.3 (any Lender so affected an
"Affected  Lender"),  the  Borrower may elect,  if such  amounts  continue to be
charged or such suspension is still  effective,  to replace such Affected Lender
as a Lender  party to this  Agreement,  provided  that no Default  or  Unmatured
Default shall have  occurred and be continuing at the time of such  replacement,
and provided,  further,  that,

                                      -23-

concurrently  with such  replacement,  (i) another bank or other entity which is
reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Borrower  and the  Administrative  Agent shall
agree, as of such date, to purchase for cash the Advances and other  Obligations
due to the Affected Lender pursuant to an assignment  substantially  in the form
of Exhibit C and to become a Lender for all purposes under this Agreement and to
assume all  obligations of the Affected  Lender to be terminated as of such date
and to comply with the  requirements  of Section 12.3 applicable to assignments,
and (ii) the Borrower shall pay to such Affected Lender in same day funds on the
day of such  replacement  (A) all interest,  fees and other amounts then accrued
but unpaid to such  Affected  Lender by the Borrower  hereunder to and including
the date of  termination,  including  without  limitation  payments  due to such
Affected  Lender under  Sections  3.1,  3.2 and 3.5, and (B) an amount,  if any,
equal to the payment which would have been due to such Lender on the day of such
replacement under Section 3.4 had the Loans of such Affected Lender been prepaid
on such date rather than sold to the replacement Lender.


                                   ARTICLE III

                             YIELD PROTECTION; TAXES

     3.1      Yield Protection.  (a) If, on or after the date of this Agreement,
(x)  the  adoption  of  or  any  change  in  any  law  or  any  governmental  or
quasi-governmental rule, regulation,  policy, guideline or directive (whether or
not  having  the  force of law),  or (y) any  change  in the  interpretation  or
administration  thereof by any  governmental  or  quasi-governmental  authority,
central  bank  or  comparable   agency  charged  with  the   interpretation   or
administration  thereof,  or (z) compliance by any Lender or applicable  Lending
Installation  with any request or directive  (whether or not having the force of
law) issued on or after the date hereof of any such  authority,  central bank or
comparable agency:

              (i)      subjects   any   Lender   or   any   applicable   Lending
                       Installation  to  any  Taxes,  or  changes  the  basis of
                       taxation of payments (other than with respect to Excluded
                       Taxes) to any  Lender in respect of its Eurodollar Loans,
                       or

              (ii)     imposes  or increases or  deems applicable  any  reserve,
                       assessment, insurance charge,  special deposit or similar
                       requirement against  assets  of, deposits with or for the
                       account  of,  or credit  extended  by,  any  reserves and
                       assessments  taken   into  account  in   determining  the
                       interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Advances), or

              (iii)    imposes  any  other condition the result  of  which is to
                       increase the cost to any Lender or any applicable Lending
                       Installation   of  making,  funding  or maintaining   its
                       Eurodollar  Loans or reduces any amount receivable by any
                       Lender  or  any   applicable  Lending   Installation   i
                       connection  with its  Eurodollar  Loans, or requires  any
                       Lender or any applicable Lending Installation to make any
                       payment

                                     -24-

                       calculated by reference to the amount of Eurodollar Loans
                       held  or  interest received  by  it,  by an amount deemed
                       material by such Lender,

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender or
applicable Lending Installation of making or maintaining its Eurodollar Loans or
Commitment or to reduce the return received by such Lender or applicable Lending
Installation  in connection  with such  Eurodollar  Loans or  Commitment,  then,
within 15 days of demand by such Lender, the Borrower shall pay such Lender such
additional  amount or amounts as will  compensate such Lender for such increased
cost or reduction in amount  received.  A Lender shall not be entitled to demand
compensation  or be compensated  hereunder to the extent that such  compensation
relates  to any  period of time more than 60 days  prior to the date upon  which
such Lender first notified the Borrower of the occurrence of the event entitling
such  Lender to such  compensation  (unless,  and to the  extent,  that any such
compensation  so demanded  shall relate to the  retroactive  application  of any
event so notified to the Borrower).

     (b)      Without limiting  subsection (a) above, any Lender may require the
Borrower  to  pay,  contemporaneously  with  each  payment  of  interest  on any
Eurodollar Loan of such Lender, additional interest on such Eurodollar Loan at a
rate per annum  determined  by such Lender up to but not exceeding the excess of
(i) (A) the applicable Eurodollar Base Rate divided by (B) one minus the Reserve
Requirement over (ii) the applicable Eurodollar Base Rate. Any Lender wishing to
require payment of such additional interest (x) shall so notify the Borrower and
the  Administrative  Agent,  in  which  case  such  additional  interest  on the
Eurodollar  Loans of such  Lender  shall be payable to such  Lender at the place
indicated  in such notice with respect to each  Interest  Period  commencing  at
least three  Business  Days after the giving of such notice and (y) shall notify
the Borrower at least five Business Days prior to each date on which interest is
payable on any Eurodollar Loan of the amount then due it under this Section 3.1.

     3.2      Changes in  Capital Adequacy Regulations.  If a  Lender determines
the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Lender,  any
Lending  Installation of such Lender or any corporation  controlling such Lender
is  increased  as a result of a Change,  then,  within 15 days of demand by such
Lender,  the Borrower  shall pay such Lender the amount  necessary to compensate
for any shortfall in the rate of return on the portion of such increased capital
which such Lender determines is attributable to this Agreement, its Loans or its
Commitment  to make Loans  hereunder  (after  taking into account such  Lender's
policies as to capital  adequacy).  "Change" means (i) any change after the date
of this Agreement in the Risk-Based  Capital  Guidelines or (ii) any adoption of
or change in any other law, governmental or quasi-governmental rule, regulation,
policy, guideline, interpretation, or directive (whether or not having the force
of law) after the date of this  Agreement  which  affects  the amount of capital
required or expected to be maintained by any Lender or any Lending  Installation
or any corporation controlling any Lender. "Risk-Based Capital Guidelines" means
(i) the risk-based capital guidelines in effect in the United States on the date
of this  Agreement,  including  transition  rules,  and (ii)  the  corresponding
capital  regulations  promulgated by regulatory  authorities  outside the United
States  implementing  the July 1988  report of the Basle  Committee  on  Banking
Regulation and  Supervisory  Practices  Entitled  "International  Convergence of
Capital

                                      -25-

Measurements  and  Capital  Standards,"  including  transition  rules,  and  any
amendments to such regulations adopted prior to the date of this Agreement.

     3.3      Availability  of Types  of Advances.   If  any  Lender  reasonably
determines  that  maintenance  of its  Eurodollar  Loans at a  suitable  Lending
Installation would violate any applicable law, rule,  regulation,  or directive,
whether or not having the force of law, or if the  Required  Lenders  reasonably
determine  that (i)  deposits of a type and maturity  appropriate  to match fund
Eurodollar  Advances are not available or (ii) the Eurodollar Base Rate does not
accurately  reflect the cost of obtaining  funds to make or maintain  Eurodollar
Advances,  then the  Administrative  Agent  shall  suspend the  availability  of
Eurodollar Advances and require any affected Eurodollar Advances to be repaid or
converted to Floating Rate Advances (on or before the date required by such law,
rule,  regulation  or  directive),   subject  to  the  payment  of  any  funding
indemnification amounts required by Section 3.4.

     3.4      Funding  Indemnification.  If any  payment of a Eurodollar Advance
occurs on a date which is not the last day of the  applicable  Interest  Period,
whether  because of  acceleration,  prepayment  or  otherwise,  or a  Eurodollar
Advance is not made,  continued or converted on a date specified by the Borrower
for any reason other than default by the Lenders,  the Borrower  will  indemnify
each Lender for any loss or cost incurred by it resulting therefrom,  including,
without  limitation,  any  loss or cost in  liquidating  or  employing  deposits
acquired to fund or maintain such Eurodollar Rate Advance.

     3.5      Taxes.  (i) All  payments by the Borrower to or for the account of
any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any Note shall be made
free and clear of and without  deduction for any and all Taxes.  If the Borrower
shall be  required  by law to deduct  any Taxes  from or in  respect  of any sum
payable hereunder to any Lender or the Administrative Agent, (a) the sum payable
shall be increased  as  necessary  so that after making all required  deductions
(including  deductions  applicable to additional sums payable under this Section
3.5) such Lender or the  Administrative  Agent (as the case may be)  receives an
amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made,
(b) the Borrower shall make such deductions, (c) the Borrower shall pay the full
amount deducted to the relevant  authority in accordance with applicable law and
(d) the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative  Agent the original copy of
a receipt evidencing payment thereof within 30 days after such payment is made.

     (ii)     In addition, the  Borrower  hereby  agrees to  pay any  present or
future  stamp or  documentary  taxes  and any  other  excise or property  taxes,
charges or similar  levies which arise from any payment made  hereunder or under
any Note or from the  execution or  delivery of, or  otherwise  with respect to,
this Agreement or any Note ("Other Taxes").

     (iii)    The Borrower hereby agrees to  indemnify the Administrative  Agent
and each Lender for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including,  without
limitation,  any Taxes or Other  Taxes  imposed  on amounts  payable  under this
Section 3.5) paid by the  Administrative  Agent or such Lender and any liability
(including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or

                                      -26-

with  respect  thereto.  Payments due under this  indemnification  shall be made
within 30 days of the date the Administrative  Agent or such Lender makes demand
therefor pursuant to Section 3.6.

     (iv)     Each Lender that is not incorporated under the laws of the  United
States of America or a state thereof (each a "Non-U.S.  Lender")  agrees that it
will,  not less than ten  Business  Days after the date of this  Agreement,  (i)
deliver to each of the Borrower and the Administrative  Agent two duly completed
copies  of  United  States  Internal  Revenue  Service  Form W-8 BEN or W-8 ECI,
certifying in either case that such Lender is entitled to receive payments under
this  Agreement  without  deduction or  withholding of any United States federal
income  taxes,  and (ii) deliver to each of the Borrower and the  Administrative
Agent a United States Internal  Revenue Form W-8 or W-9, as the case may be, and
certify  that  it  is  entitled  to  an  exemption  from  United  States  backup
withholding tax. Each Non-U.S.  Lender further  undertakes to deliver to each of
the Borrower and the  Administrative  Agent (x) renewals or additional copies of
such form (or any  successor  form) on or before the date that such form expires
or becomes  obsolete,  and (y) after the  occurrence  of any event  requiring  a
change in the most recent  forms so delivered  by it, such  additional  forms or
amendments  thereto  as may be  reasonably  requested  by  the  Borrower  or the
Administrative  Agent.  All  forms  or  amendments  described  in the  preceding
sentence  shall certify that such Lender is entitled to receive  payments  under
this  Agreement  without  deduction or  withholding of any United States federal
income  taxes,  unless an event  (including  without  limitation  any  change in
treaty,  law or  regulation)  has  occurred  prior to the date on which any such
delivery would  otherwise be required which renders all such forms  inapplicable
or which would prevent such Lender from duly  completing and delivering any such
form or amendment  with  respect to it and such Lender  advises the Borrower and
the  Administrative  Agent that it is not capable of receiving  payments without
any deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax.

     (v)      For  any  period  during  which a Non-U.S. Lender  has  failed  to
provide the Borrower with an appropriate form pursuant to subsection (iv), above
(unless  such  failure is due to a change in treaty,  law or regulation,  or any
change in the  interpretation  or  administration  thereof  by  any governmental
authority,  occurring  subsequent  to the  date on  which a form  originally was
required  to  be  provided),  such  Non-U.S.  Lender  shall  not  be entitled to
indemnification  under  this  Section 3.5 with  respect to Taxes  imposed by the
United   States;  provided  that, should a  Non-U.S. Lender  which  is otherwise
exempt from or subject to a  reduced rate of  withholding  tax become subject to
Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form required  under  subsection (iv),
above, the  Borrower  shall  take  such  steps  as such  Non-U.S.  Lender  shall
reasonably  request to assist  such Non-U.S. Lender to recover such Taxes.

     (vi)     Any Lender that is  entitled  to an  exemption  from or  reduction
of withholding tax with respect  to payments  under this  Agreement  or any Note
pursuant to the law of any relevant  jurisdiction or any treaty shall deliver to
the Borrower  (with a copy to the  Administrative  Agent),  at the time or times
prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation
prescribed  by  applicable  law as will permit such  payments to be made without
withholding or at a reduced rate.

                                      -27-

     (vii)    If the U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Service or any  other governmental
authority of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision
thereof asserts a claim that the Administrative  Agent did not properly withhold
tax  from  amounts  paid  to or for  the  account  of any  Lender  (because  the
appropriate  form was not delivered or properly  completed,  because such Lender
failed to notify the  Administrative  Agent of a change in  circumstances  which
rendered its exemption from withholding  ineffective,  or for any other reason),
such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid,
directly  or  indirectly,  by  the  Administrative  Agent  as  tax,  withholding
therefor,  or otherwise,  including penalties and interest,  and including taxes
imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable to the Administrative Agent under
this subsection, together with all costs and expenses related thereto (including
attorneys fees and time charges of attorneys for the Administrative Agent, which
attorneys may be employees of the Administrative  Agent). The obligations of the
Lenders under this Section 3.5(vii) shall survive the payment of the Obligations
and termination of this Agreement.

     3.6      Lender  Statements;    Survival  of   Indemnity.   To  the  extent
reasonably  possible,  each   Lender  shall   designate  an  alternate   Lendin
Installation  with  respect to its Eurodollar  Loans to  reduce any liability of
the Borrower to such Lender  under Sections  3.1,  3.2 and 3.5 or to  avoid  the
unavailability  of  Eurodollar  Advances  under  Section 3.3,  so  long as  such
designation is not, in the reasonable  judgment of such Lender,  disadvantageous
to such Lender.  Each Lender shall deliver a written statement of such Lender to
the Borrower (with a copy to the  Administrative Agent) as to the amount due, if
any,  under Section  3.1,  3.2, 3.4 or 3.5.  Such  written  statement  shall set
forth in  reasonable detail the calculations  upon  which such Lender determined
such amount and shall be rebuttable  presumptive evidence of the amount thereof.
Determination  of  amounts  payable  under such  Sections in  connection  with a
Eurodollar Loan shall be calculated as though each Lender funded its  Eurodollar
Loan through the purchase of a deposit of the type and maturity corresponding to
the  deposit  used  as a  reference  in  determining  the  Eurodollar  Base Rate
applicable to such Eurodollar Loan, whether in fact that is the case or not. The
obligations of the Borrower under Sections  3.1,  3.2, 3.4 and 3.5 shall survive
payment of the Obligations and termination of this Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     4.1      Initial  Loan.  The  Lenders  (or, if  applicable,  the Swing Line
Lender)  shall not be  required to make the initial  Loan  hereunder  unless (a)
concurrently  with the making of such Loan, the Borrower shall have paid in full
all  principal,  interest,  fees and other  amounts  payable  under  the  Credit
Agreement dated as of July 17, 2000 among between the Borrower,  various lenders
and Bank One, as administrative agent, and (b) the Borrower shall have furnished
to the Administrative Agent with sufficient copies for the Lenders:

     (i)      Copies of the articles or  certificate of  incorporation  or other
              organizational  documents  of the  Borrower  and  each  Guarantor,
              together with all amendments,

                                      -28-

              and  a  certificate  of  good  standing,  each  certified  by  the
              appropriate   governmental   officer  in   its   jurisdiction   of
              organization.

     (ii)     Copies  certified by the  Secretary or Assistant  Secretary of the
              Borrower  and  each  Guarantor,  of its  by-laws  (to  the  extent
              applicable) and of its Board of Directors'  resolutions,  members'
              resolutions or similar documents  authorizing the execution of the
              Loan Documents to which the Borrower or such Guarantor is a party.

     (iii)    An incumbency certificate,  executed by the Secretary or Assistant
              Secretary of the Borrower and each Guarantor, which shall identify
              by name and title and bear the  signatures  of the officers of the
              Borrower or such  Guarantor  authorized to sign the Loan Documents
              to which the  Borrower or such  Guarantor  is a party,  upon which
              certificate  the  Administrative  Agent and the  Lenders  shall be
              entitled  to rely until  informed  of any change in writing by the
              Borrower or such Guarantor.

     (iv)     Evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative
              Agent,  that the Borrower has obtained all governmental  approvals
              necessary for it to enter into the Loan Documents.

     (v)      A certificate,  signed by an Authorized  Officer,  stating that on
              the initial Borrowing Date (x) no Default or Unmatured Default has
              occurred  and  is  continuing  and  (y)  the  representations  and
              warranties  set forth in Article V are true and correct as of such
              date.

     (vi)     A written  opinion of counsel to the Borrower and the  Guarantors,
              addressed to the Lenders in substantially the form of Exhibit B.

     (vii)    Any Notes  requested by a Lender  pursuant to Section 2.14 payable
              to the order of each such requesting Lender.

     (viii)   Written money transfer instructions,  in substantially the form of
              Exhibit D, addressed to the Administrative  Agent and signed by an
              Authorized  Officer,   together  with  such  other  related  money
              transfer  authorizations  as the  Administrative  Agent  may  have
              reasonably requested.

     (ix)     The Subsidiary Guaranty signed by sufficient  Subsidiaries so that
              the Borrower is in compliance with Section 6.3.4.

     (x)      Copies,  certified as being  correct and complete by an Authorized
              Officer,  of the Indenture  dated as of December 1, 1995,  between
              the Borrower and Bank One (then known as The First  National  Bank
              of Chicago), as trustee, and all supplements thereto.

                                      -29-

     (xi)     Such  other  documents  as any  Lender  or its  counsel  may  have
              reasonably requested.

     4.2      Each Loan.   No Lender  shall be required  to make any Loan (other
than a Ratable Loan  made to  repay a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.6.4)
unless on the applicable Borrowing Date:

     (i)      No Default or Unmatured Default exists or will result therefrom.

     (ii)     The representations and warranties contained in Article V are true
              and  correct as of such  Borrowing  Date  except to the extent any
              such  representation  or warranty is stated to relate solely to an
              earlier date, in which case such  representation or warranty shall
              have been true and correct on and as of such earlier date.

     (iii)    All legal  matters  incident  to the  making of such Loan shall be
              reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Administrative  Agent  and  its
              counsel.

     Each  Borrowing  Notice with  respect to an Advance and each  request for a
Swing Line Loan shall constitute a  representation  and warranty by the Borrower
that the  conditions  contained  in  subsections  (i) and (ii)  above  have been
satisfied.  For the  avoidance of doubt,  the  conversion or  continuation  of a
Ratable Loan shall not constitute the making of a Loan.


                                    ARTICLE V

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

     5.1      Organization.  The  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the states of
their organization and have all requisite  authority to conduct their respective
businesses  in each  jurisdiction  in which the failure to have such  authority,
singly or in the  aggregate,  could  reasonably  be  expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.  The Borrower and each of its  Subsidiaries  have full power and
authority to carry on their business as now conducted.

     5.2      Authorization and  Validity.  The Borrower and each  Guarantor has
the  power  and  authority and  egal  right to  execute  and  deliver  the  Loan
Documents to which it is a  party and to perform its obligations thereunder. The
execution and delivery by the Borrower and  each Guarantor of the Loan Documents
to which  it  is a  party  have  been  duly  authorized by proper organizational
proceedings,  and the Loan  Documents to which  the Borrower and such  Guarantor
is a party  constitute legal, valid  and binding  obligations of the Borrower or
such Guarantor,  as the case may be, enforceable  against  the  Borrower or such
Guarantor,  as  the case  may  be, in  accordance  with  their terms,  except as
enforceability  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  similar  laws
affecting the  enforcement of creditors' rights generally.

                                      -30-

     5.3      Financial  Statements.  The  December 31, 2000  and  the March 31,
2001 consolidated financial statements  of the  Borrower  and  the  Subsidiaries
heretofore  delivered to the Administrative  Agent and the Lenders were prepared
in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting  principles in effect on the
date such statements were prepared and fairly present the financial position and
results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such dates and the
consolidated results of their operations for the periods then ended.

     5.4      Subsidiaries.  Schedule  5.4 hereto  contains  an accurate list of
all of  the presently existing  Subsidiaries,  setting  forth  their  respective
jurisdictions  of organization  and the percentage of their  respective  capital
stock or membership  interests owned by the Borrower or other Subsidiaries.  All
of the  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of each  corporate
Subsidiary  have  been  duly  authorized  and  issued  and are  fully  paid  and
nonassessable.

     5.5      ERISA.  Each  Plan is in material compliance  with,  an  has  been
administered in material  compliance  with, all applicable  provisions of ERISA,
the Code and any other applicable federal or state law, except where the failure
to so comply would not (individually or in the aggregate) reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect, and no event or condition has occurred and is
continuing  as to which the Borrower is under an  obligation to furnish a report
to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under Section 6.1(d) and which would
reasonably  be expected  (individually  or in the  aggregate) to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     5.6      Defaults.  No  Default or  Unmatured  Default  has occurred and is
continuing.

     5.7      Accuracy  of  Information.   No information,  exhibit  or   report
furnished by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the  Administrative  Agent or any
Lender in connection  with  the  negotiation  of  this  Agreement  contains  any
material misstatement  of fact or omitted to state a material fact  necessary to
make the statements contained therein not misleading.

     5.8      Regulation  U. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary  is engaged
principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending
credit for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying  Margin  Stock.  Margin Stock
constitutes  less than 25% of the  consolidated  assets of the  Borrower and its
Subsidiaries  which are subject to any limitation on sale or pledge or any other
restriction  hereunder.  No part of the  proceeds  of any  Loan  will be used to
purchase or carry any Margin Stock in violation of Regulation U.

     5.9      No Adverse Change.  Since March 31, 2001 there  has been no change
in the business, property, condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  or  results of
operations  of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  which could  reasonably  be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.10     Taxes.  The  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries have filed all United
States federal tax returns and all other tax returns which,  to the Knowledge of
the  Borrower,  are required to be filed and have paid all taxes due pursuant to
said returns or material  taxes due pursuant to any  assessment  received by the
Borrower  or any  Subsidiary,  except in both cases such  taxes,  if any, as are
being  contested  in good  faith  and as to which  adequate  reserves  have been
provided in

                                      -31-

accordance  with  Agreement  Accounting  Principles.  The charges,  accruals and
reserves on the books of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  in respect of any
taxes or other  governmental  charges are adequate in accordance  with Agreement
Accounting Principles.

     5.11     Liens.  There are no Liens on any of the  properties  or assets of
the Borrower or any Subsidiary  except (i) Liens  permitted by Section 6.3.5 and
(ii) with  respect to properties and assets other  than  Productive  Properties,
Principal  Transmission  Facilities and the stock of any Subsidiary,  Liens that
could not,  individually  or in the aggregate,  reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.  All easements,  rights of way, licenses and other real
property rights required for operation of the businesses of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries  (collectively the "Rights of Way") are owned free and clear of any
Lien,  other than Liens  permitted by this  Agreement  and Liens  already on any
parcel  of real  property  with  respect  to which  the  Rights of Way have been
granted,  which will not, in the aggregate,  at any time materially detract from
the value of the Rights of Way or materially impair the use of the Rights of Way
in the operation of the businesses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

     5.12     Compliance with Orders. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is
in  default  under  the  terms of any  order of any  federal  or state  court or
administrative  agency by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except
for  any  defaults  which  could  not,  individually  or in  the  aggregate,  be
reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.13     Litigation.  Except as set forth in  Schedule  5.13,  there are no
actions  at law or in equity  pending  or,  to the  Knowledge  of the  Borrower,
threatened  involving the  likelihood  of any judgment or liability  against the
Borrower or any Subsidiary which could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     5.14     Burdensome Agreements. The Borrower is not a party to any contract
or  agreement  which,  in the  opinion  of  management  of the  Borrower,  could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.15     No Conflict. Neither the execution and delivery by the Borrower or
any Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, nor the consummation
of the  transactions  therein  contemplated,  nor compliance with the provisions
thereof  will  conflict  with  or  result  in the  breach  of any of the  terms,
conditions  or  provisions  of, or  constitute a default  under,  the charter or
bylaws of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary,  or any indenture,  loan agreement or
other agreement or instrument to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party
or by which it may be bound,  or result in creation of any Lien on any  property
of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary,  and neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary
is in default  (after the  expiration  of any  applicable  grace  period) in the
performance,  observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations,  covenants or
conditions  contained in (i) any agreement to which it is a party, which default
could  reasonably  be expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect,  or (ii) any
agreement or  instrument  evidencing  or governing  Indebtedness  in a principal
amount exceeding $5,000,000.

                                      -32-

     5.16     Title to Properties.  The Borrower and its  Subsidiaries have good
and marketable  title to all real  properties  purported to be owned by them and
good title to all other assets  purported  to be owned by them,  subject to such
minor  defects as are common to property of the type owned by the  Borrower  and
its  Subsidiaries  and Liens  permitted by this  Agreement  and such defects and
Liens in the aggregate do not materially interfere with or impair the Borrower's
or any Subsidiary's business as presently conducted.

     5.17     Public  Utility   Holding   Company  Act.  The  Borrower  and  the
Subsidiaries  are exempt from  registration  under the  provisions of the Public
Utility Holding Company Act of 1935 pursuant to Section 3(a) thereof.

     5.18     Regulatory Approval.  No consent or authorization of, filing with,
or any other act by or in respect of any Person is required in  connection  with
the  enforceability,  execution,  delivery,  performance  or  validity  of  this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby.

     5.19     Negative Pledge.   Except as set forth in  Schedule  5.19  hereto,
neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is subject to any agreement,  indenture,
instrument,  undertaking or security (other than this Agreement) which prohibits
the creation, incurrence or sufferance to exist of any Lien.

     5.20     Investment  Company  Act.  The  Borrower  is  not  an  "investment
company"  or  a  Borrower "controlled"  by  an "investment company",  within the
meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     5.21     Compliance with Laws.  The Borrower and its  Subsidiaries have all
franchises,  licenses and permits  necessary for the conduct of their respective
businesses,  and are in compliance with all laws,  rules,  regulations,  orders,
writs,  judgments,  injunctions,  decrees or awards to which it may be  subject,
including,  without limitation, (i) all provisions of ERISA, which, if violated,
might  result in a Lien or  charge  upon any  property  of the  Borrower  or any
Subsidiary,  and (ii) all material  provisions  of the  Occupational  Safety and
Health  Act of 1970 and the  rules and  regulations  thereunder  and  applicable
statutes,   regulations,  orders  and  restrictions  relating  to  environmental
standards or  controls,  except to the extent that failure to maintain or comply
with any of the foregoing,  singly and in the aggregate, could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                    COVENANTS

     During  the term of this  Agreement,  unless  the  Required  Lenders  shall
otherwise consent in writing:

     6.1      Information.  The Borrower will furnish to each Lender:

                                      -33-

              (a)      As soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within
     120 days after the close of each of its fiscal years, financial  statements
     of the  Borrower for such fiscal year on a  consolidated and  consolidating
     basis (consolidating statements need not be certified by such  accountants)
     for  itself and its Subsidiaries, including balance sheets as of the end of
     such period,  statements  of income and  statements  of retained  earnings,
     and  statements of  cash  flows, and, as to  the  consolidated  statements,
     prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles
     (except as expressly set forth therein) and  accompanied by an  unqualified
     (as  to going  concern or the scope  of  the audit)  opinion of independent
     certified public accountants  of recognized  standing,  which opinion shall
     state that such audit was conducted in accordance with generally   accepted
     auditing  standards  and  said  financial  statements  fairly  present  the
     financial condition and results of operation  of the Borrower as at the end
     of, and for, such fiscal year and a certificate  of said  accountants that,
     in the course of their examination  necessary for  their opinion, they have
     obtained  no  knowledge of  any Default or  Unmatured  Default  relating to
     accounting matters,  or if, in  the opinion of such  accountants,  any such
     Default or Unmatured  Default shall exist, said certificate shall state the
     nature and  status thereof;  provided that delivery  pursuant to subsection
     (e) below of copies of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the  Borrower  for
     such  fiscal  year  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
     (together  with copies of the financial statements  required to be included
     therein) shall  be deemed to satisfy  the  requirement  of this  subsection
     (a) to deliver consolidated financial statements  (but not the  requirement
     to  deliver consolidating  statements or the accountants' certificate as to
     the presence or absence of any Default or Unmatured Default).

              (b)      As soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within
     60 days after the close of each of the  first  three  quarterly  accounting
     periods of each of its  fiscal  years,  for  itself  and its  Subsidiaries,
     consolidated and consolidating  unaudited balance sheets as at the close of
     each such period and  consolidated and  consolidating  statements of income
     and  statements of retained  earnings and  statements of cash flows for the
     period from the  beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such  quarter;
     provided  that delivery  pursuant to subsection  (e) below of copies of the
     Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q of the  Borrower for such  quarterly  period
     filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  shall be  deemed to
     satisfy the  requirements  of this  subsection (b) to deliver  consolidated
     financial statements (but not the requirement to deliver the certificate of
     the Borrower's  chief financial  officer or chief  accounting  officer with
     respect thereto).

              (c)      Simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial
     statements  referred to in Sections 6.1(a) and 6.1(b), a certificate of the
     chief financial officer or the chief accounting  officer of the Borrower in
     the  form  of  Exhibit  G  (i)  setting  forth  in  reasonable  detail  the
     calculations  required to establish  whether the Borrower was in compliance
     with  the  requirements  of  Section  6.4 on the  date  of  such  financial
     statements,  (ii)  stating  whether  there  exists  on  the  date  of  such
     certificate  any Default and or  Unmatured  Default  and, if any Default or
     Unmatured  Default then exists  setting  forth the details  thereof and the
     action which the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect

                                      -34-

     thereto, and (iii) stating that such financial statements fairly reflect in
     all material respects the financial conditions and results of operations of
     the  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  as of the date of the delivery of such
     financial statements and for the period covered thereby.

              (d)      As soon as possible and  in any event  within 10 Business
     Days after the Borrower has Knowledge that any of the  events or conditions
     specified  below  has  occurred  or  exists  with  respect  to any  Plan or
     Multiemployer  Plan, a statement,  signed by the chief financial officer or
     chief  accounting  officer  of  the  Borrower,  describing  said  event  or
     condition  and the action  which the Borrower or  applicable  member of the
     Controlled  Group proposes to take with respect  thereto (and a copy of any
     report  or  notice  required  to be filed  with or given to the PBGC by the
     Borrower or applicable  member of the Controlled Group with respect to such
     event or condition):

                      (i)     the  occurrence  of  any   Reportable  Event  with
              respect  to any  Plan, or  any  waiver  shall  be  requested under
              Section 412(d) of the Code for any Plan,

                      (ii)    the  distribution  under Section 4041(c) of  ERISA
              of a notice of intent to  terminate any Plan, or  any action taken
              by the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group to terminate
              any Plan under Section 4041(c) of ERISA,

                      (iii)   the  institution  by  PBGC  of  proceedings  under
              Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination  of, or the  appointment
              of  a  trustee  to  administer,  any  Plan,  or the receipt by the
              Borrower or any  member  of  the  Controlled  Group  of  a  notice
              from  any Multiemployer  Plan that such  action  has been taken by
              PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan,

                      (iv)    the  complete  or   partial   withdrawal   from  a
              Multiemployer Plan by the Borrower or any member of the Controlled
              Group that could  reasonably be expected to result in liability of
              the  Borrower or such member  under  Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA
              (including  the  obligation  to satisfy  secondary  liability as a
              result of a purchaser  default) having a Material  Adverse Effect,
              or the  receipt by the  Borrower  or any member of the  Controlled
              Group  of  notice  from  a  Multiemployer   Plan  that  it  is  in
              reorganization  or insolvency  pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of
              ERISA or that it  intends to  terminate  or has  terminated  under
              Section 4041A of ERISA,

                      (v)     the institution of a  proceeding by a fiduciary of
              any Multiemployer  Plan  against  the  Borrower  or any  member of
              the  Controlled  Group  to  enforce  Section  515  of ERISA, which
              proceeding is not dismissed within 30 days, or

                      (vi)    the adoption of an  amendment  to any  Plan  that,
              pursuant  to  Section  401(a)(29)  of the Code or  Section  307 of
              ERISA,  would result in the loss of tax-exempt status of the trust
              of which such Plan is a part if the Borrower or any

                                      -35-

              member of the Controlled Group fails to timely provide security to
              the Plan in accordance with the provisions of said Sections.

              (e)      Promptly   upon   the  filing   thereof,  copies  of  al
     registration  statements  and annual,  quarterly,  monthly or other regular
     reports  which  the  Borrower  or any of  its  Subsidiaries  files with the
     Securities  and Exchange Commission.

              (f)      Promptly upon the furnishing thereof to all  shareholders
     of the Borrower generally, copies of all financial statements,  reports and
     proxy statements so furnished.

              (g)      Promptly  upon  receipt thereof, one copy of each written
     audit  report   submitted   to   the  Borrower   or   any   Subsidiary   by
     independent  accountants  resulting  from (i)  any  annual or interim audit
     submitted after  the occurrence  and during the continuance of a Default or
     Unmatured Default and (ii)  any special  audit  submitted  at any time,  in
     each case,  made by them of the books of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

              (h)      As soon as  available and in  any  event  not  later than
     April 30 of each calendar year, an engineering and economic analysis of the
     producing  properties of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  prepared by an
     independent firm of consulting  petroleum engineers and in form,  substance
     and detail consistent with past practice.

              (i)      Promptly and in any event within five Business Days after
     an Authorized Officer obtains  knowledge  thereof, notice of the occurrence
     of a Default or Unmatured Default,  together with the details of such event
     and  the actions, if  any, the  Borrower has  taken or intends to take with
     respect thereto.

              (j)      Such    other    information    (including   nonfinancial
     information) as  the  Administrative  Agent or any Lender  may from time t
     time  reasonably request.

     6.2      Affirmative  Covenants.  The  Borrower will, and  will cause  each
Subsidiary, to:

     6.2.1    Reports  and  Inspection.  Keep  proper books and  records in good
order  in  accordance  with  sound  business  practice and prepare its financial
statements  in accordance  with  Agreement Accounting  Principles and permit the
Administrative Agent or any Lender, at its own expense,  by its  representatives
and agents, to inspect any of the properties, books and financial records of the
Borrower and  each  Subsidiary, to  examine  and  make copies  of  the  books of
accounts and other financial records of the Borrower and each Subsidiary, and to
discuss  the affairs,  finances and accounts of the Borrower and each Subsidiary
with, and to  be advised  as to the same by,  their  respective officers at such
reasonable  times  and   intervals  during   regular   business   hours  as  the
Administrative  Agent or such  Lender may designate, provided  that such inquiry
shall  be  limited   to  the  purpose of  evaluating  the  Borrower's  financial
condition  or  compliance  with this Agreement.

                                      -36-

     6.2.2    Conduct of Business.   Carry on and conduct its principal business
of exploration for, and production,  transportation,  distribution,  refinement,
processing,  storage,  marketing and gathering of oil and other hydrocarbons and
petroleum, and natural,  synthetic or other gas in substantially the same manner
and in substantially the same fields of enterprise as it is presently conducted;
and do all things  necessary to remain duly organized,  validly  existing and in
good  standing as a domestic  corporation  or limited  liability  company in its
jurisdiction of organization  (unless the existence or ownership by the Borrower
of any Subsidiary  shall be discontinued as a result of a merger,  consolidation
or sale of assets as  permitted by Section  6.3.2) and  maintain  all  requisite
authority to conduct its business in each  jurisdiction  in which the failure to
have such  authority  could  reasonably  be expected to have a Material  Adverse
Effect.

     6.2.3    Insurance.  Maintain  insurance with reputable insurance companies
or  associations  in such  forms and  amounts  and  covering  such  risks as are
customary for companies of  established  reputation  and similar size engaged in
similar businesses and owning and operating similar properties; provided that it
is agreed that, as of the date of this Agreement,  the insurance coverage of the
Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  set forth on Schedule 6.2 hereto  satisfies  the
requirements of this Section 6.2.3.

     6.2.4    Taxes.  Promptly pay and discharge all material taxes, assessments
and  governmental  charges or levies imposed upon the Borrower or any Subsidiary
(but in the case of a  Subsidiary,  only to the  extent  that such  Subsidiary's
assets shall be sufficient for the purpose), respectively, or upon or in respect
of all  or any  part  of  the  property  and  business  of the  Borrower  or any
Subsidiary,  and all due and payable claims for work, labor or materials,  which
if  unpaid  might  become  a Lien  upon  any  property  of the  Borrower  or any
Subsidiary  (other than claims against any such Subsidiary in a proceeding under
any  bankruptcy or similar law),  provided that the Borrower or such  Subsidiary
shall not be required to pay any such tax, assessment,  charge, levy or claim if
the  validity  thereof  shall   concurrently  be  contested  in  good  faith  by
appropriate  proceedings and if the Borrower or such Subsidiary  shall set aside
on its or their books reserves  deemed by it or them to be required with respect
thereto in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

     6.2.5    Compliance  with  Laws.   Maintain  all franchises,  licenses  and
permits  necessary for the conduct of its businesses,  and comply with all laws,
rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments,  injunctions, decrees or awards to
which it may be subject,  including,  without limitation,  (i) all provisions of
ERISA, which, if violated, might result in a Lien or charge upon any property of
the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary,  and  (ii)  all  material  provisions  of the
Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Act of 1970  and the  rules  and  regulations
thereunder  and  applicable  statutes,   regulations,  orders  and  restrictions
relating  to  environmental  standards  or  controls,  except to the extent that
failure  to  maintain  or comply  with any of the  foregoing,  singly and in the
aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.2.6    Maintenance of  Properties.  Do all things necessary  to maintain,
preserve,  protect and keep its material  properties  (whether owned in fee or a
leasehold  interest) in good repair,  working order and condition,  and make all
proper repairs,  renewals and  replacements  so that its

                                      -37-

business  carried on in connection  therewith  may be properly  conducted at all
times;  provided  that,  subject  to Section  6.3.2 and all other  terms of this
Agreement,  nothing in this Section  6.2.6 shall  prevent the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries from  discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of its
properties  (x) if such  discontinuance  is, in the  judgment of the Borrower or
such  Subsidiary,  desirable  in the  conduct  of its  business  or (y) if  such
discontinuance  or disposal  could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     6.2.7    Additional  Guarantors.  On the date on which any Subsidiary which
is  not an  original  signatory  to  the  Subsidiary  Guaranty  delivers  to the
Administrative  Agent a  counterpart  of the  Subsidiary  Guaranty,  cause  such
Subsidiary  to deliver such  supporting  documents  (including  documents of the
types  described in clauses (i), (ii),  (iii) and (vi) of Section 4.1(b)) as the
Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request in support thereof.

     6.3      Negative  Covenants. The Borrower will not, nor (where applicable)
will it permit any Subsidiary to:

     6.3.1    Restricted Payments.   Declare or pay any dividends on its capital
stock  (other  than  dividends  payable  in its own  capital  stock) or  redeem,
repurchase  or otherwise  acquire or retire any of its capital stock at any time
outstanding or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire any shares
of its capital stock or permit any Subsidiary to purchase any shares of stock of
the Borrower,  except that any  Subsidiary  may declare and pay dividends to the
Borrower or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

     6.3.2    Merger and  Sale of Assets.  Merge or consolidate with or into any
other Person or lease, sell or otherwise  dispose of all, or substantially  all,
of its  property,  assets  (other than  inventory,  physical  assets sold in the
ordinary  course  of  business  or  obsolete,  worn out or excess  property)  or
business to any other Person except that:

     (1) the Borrower may merge or consolidate with or sell all of its assets to
any other solvent  corporation,  provided that (i) the surviving,  continuing or
resulting  corporation  (if not the Borrower)  shall (x)  expressly  assume by a
written instrument  reasonably  satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders  (which shall be provided with an opportunity to review and comment upon
it prior to the consummation of any transaction) the due and punctual payment of
the principal of all  Obligations  and the due performance and observance of all
covenants,  conditions  and  agreements  on the part of the Borrower  under this
Agreement, (y) deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders an opinion of
counsel,  in form and substance  reasonably  satisfactory to the  Administrative
Agent and the Lenders,  to the effect that such written instrument has been duly
authorized,  executed and delivered by such  surviving,  continuing or resulting
corporation and constitutes a legal,  valid and binding  instrument  enforceable
against such surviving,  continuing or resulting  corporation in accordance with
its  terms,  and to such  further  effects as the  Administrative  Agent and the
Lenders may  reasonably  request,  and (z) have an investment  grade rating from
Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc. and Standard & Poor's Rating Group,  (ii) the
surviving,  continuing or resulting corporation shall be a corporation organized
and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State
                                      -38-

thereof or  the  District  of   Columbia,   and  (iii)  immediately  after  such
merger, consolidation or sale, no Default or Unmatured Default would exist;

     (2) any Subsidiary may merge into the Borrower or another  Subsidiary which
is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, and may sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of
its  assets  to the  Borrower  or  another  Subsidiary  which is a  Wholly-Owned
Subsidiary;

     (3) any Subsidiary may merge or consolidate  with any entity other than the
Borrower or another Subsidiary,  provided that (i) the surviving,  continuing or
resulting entity shall be a Subsidiary,  and (ii) immediately  after such merger
or consolidation, no Default or Unmatured Default would exist; and

     (4) the Borrower may sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or any part of
its  assets to any  Person,  and any  Subsidiary  may sell,  lease or  otherwise
dispose of all or any part of its assets to any Person  other than the  Borrower
or another  Subsidiary,  in each case for a consideration  which  represents the
fair  value at the time of such  sale or other  disposition,  provided  that (x)
immediately  after such sale, lease or other disposition (and the application of
the proceeds thereof as provided in clause (y)) no Default or Unmatured  Default
would  exist and (y) to the extent  applicable,  the Net Cash  Proceeds  of such
sale,  lease or other  disposition  are applied as required by Sections  2.8 and
2.9; and provided,  further,  that neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall
sell,  lease or otherwise  dispose of any asset if, after giving  effect to such
transaction,  the  aggregate  fair market  value of all assets  sold,  leased or
otherwise disposed of by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in any fiscal year of
the Borrower (minus all Net Cash Proceeds thereof applied t reduce the Aggregate
Commitment  pursuant to Section  2.8(b))  would  exceed  7.5% of the  Borrower's
consolidated assets as of the beginning of such fiscal year.

     Without  imiting clause (4) above,  the  Borrower  will not permit Arkansas
Western Gas Company to (x) cease to be a  Subsidiary  of the  Borrower;  and (y)
sell all or any  Substantial  Portion  (as  defined  below) of its  assets.  For
purposes of the foregoing, "Substantial Portion" means, with respect to Arkansas
Western  Gas  Company,   assets  which  (i)  represent  more  than  20%  of  the
consolidated   tangible   assets  of  Arkansas   Western  Gas  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries  as at the beginning of the fiscal year in which any  determination
is to be made or (ii) are responsible for more than 20% of the  consolidated net
earnings of Arkansas  Western  Gas Company and its  Subsidiaries  for the fiscal
year preceding the fiscal year in which any determination is to be made.

     6.3.3    Liens.   Create, incur,  assume or suffer to exist any Lien on (a)
any  Productive  Property,  (b) any Principal  Transmission  Facility or (c) any
shares of stock of any Subsidiary, except:

                      (i)     Liens  for   taxes,  assessments  or  governmenta
              charges or levies  on its  property  if the same  shall not at the
              time be delinquent or  thereafter can be paid without  penalty or,
              provided the Borrower or any Subsidiary  knew or should have known
              of such Liens, are being actively contested in good faith and by

                                      -39-

              appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves shall have
              been  set  aside  on  its  books  in  accordance   with  Agreement
              Accounting Principles,

                      (ii)    Liens   imposed  by  law,   such   as   carriers',
              warehousemen's,   operators',   royalty,   surface   damages   and
              mechanics'  liens and other  similar liens arising in the ordinary
              course of business which secure  payment of  obligations  not more
              than 60 days past due or which are being  contested  in good faith
              by appropriate  proceedings and for which adequate  reserves shall
              have  been set  aside on its books in  accordance  with  Agreement
              Accounting Principles,

                      (iii)   Liens  incurred in the ordinary course of business
              (a)   arising  out  of  pledges  or   deposits   under   workmen's
              compensation laws,  unemployment  insurance,  old age pensions, or
              other  social   security  or  retirement   benefits,   or  similar
              legislation,  (b) to secure the  performance of letters of credit,
              bids,  tenders,  sales contracts,  leases (including rent security
              deposits),  statutory obligations,  surety, appeal and performance
              bonds, joint operating  agreements or other similar agreements and
              other  similar  obligations  not incurred in  connection  with the
              borrowing  of money,  the  obtaining of advances or the payment of
              the  deferred  purchase  price of  property or (c)  consisting  of
              deposits  which  secure  public or  statutory  obligations  of the
              Borrower or any Subsidiary,  or surety,  custom or appeal bonds to
              which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party, or the payment of
              contested   taxes  or  import   duties  of  the  Borrower  or  any
              Subsidiary,

                      (iv)    utility  easements, building restrictions and such
              other  encumbrances  or charges  against real property as are of a
              nature generally  existing with respect to properties of a similar
              character  and  which  do not  in  any  material  way  affect  the
              marketability of the same or interfere with the use thereof in the
              business of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries,

                      (v)     Liens on  drilling  equipment  and  facilities  in
              order  to  secure the  financing  for  the  construction  of  such
              equipment and  facilities not  constructed  as of the date hereof,
              provided that such financing is permitted pursuant to Section 6.4,

                      (vi)    attachment, judgment  and  other   similar   Liens
              arising  in  connection   with  court  proceedings;  provided  the
              execution  or  other  enforcement  of such   Liens is  effectively
              stayed  or the claims secured thereby are being actively contested
              in good faith  and  by  appropriate  proceedings;   and  provided,
              further,  the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  knew or  should  have
              known of such Liens,

                      (vii)   Liens on property of a  Subsidiary, provided  such
              Liens  secure  only  obligations   owing  to  the  Borrower  or  a
              Wholly-Owned Subsidiary,

                                      -40-

                      (viii)  purchase  money  mortgages  or other  mortgages or
              other Liens on assets of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  securing
              Indebtedness hereafter incurred by the Borrower or such Subsidiary
              for the  acquisition of such assets,  provided no such mortgage or
              other  Lien  shall  extend  to any  other  property  (unless  such
              mortgage or Lien is permitted under another clause of this Section
              6.3.3)  and the  amount  thereby  secured  shall  not  exceed  the
              purchase  price  of such  asset  plus  interest,  if any,  accrued
              thereon and shall be permitted pursuant to Section 6.4,

                      (ix)    Liens  on property hereafter  acquired  (including
              shares of stock  hereafter  acquired of any Person  (including any
              Person in which the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  already  owns an
              interest))  existing at the time of acquisition  and liens assumed
              by the Borrower or a Subsidiary as a result of a merger of another
              entity into the Borrower or a Subsidiary or the acquisition by the
              Borrower or a Subsidiary of the assets and  liabilities of another
              entity,  provided that in each case such Liens shall not have been
              created in anticipation of such transaction,

                      (x)     any right which any municipal or governmental body
              or agency may have by virtue of any franchise,  license,  contract
              or statute to  purchase, or designate a  purchaser of or order the
              sale of, any  property  of  the  Borrower or  any  Subsidiary upon
              payment of reasonable  compensation  therefor  or to terminate any
              franchise, license or  other  rights or to regulate  the  property
              and business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary,

                      (xi)    easements   or  reservations  in  respect  of  any
              property  of  the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary for the purpose of
              rights-of-way  and  similar  purposes, reservations, restrictions,
              covenants, party wall  agreements, conditions of record and  other
              encumbrances (other   than  to  secure  the   payment   of  money)
              and  minor  irregularities  or  deficiencies  in  the  record  and
              evidence of title, which in the reasonable opinion of the Borrower
              (at  the  time  of  the  acquisition  of the property  affected or
              subsequently) will  not  interfere  in  any  material way with the
              proper operation and development of the property affected thereby,

                      (xii)   Liens existing on the date hereof and set forth on
              Schedule 5.19 hereto,

                      (xiii)  Liens on property to secure all or any part of the
              cost  of  construction,  alteration  or  repair  of any  building,
              equipment  or  other  improvement  on  all  or any  part  of  such
              property,  including any pipeline,  or to secure any  Indebtedness
              incurred  prior to, at the time of, or within 360 days after,  the
              completion of such  construction,  alteration or repair to provide
              funds for the payment of all or any part of such cost,

                      (xiv)   rights of lessors under oil, gas or mineral leases
              arising in the ordinary course of business,

                                      -41-

                      (xv)    any   extension,  renewal   or   replacement   (or
              successive  extensions, renewals or  replacements), in whole or in
              part,  of  any  Lien   referred  to  in  the  foregoing   clauses;
              provided that the principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby
              shall not exceed the  principal amount of Indebtedness  so secured
              at the  time of  such extension,  renewal or  replacement and such
              extension, renewal or  replacement  Lien  shall be limited  to all
              or a  part of the  property  which  secured the  Lien so extended,
              renewed or replaced (plus improvements on such property),

                      (xvi)   Liens  which   may   hereafter   be   attached  to
              undeveloped  real  estate  not  containing oil  or  gas   reserves
              presently  owned by  the  Borrower in  the ordinary  course of the
              Borrower's real estate sales, development and rental activities,

                      (xvii)  Liens  not otherwise  permitted  by the  foregoing
              clauses  of  this  Section  6.3.3  securing   Indebtedness  in  an
              aggregate principal amount which, at the time of incurrence,  does
              not  exceed 5% of  Stockholders'  Equity as of the end of the most
              recently  completed fiscal quarter of the Borrower as shown on the
              consolidated balance sheet related thereto, and

                      (xviii) Liens  not otherwise  permitted  by the  foregoing
              clauses of this Section 6.3.3 in an aggregate  principal amount in
              excess of 5% of  Stockholders'  Equity;  provided that at the time
              such Lien is created,  the Obligations  will be secured pari passu
              with  the   obligations   such  Lien  is   securing   pursuant  to
              documentation   in  form  and   substance   satisfactory   to  the
              Administrative   Agent   and  the   Lenders   (drafts   of   which
              documentation  shall be furnished to the Administrative  Agent and
              the Lenders  sufficiently in advance to provide the Administrative
              Agent and the Lenders  with an  opportunity  to review and comment
              upon it prior to the granting of any such Lien).

     6.3.4    Subsidiary  Guarantors.   Permit more than 10% of the consolidated
assets of the  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  (excluding  Arkansas  Western Gas
Company)  to be owned by, or more than 10% of the  consolidated  earnings of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries  (excluding  Arkansas Western Gas Company) for the
most recent  period of four  consecutive  fiscal  quarters  (beginning  with the
period ending June 30, 2001) to be earned by,  Subsidiaries (other than Arkansas
Western Gas  Company)  which are not  Guarantors.  For the  avoidance  of doubt,
Arkansas Western Gas Company shall not be required to be a Guarantor.

     6.3.5    Investments. Make, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Investment
in any other Person, except (without duplication) the following:

     (a)      Cash Equivalent Investments;

     (b)      Investments existing on the date of this Agreement;

                                      -42-

     (c)      in the ordinary  course of business, Investments by the Company in
any Subsidiary or by any Subsidiary in the Company or any other Subsidiary;

     (d)      bank deposits in the ordinary course of business;

     (e)      Investments in Persons involved in oil  and  gas  exploration  and
production and related businesses in the ordinary course of business  consistent
with past practice; and

     (f)      other Investments in an aggregate amount not at any time exceeding
$5,000,000.

     6.3.6    Indebtedness of Arkansas Western Gas Company. Permit the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of all Indebtedness of Arkansas Western Gas Company
and its Subsidiaries (excluding (i) Indebtedness  outstanding on the date hereof
and  renewals,  extensions  and  refinancings  thereof so long as the  principal
amount thereof is not increased and (ii) Indebtedness to the Borrower or another
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary) to exceed $20,000,000.

     6.4      Financial Covenants.  The Borrower will not:

     6.4.1    Debt to Capitalization Ratio.   Permit the  Debt to Capitalization
Ratio at any time  during any period  set forth  below to exceed the  applicable
ratio set forth below:




        Period                              Maximum Debt to Capitalization Ratio
        ===============================     ====================================
                                         
        The date hereof through 3/30/02               0.75 to 1.0
        3/31/02 through 3/30/03                       0.70 to 1.0
        3/31/03 through 3/30/04                       0.65 to 1.0
        Thereafter                                    0.60 to 1.0;


provided  that if on any date  prior  to March  30,  2003  the  Borrower  is not
required  to reduce the  Aggregate  Commitment  upon  receipt of proceeds of any
Equity Issuance  pursuant to clause (iii) of the proviso to Section 2.8(b),  the
maximum Debt to Capitalization  Ratio shall be reduced to 0.65 to 1.0 during the
period from such date through March 30, 2003.

     6.4.2    Interest Coverage Ratio.  Permit the Interest Coverage Ratio as of
the  last  day of any  fiscal  quarter  of the  Borrower  to be  less  than  the
applicable ratio set forth below:


        Fiscal Quarter Ending               Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio
        ===============================     ====================================
                                         
        6/30/01 through 12/31/02                      3.75 to 1.0
        3/31/03 through 12/31/03                      4.00 to 1.0
        Thereafter                                    5.00 to 1.0.


     6.4.3    Net  Worth.   Permit Stockholder's Equity  at  any time to be less
than the sum of (a) $135,000,000  plus (b) 50% of consolidated net income of the
Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  for

                                      -43-

each fiscal year of the Borrower (and, if applicable,  the completed  portion of
the  then-current  fiscal year for which the  Borrower has  delivered  financial
statements  pursuant to Section 6.1(b)) ending after the date of this Agreement,
without  giving  effect to any loss in any such fiscal year (or, if  applicable,
the completed portion of the then-current fiscal year),  excluding,  in the case
of the Borrower's  2001 fiscal year, the first fiscal quarter of such year, plus
(c) 75% of the net  proceeds  of any  Equity  Issuance  after  the  date of this
Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                    DEFAULTS

     7.1      Events of  Default.  The occurrence and  continuance of any one or
more of the following events shall constitute a Default:

     7.1.1    Representations  and  Warranties.  Any representation or  warranty
made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative  Agent
or any Lender in this Agreement or in any certificate or instrument delivered in
connection herewith shall be materially false as of the date on which made.

     7.1.2    Payment Default.  Nonpayment of  any  principal,  interest, fee or
other obligation hereunder within ten days after the same becomes due.

     7.1.3    Breach of Certain  Covenants.  The breach by  the  Borrower of (i)
any of the terms or provisions of Section  6.1(i),  6.3.1,  6.3.2 or 6.4 or (ii)
any of the terms or provisions of Section 6.3.3 which is not remedied within ten
days after written notice from the Administrative Agent.

     7.1.4    Other  Breach of  this  Agreement.  The  breach  by  the  Borrower
(other than a breach which  constitutes a Default under Section 7.1.1,  7.1.2 or
7.1.3) of any term or provision of this Agreement  which is not remedied  within
30 days after written notice from the Administrative Agent.

     7.1.5    ERISA.  An event or  condition  specified  in Section 6.1(d) shall
occur or exist with  respect  to any Plan or any  Multiemployer  Plan and,  as a
result  or such  event or  condition,  together  with all other  such  events or
conditions then outstanding,  the Borrower or any member or the Controlled Group
shall incur,  or shall be reasonably  likely to incur,  a liability to any Plan,
any  Multiemployer  Plan or the PBGC (or any  combination of the foregoing) that
would have a Material Adverse Effect.

     7.1.6    Cross-Default.   Failure  of  the   Borrower  or  any  Significant
Subsidiary to pay any  Indebtedness  when due (after giving effect to any period
of grace set forth in any agreement under which such Indebtedness was created or
is governed);  or the default by the Borrower or any  Significant  Subsidiary in
the  performance  of any other term,  provision  or  condition  contained in any
agreement  under which any of their  respective  Indebtedness  was created or is
governed, the effect of which is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of
such Indebtedness

                                     -44-



to cause, such  Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity;  or any
Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Significant  Subsidiary shall become due and
payable  or be  required  to be prepaid  (other  than by a  regularly  scheduled
payment) prior to the stated maturity thereof;  provided that, in each case, the
principal  amount of Indebtedness as to which such a payment default shall occur
and be  continuing,  or such a failure  to  perform  or other  event  causing or
permitting acceleration shall occur and be continuing, exceeds $5,000,000.

     7.1.7    Voluntary  Bankruptcy,  etc.  The  Borrower,  or  any  Significant
Subsidiary or a Material  Group of  Subsidiaries  shall (i) not pay, or admit in
writing its inability to pay, its debts  generally as they become due, (ii) make
an assignment for the benefit of creditors,  (iii) apply for, seek,  consent to,
or acquiesce in, the appointment of a receiver,  custodian,  trustee,  examiner,
liquidator or similar official for the Borrower,  such Significant Subsidiary or
such Material Group of  Subsidiaries,  (iv) institute any proceeding  seeking an
order for relief under the Federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect
or seeking to  adjudicate it a bankrupt or  insolvent,  or seeking  dissolution,
winding up, liquidation, reorganization,  arrangement, adjustment or composition
of it or  its  debts  under  any  law  relating  to  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
reorganization  or relief of  debtors  or (v) take any  action to  authorize  or
effect any of the foregoing actions set forth in this Section 7.1.7.

     7.1.8    Involuntary Bankruptcy,  etc.  Without  the application,  approval
or  consent  of the  Borrower,  the  applicable  Significant  Subsidiary  or the
applicable  Material  Group of  Subsidiaries,  a  receiver,  trustee,  examiner,
liquidator  or  similar  official  shall  be  appointed  for the  Borrower,  any
Significant  Subsidiary or such Material Group of Subsidiaries,  or a proceeding
described in Section  7.1.7(iv)  shall be instituted  against the Borrower,  any
Significant   Subsidiary  or  such  Material  Group  of  Subsidiaries  and  such
appointment  continues  undischarged or such proceeding continues undismissed or
unstayed for a period of 60 consecutive days.

     7.1.9    Judgments.  The  Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary shall fail
within 30 days to pay, bond or otherwise  discharge any final  judgment or order
for the payment of money in excess of $2,500,000,  which is not stayed on appeal
or otherwise being appropriately contested in good faith.

     7.1.10   Environmental  Matters. The  Borrower, any  Significant Subsidiary
or any Material  Group of  Subsidiaries  shall suffer any adverse  determination
pertaining to the release by the  Borrower,  any  Significant  Subsidiary or any
other Person of any toxic or hazardous waste or substance into the  environment,
or any violation of any federal, state or local environmental,  health or safety
law or regulation, which, in either case, could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

     7.1.11   Subsidiary   Guaranty.  The  Subsidiary  Guaranty  shall  fail  to
remain in full force or effect or any action shall be taken to discontinue or to
assert the invalidity or  unenforceability  of the Subsidiary  Guaranty,  or any
Guarantor  shall deny that it has any  further  liability  under the  Subsidiary
Guaranty or shall give  notice to such effect  (excluding  any  Guarantor  which
ceases  to be a  Subsidiary  as a  result  of a  transaction  permitted  by this
Agreement).

                                      -45-

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                 ACCELERATION, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES;
                             RELEASES OF GUARANTORS

     8.1      Acceleration.  If any Default described in  Section 7.1.6 or 7.1.7
occurs with  respect to the  Borrower,  the  obligations  of the Lenders to make
Loans  hereunder  shall  automatically   terminate  and  the  Obligations  shall
immediately become due and payable without any election or action on the part of
the  Administrative  Agent or any  Lender.  If any  other  Default  occurs,  the
Required Lenders (or the  Administrative  Agent with the consent of the Required
Lenders) may terminate or suspend the  obligations  of the Lenders to make Loans
hereunder,  or declare the Obligations to be due and payable, or both, whereupon
the Obligations shall become immediately due and payable,  without  presentment,
demand,  protest  or  notice  of any  kind,  all of which  the  Borrower  hereby
expressly waives.

     If, within  30 days  after acceleration of  the maturity of the Obligations
or  termination of the  obligations of the Lenders to make Loans  hereunder as a
result of any Default  (other than any Default as described in Section  7.1.6 or
7.1.7 with  respect to the  Borrower)  and before any judgment or decree for the
payment of the Obligations due shall have been obtained or entered, the Required
Lenders (in their sole discretion)  shall so direct,  the  Administrative  Agent
shall,  by notice to the Borrower,  rescind and annul such  acceleration  and/or
termination.

     8.2      Amendments.  Subject  to  the provisions of this Article VIII, the
Required Lenders (or the Administrative Agent with the consent in writing of the
Required Lenders) and the Borrower may enter into agreements supplemental hereto
for the purpose of adding to or modifying  any provision in any Loan Document or
changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or the  Borrower  hereunder  or
waiving any Default  hereunder;  provided  that no such  supplemental  agreement
shall, without the consent of all of the Lenders:

                      (i)     Extend  the final maturity  of any Loan or forgive
                              all  or  any  portion  of   the  principal  amount
                              thereof, or reduce the  rate or extend the time of
                              payment of interest or fees thereon.

                      (ii)    Reduce the percentage specified in  the definition
                              of Required Lenders.

                      (iii)   Extend the Termination  Date, or reduce the amount
                              or extend  the  payment  date for,  the  mandatory
                              payments  required under Section 2.12, or increase
                              the amount of the  Aggregate  Commitment or of the
                              Commitment of any Lender hereunder,  or permit the
                              Borrower   to  assign   its   rights   under  this
                              Agreement.

                      (iv)    Amend the last paragraph of Section  6.3.2 or this
                              Section 8.2.

                                      -46-

                      (v)     Release any Guarantor from its  obligations  under
                              the  Subsidiary  Guaranty  (except as  provided in
                              Section 8.4).

No amendment of any provision of this Agreement  relating to the  Administrative
Agent  shall be  effective  without the  written  consent of the  Administrative
Agent.  No amendment of any  provision of this  Agreement  relating to the Swing
Line  Lender or any Swing  Line Loan  shall be  effective  without  the  written
consent of the Swing Line Lender. The Administrative  Agent may waive payment of
the fee required under Section 12.3.2 without obtaining the consent of any other
party to this Agreement.

     8.3      Preservation  of Rights.  No  delay or omission of  the Lenders or
the  Administrative  Agent to exercise any right under the Loan Documents  shall
impair  such  right  or be  construed  to  be a  waiver  of  any  Default  or an
acquiescence  therein, and the making of a Loan notwithstanding the existence of
a Default or the inability of the Borrower to satisfy the  conditions  precedent
to such Loan  shall not  constitute  any waiver or  acquiescence.  Any single or
partial  exercise of any such right shall not preclude other or further exercise
thereof or the  exercise of any other right,  and no waiver,  amendment or other
variation  of  the  terms,  conditions  or  provisions  of  the  Loan  Documents
whatsoever  shall be valid  unless in  writing  signed by the  Lenders  required
pursuant  to  Section  8.2,  and  then  only  to  the  extent  in  such  writing
specifically set forth.  All remedies  contained in the Loan Documents or by law
afforded  shall be cumulative  and all shall be available to the  Administrative
Agent and the Lenders until the Obligations have been paid in full.

     8.4      Releases  of  Guarantors.   The  Lenders  hereby   authorize   the
Administrative  Agent to,  and the  Administrative  Agent  agrees  that it will,
release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty so long
as (a) no Default or Unmatured  Default exists or will result  therefrom and (b)
either (i) such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction
permitted  hereunder or (ii) the Borrower  requests such release in writing and,
after giving effect  thereto,  the Borrower  will be in compliance  with Section
6.3.4. In determining whether any such release is permitted,  the Administrative
Agent may rely on a certificate  from the  Borrower.  The  Administrative  Agent
shall promptly notify the Lenders of any such release.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

     9.1      Survival of Representations. All representations and warranties of
the Borrower  contained in this Agreement  shall survive the making of the Loans
herein contemplated.

     9.2      Governmental  Regulation.  Anything contained in this Agreement to
the contrary  notwithstanding,  no Lender shall be obligated to extend credit to
the Borrower in  violation  of any  limitation  or  prohibition  provided by any
applicable statute or regulation.

                                      -47-

     9.3      Headings.   Section  headings  in  the  Loan   Documents  are  for
convenience of reference only, and shall not govern the interpretation of any of
the provisions of the Loan Documents.

     9.4      Entire  Agreement.  The Loan Documents embody the entire agreement
and understanding among the Borrower,  the Administrative  Agent and the Lenders
and supersede all prior agreements and  understandings  among the Borrower,  the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders relating to the subject matter thereof.

     9.5      Several  Obligations; Benefits of this  Agreement.  The respective
obligations  of the  Lenders  hereunder  are several and not joint and no Lender
shall be the  partner  or agent of any other  (except to the extent to which the
Administrative Agent is authorized to act as such). The failure of any Lender to
perform any of its obligations hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender from
any of its obligations hereunder. This Agreement shall not be construed so as to
confer any right or  benefit  upon any  Person  other  than the  parties to this
Agreement and their respective successors and assigns, provided that the parties
hereto  expressly  agree  that the  Arranger  shall  enjoy the  benefits  of the
provisions of Sections 9.6, 9.10 and 10.11 to the extent  specifically set forth
therein and shall have the right to enforce  such  provisions  on its own behalf
and in its own name to the same extent as if it were a party to this Agreement.

     9.6      Expenses;  Indemnification.  (i) The Borrower shall  reimburse the
Administrative Agent and the Arranger for all reasonable costs, internal charges
and  out-of-pocket  expenses  (including,  subject to any limit on fees which is
separately agreed to, reasonable  attorneys' fees and reasonable time charges of
attorneys for the Administrative  Agent, which attorneys may be employees of the
Administrative  Agent)  paid or  incurred  by the  Administrative  Agent  or the
Arranger in connection with the preparation,  negotiation,  execution, delivery,
syndication,  review,  amendment,  modification,  and administration of the Loan
Documents.  The Borrower also agrees to reimburse the Administrative  Agent, the
Arranger  and the  Lenders  for  all  reasonable  costs,  internal  charges  and
out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and reasonable time
charges of attorneys for the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders,
which attorneys may be employees of the  Administrative  Agent,  the Arranger or
any Lender) paid or incurred by the  Administrative  Agent,  the Arranger or any
Lender in connection with the collection and enforcement of the Loan Documents.

     (ii)     The Borrower hereby further agrees to indemnify the Administrative
Agent, the Arranger, each Lender, their respective affiliates, and each of their
directors,   officers  and  employees  against  all  losses,  claims,   damages,
penalties,  judgments,  liabilities and reasonable expenses (including,  without
limitation,  all  reasonable  expenses of  litigation  or  preparation  therefor
whether  or not the  Administrative  Agent,  the  Arranger,  any  Lender  or any
affiliate is a party  thereto) which any of them may pay or incur arising out of
or  relating  to this  Agreement,  the other Loan  Documents,  the  transactions
contemplated   hereby  or  the  direct  or  indirect   application  or  proposed
application of the proceeds of any Loan hereunder except to the extent that they
are  determined  in a final  non-appealable  judgment  by a court  of  competent
jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
the party seeking

                                      -48-

indemnification.  The obligations of the Borrower  under this  Section 9.6 shall
survive the termination of this Agreement.

     9.7      Numbers of Documents.  All statements, notices, closing documents,
and  requests  hereunder  shall be furnished  to the  Administrative  Agent with
sufficient counterparts so that the Administrative Agent may furnish one to each
of the Lenders.

     9.8      Accounting.  Except  as  provided  to  the contrary   herein,  all
accounting   terms  used  herein  shall  be   interpreted   and  all  accounting
determinations  hereunder shall be made in accordance with Agreement  Accounting
Principles.

     9.9      Severability  of  Provisions.  Any  provision in any Loan Document
that  is held to be inoperative,  unenforceable, or invalid in  any jurisdiction
shall, as  to  that  jurisdiction,  be  inoperative,  unenforceable,  or invalid
without  affecting   the   remaining   provisions  in that  jurisdiction  or the
operation,  enforceability,  or  validity  of  that  provision  in   any   other
jurisdiction, and to this end the provisions of all  Loan Documents are declared
to be severable.

     9.10     Nonliability of Lenders.  The relationship between the Borrower on
the one hand and the  Lenders  and the  Administrative  Agent on the other  hand
shall be solely that of borrower and lender.  None of the Administrative  Agent,
the  Arranger or any Lender  shall have any  fiduciary  responsibilities  to the
Borrower.  None  of  the  Administrative  Agent,  the  Arranger  or  any  Lender
undertakes any  responsibility  to the Borrower to review or inform the Borrower
of any  matter  in  connection  with any  phase of the  Borrower's  business  or
operations.  The  Borrower  agrees that none of the  Administrative  Agent,  the
Arranger or any Lender shall have liability to the Borrower (whether sounding in
tort,  contract or otherwise) for losses  suffered by the Borrower in connection
with,  arising out of, or in any way related to, the  transactions  contemplated
and the relationship  established by the Loan Documents, or any act, omission or
event  occurring in  connection  therewith,  unless it is  determined in a final
non-appealable  judgment by a court of competent  jurisdiction  that such losses
resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party from which
recovery is sought. None of the Administrative Agent, the Arranger or any Lender
shall have any  liability  with  respect  to, and the  Borrower  hereby  waives,
releases  and agrees not to sue for,  any  special,  indirect  or  consequential
damages suffered by the Borrower in connection  with,  arising out of, or in any
way related to the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby.

     9.11     Confidentiality.  Each  Lender agrees  to  hold  any  confidential
information which it may receive from the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement in
confidence,  except  for  disclosure  (i)  to  the  extent  permitted  by law or
regulation,  to its  Affiliates  and  to  other  Lenders  and  their  respective
Affiliates, (ii) to legal counsel,  accountants, and other professional advisors
to such Lender or to a Transferee,  (iii) to regulatory  officials,  (iv) to any
Person as required by law,  regulation,  or legal process,  (v) to any Person in
connection  with any legal  proceeding  to which  such  Lender is a party to the
extent required by law,  regulation or legal process,  (vi) permitted by Section
12.4, (vii) to rating agencies if required by such agencies in connection with a
rating relating to the Advances hereunder,  and (viii) to the extent required in
connection with the

                                      -49-

exercise of any remedy or any  enforcement of this  Agreement by  such Lender or
the Administrative Agent.

     9.12     Nonreliance.  Each Lender hereby represents that it is not relying
on or looking to any margin  stock (as defined in  Regulation  U of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System) for the repayment of the Loans provided
for herein.

     9.13     Disclosure.  The Borrower and  each Lender hereby (i)  acknowledge
and  agree  that  Bank One  and/or  its  Affiliates  from  time to time may hold
investments  in,  make  other  loans  to or have  other  relationships  with the
Borrower and its  Affiliates,  and (ii) waive any  liability of Bank One or such
Affiliate of Bank One to the Borrower or any Lender,  respectively,  arising out
of or  resulting  from  such  investments,  loans or  relationships  other  than
liabilities  arising out of the gross  negligence or willful  misconduct of Bank
One or its Affiliates.


                                    ARTICLE X

                            THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     10.1     Appointment; Nature of Relationship.  Bank One is hereby appointed
by each of the  Lenders as  the  Administrative  Agent hereunder  and under each
other  Loan  Document,  and  each  of  the  Lenders irrevocably  authorizes  the
Administrative Agent to act as the  contractual  representative  of  such Lender
with the rights and duties  expressly  set forth  herein  and in the other  Loan
Documents.  The  Administrative  Agent  agrees to  act as  Administrative  Agent
upon the  express conditions  contained in  this Article X.  Notwithstanding the
use of  the defined term  "Administrative  Agent," it  is  expressly  understood
and  agreed  that  the   Administrative  Agent  shall  not  have  any  fiduciary
responsibilities  to  any  Lender by reason of this  Agreement or any other Loan
Document  and  that  Administrative  Agent is merely  acting as the  contractual
representative  of  the  Lenders  with  only those duties as are  expressly  set
forth in this  Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents.   In  its  capacity  as
the  Administrative   Agent,  (i)  the Administrative  Agent does not assume any
fiduciary  duties  to  any  of  the Lenders, (ii) the Administrative  Agent is a
"representative"  of the Lenders within the meaning  of  Section  9-105  of  the
Uniform  Commercial  Code  and  (iii)  the Administrative  Agent is acting as an
independent  contractor,  the  rights and duties of  which are  limited to those
expressly  set forth in  this  Agreement and the other Loan  Documents.  Each of
the Lenders hereby agrees to assert no claim  against the  Administrative  Agent
on any agency  theory or any other  theory of  liability for breach of fiduciary
duty,  all of which claims each Lender hereby waives.

     10.2     Powers.  The Administrative Agent shall have and may exercise such
powers  under  the  Loan  Documents  as  are   specifically   delegated  to  the
Administrative Agent by the terms of each thereof,  together with such powers as
are reasonably  incidental thereto.  The Administrative Agent shall not have any
implied  duties to the  Lenders,  or any  obligation  to the Lenders to take any
action thereunder except any action specifically  provided by the Loan Documents
to be taken by the Administrative Agent.

                                      -50-

     10.3     General Immunity.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of the
Administrative Agent's directors,  officers, agents or employees shall be liable
to the Borrower, the Lenders or any Lender for any action taken or omitted to be
taken by it or them  hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in connection
herewith or therewith except to the extent such action or inaction is determined
in a final non-appealable  judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have
arisen from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Person.

    10.4      No   Responsibility   for  Loans,  Recitals,  etc.    Neither  the
Administrative Agent nor any of the Administrative Agent's directors,  officers,
agents or  employees  shall be  responsible  for or have any duty to  ascertain,
inquire into, or verify (a) any statement,  warranty or  representation  made in
connection  with  any  Loan  Document  or  any  borrowing  hereunder;   (b)  the
performance  or  observance of any of the covenants or agreements of any obligor
under any Loan  Document,  including,  without  limitation,  any agreement by an
obligor to furnish information  directly to each Lender; (c) the satisfaction of
any condition  specified in Article IV, except for the receipt of items required
to be delivered  solely to  Administrative  Agent; (d) the existence or possible
existence of any Default or Unmatured Default; (e) the validity, enforceability,
effectiveness,  sufficiency  or  genuineness  of any Loan  Document or any other
instrument or writing  furnished in connection  therewith;  or (f) the financial
condition  of  the  Borrower  or of  any of  the  Borrower's  Subsidiaries.  The
Administrative  Agent  shall  not  have  any  duty to  disclose  to the  Lenders
information  that  is  not  required  to be  furnished  by the  Borrower  to the
Administrative Agent at such time, but is voluntarily  furnished by the Borrower
to the Administrative  Agent (either in its capacity as the Administrative Agent
or in its individual capacity).

    10.5      Action on Instructions of Lenders.  The Administrative Agent shall
in  all  cases  be  fully  protected  in  acting, or in  refraining from acting,
hereunder  and  under  any  other  Loan  Document  in  accordance  with  written
instructions  signed  by  the  Required  Lenders (or,  when  expressly  required
hereunder,  all of the Lenders),  and such  instructions and any action taken or
failure  to  act  pursuant  thereto  shall  be  binding  on  all of the Lenders.
The  Lenders hereby  acknowledge that  the  Administrative  Agent  shall  not be
under  any  duty  to  take  any discretionary  action  permitted  to be taken by
it  pursuant to  the provisions of this  Agreement  or any other  Loan  Document
unless  it  shall  be  requested  in  writing to do so by the Required  Lenders.
Each  Administrative  Agent shall be fully  justified in  failing or refusing to
take any  action  hereunder  and  under any  other Loan Document unless it shall
first be indemnified to its  satisfaction by the Lenders  (ratably in accordance
with  their  respective  Pro Rata  Shares) against any and all  liability,  cost
and expense that it may incur by reason of taking or continuing to take any such
action. The  Administrative  Agent agrees, upon the request of any Lender at any
time an Unmatured  Default exists, to give a written  notice to the  Borrower of
the type  described  in Section  7.1.3 or 7.1.4.

     10.6     Employment  of  Agents  and Counsel.  The Administrative Agent may
execute  any of its duties as Administrative Agent hereunder and under any other
Loan  Document by or  through employees, agents, and attorneys-in-fact and shall
not be  answerable to the Lenders, except as to  money or securities received by
it or its authorized agents, for the default or

                                      -51-

misconduct  of  any  such  agents  or  attorneys-in-fact  selected  by  it  with
reasonable care. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to advice of counsel
concerning the contractual  arrangement between the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders  and  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  Administrative  Agent's  duties
hereunder and under any other Loan Document.

     10.7     Reliance on Documents; Counsel.  The Administrative Agent shall be
entitled to rely upon any Note, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter,
telegram,  statement, paper or document believed by it to be genuine and correct
and to have been signed or sent by the proper person or persons, and, in respect
to legal  matters,  upon the opinion of counsel  selected by the  Administrative
Agent, which counsel may be employees of the Administrative Agent.

     10.8     Administrative  Agent's  Reimbursement  and  Indemnification.  The
Lenders agree to reimburse and indemnify the  Administrative  Agent,  ratably in
accordance  with their  respective  Pro Rata  Shares,  (i) for any  amounts  not
reimbursed  by the  Borrower for which the  Administrative  Agent is entitled to
reimbursement  by the  Borrower  under  the Loan  Documents,  (ii) for any other
expenses  incurred  by the  Administrative  Agent on behalf of the  Lenders,  in
connection  with  the  preparation,   execution,  delivery,  administration  and
enforcement  of the  Loan  Documents  (including,  without  limitation,  for any
expenses  incurred by the  Administrative  Agent in connection  with any dispute
between  the  Administrative  Agent and any Lender or between two or more of the
Lenders) and (iii) for any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
actions,  judgments,  suits,  costs,  expenses or  disbursements of any kind and
nature  whatsoever  which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the
Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Loan Documents
or any other  document  delivered in  connection  therewith or the  transactions
contemplated  thereby  (including,  without  limitation,  for any  such  amounts
incurred by or asserted against the Administrative  Agent in connection with any
dispute between the  Administrative  Agent and any Lender or between two or more
of the Lenders), or the enforcement of any of the terms of the Loan Documents or
of any such other documents,  provided that (i) no Lender shall be liable to the
Administrative Agent for any of the foregoing to the extent any of the foregoing
is found in a final non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction
to have  resulted  from  the  gross  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  of the
Administrative  Agent and (ii) any indemnification  required pursuant to Section
3.5(vii) shall,  notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10.8, be paid by
the relevant Lender in accordance with the provisions  thereof.  The obligations
of the Lenders under this Section 10.8 shall survive  payment of the Obligations
and termination of this Agreement.

     10.9     Notice of Default.  The  Administrative  Agent  shall be deemed to
have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or  Unmatured  Default
hereunder  unless the  Administrative  Agent has received  written notice from a
Lender or the Borrower  referring to this Agreement  describing  such Default or
Unmatured Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default".  In the
event that the  Administrative  Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative
Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders.

     10.10    Rights as a Lender.  In the  event  the Administrative  Agent is a
Lender, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder
and under any other Loan

                                      -52-

Document  with  respect  to its  Commitment  and its Loans as any Lender and may
exercise the same as though it were not the  Administrative  Agent, and the term
"Lender" or  "Lenders"  shall,  at any time when the  Administrative  Agent is a
Lender, unless the context otherwise indicates, include the Administrative Agent
in its  individual  capacity.  The  Administrative  Agent and its Affiliates may
accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally  engage in any kind of trust,
debt,  equity or other  transaction,  in addition to those  contemplated by this
Agreement  or  any  other  Loan  Document,  with  the  Borrower  or  any  of its
Subsidiaries in which the Borrower or such  Subsidiary is not restricted  hereby
from engaging with any other Person. The Agent, in its individual  capacity,  is
not obligated to remain a Lender.

     10.11    Lender  Credit  Decision.  Each Lender  acknowledges  that it has,
independently and without reliance upon the  Administrative  Agent, the Arranger
or any  other  Lender  and based on the  financial  statements  prepared  by the
Borrower and such other documents and information as it has deemed  appropriate,
made its own credit  analysis and decision to enter into this  Agreement and the
other Loan Documents.  Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently
and without  reliance upon the  Administrative  Agent, the Arranger or any other
Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem  appropriate
at the time,  continue to make its own credit  decisions in taking or not taking
action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

     10.12    Successor  Administrative  Agent.  The  Administrative  Agent  may
resign  at any  time by  giving  written  notice  thereof to the Lenders and the
Borrower, such resignation to be effective upon the  appointment of  a successor
Administrative  Agent,  or,  if  no  successor  Administrative  Agent  has  been
appointed,  forty-five days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice
of its intention to resign. The Administrative  Agent may be removed at any time
with or without cause by written  notice  received by the  Administrative  Agent
from the Required Lenders, such removal to be effective on the date specified by
the Required  Lenders.  Upon any  resignation  or removal of the  Administrative
Agent, the Required Lenders shall have the right (with, so long as no Default or
Unmatured  Default  exists,  the  consent of the  Borrower,  which  shall not be
unreasonably  withheld) to appoint, on behalf of the Borrower and the Lenders, a
successor  Administrative Agent. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have
been so appointed by the Required Lenders within thirty days after the resigning
Administrative  Agent's  giving  notice of its  intention  to  resign,  then the
resigning  Administrative  Agent may appoint,  on behalf of the Borrower and the
Lenders,  a  successor   Administrative  Agent.   Notwithstanding  the  previous
sentence,  the  Administrative  Agent may at any time without the consent of any
Lender and with the consent of the Borrower,  not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed, appoint any of its Affiliates which is a commercial bank as a successor
Administrative Agent hereunder. If the Administrative Agent has resigned or been
removed and no successor  Administrative  Agent has been appointed,  the Lenders
may  perform  all the  duties  of the  Administrative  Agent  hereunder  and the
Borrower shall make all payments in respect of the Obligations to the applicable
Lender and for all other  purposes  shall deal  directly  with the  Lenders.  No
successor  Administrative  Agent shall be deemed to be appointed hereunder until
such  Administrative  Agent has accepted  the  appointment.  Any such  successor
Administrative  Agent shall be a  commercial  bank having  capital and  retained
earnings of at least $100,000,000. Upon the acceptance of any appointment

                                      -53-

as  Administrative  Agent hereunder by a successor  Administrative  Agent,  such
successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with
all the  rights,  powers,  privileges  and  duties of the  resigning  or removed
Administrative  Agent.  Upon the  effectiveness of the resignation or removal of
the Administrative Agent, the resigning or removed Administrative Agent shall be
discharged  from  its  duties  and  obligations  hereunder  and  under  the Loan
Documents.  After  the  effectiveness  of  the  resignation  or  removal  of the
Administrative  Agent, the provisions of this Article X shall continue in effect
for the benefit of the such Person in respect of any actions taken or omitted to
be taken by such  Person  while such Person was acting as  Administrative  Agent
hereunder  and under the other  Loan  Documents.  In the event  that  there is a
successor to the  Administrative  Agent by merger, or the  Administrative  Agent
assigns its duties and  obligations  to an  Affiliate  pursuant to this  Section
10.12, then the term "Prime Rate" as used in this Agreement shall mean the prime
rate, base rate or other analogous rate of the new Administrative Agent.

     10.13    Delegation to Affiliates.  The Borrower and the Lenders agree that
the Administrative  Agent may delegate any of its duties under this Agreement to
any of its  respective  Affiliates.  Any such  Affiliate  (and such  Affiliate's
directors,  officers,  agents and employees) which performs duties in connection
with  this   Agreement   shall  be  entitled   to  the  same   benefits  of  the
indemnification,   waiver  and  other   protective   provisions   to  which  the
Administrative Agent is entitled under Articles IX and X.

     10.14    Other  Agents.  No  Lender  identified  on the  cover  page or the
signature  pages of this  Agreement or  otherwise  herein,  or in any  amendment
hereof or other document related hereto, as being the "Syndication  Agent" shall
have any right, power, obligation, liability,  responsibility or duty under this
Agreement in such  capacity  other than those  applicable  to all Lenders.  Each
Lender  acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any Person so
identified  in deciding to enter into this  Agreement or in taking or refraining
from taking any action hereunder or pursuant hereto.



                                   ARTICLE XI

                            SETOFF; RATABLE PAYMENTS


     11.1     Setoff.  In addition to, and without limitation  of, any rights of
the Lenders under  applicable law, if the Borrower  becomes  insolvent,  however
evidenced,  or any Default occurs,  any and all deposits  (including all account
balances,  whether  provisional  or  final  and  whether  or  not  collected  or
available) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by any Lender or
any  Affiliate of any Lender to or for the credit or account of the Borrower may
be offset and  applied  toward  the  payment  of the  Obligations  owing to such
Lender, whether or not the Obligations, or any part thereof, shall then be due.

     11.2     Ratable  Payments.  If any Lender, whether by setoff or otherwise,
has payment made to it upon its Ratable Loans or its participation in Swing Line
Loans (other than payments

                                      -54-

received pursuant to Section 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 or 3.5) in a greater  proportion than
that received by any other Lender, such Lender agrees,  promptly upon demand, to
purchase a portion of the Loans (or  participations in Swing Line Loans) held by
the other Lenders so that after such purchase each Lender will hold its Pro Rata
Share of all Ratable  Loans (and  participations  in Swing Line  Loans).  If any
Lender,  whether in connection  with setoff or amounts which might be subject to
setoff or otherwise, receives collateral or other protection for its Obligations
or such amounts  which may be subject to setoff,  such Lender  agrees,  promptly
upon demand,  to take such action  necessary  such that all Lenders share in the
benefits of such collateral  ratably in proportion to their  respective Pro Rata
Shares.  In case any such payment is disturbed by legal  process,  or otherwise,
appropriate further adjustments shall be made.



                                   ARTICLE XII

                BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS


     12.1     Successors  and  Assigns.  The  terms and  provisions  of the Loan
Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower and the
Lenders  and  their  respective  successors  and  assigns,  except  that (i) the
Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights or obligations  under the
Loan  Documents and (ii) any assignment by any Lender must be made in compliance
with Section 12.3. The parties to this Agreement acknowledge that clause (ii) of
the  foregoing  sentence  relates  only to  absolute  assignments  and  does not
prohibit assignments creating security interests, including, without limitation,
any pledge or assignment by any Lender of all or any portion of its rights under
this  Agreement and any Note to a Federal  Reserve  Bank;  provided that no such
pledge or assignment  creating a security  interest shall release the transferor
Lender from its obligations  hereunder unless and until the parties thereto have
complied with the provisions of Section 12.3. The Administrative Agent may treat
the Person which made any Loan or which holds any Note as the owner  thereof for
all purposes  hereof  unless and until such Person  complies  with Section 12.3;
provided that the  Administrative  Agent may in its discretion (but shall not be
required  to) follow  instructions  from the Person which made any Loan or which
holds  any Note to direct  payments  relating  to such  Loan or Note to  another
Person.  Any assignee of the rights to any Loan or any Note agrees by acceptance
of such  assignment  to be bound by all the  terms  and  provisions  of the Loan
Documents.  Any request,  authority or consent of any Person, who at the time of
making  such  request or giving  such  authority  or consent is the owner of the
rights to any Loan (whether or not a Note has been issued in evidence  thereof),
shall be  conclusive  and  binding on any  subsequent  holder or assignee of the
rights to such Loan.

     12.2     Participations.

     12.2.1   Permitted  Participants;  Effect.  Any Lender may, in the ordinary
course of its business and in accordance  with  applicable law, at any time sell
to one or more banks or other entities ("Participants")  participating interests
in any Loan owing to such Lender,  any Note held by such Lender,  any Commitment
of such Lender or any other interest of such Lender under the

                                      -55-

Loan  Documents.  In the  event of any such  sale by a Lender  of  participating
interests to a Participant,  such Lender's  obligations under the Loan Documents
shall remain unchanged, such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other
parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, such Lender shall remain
the  owner of its  Loans and the  holder  of any Note  issued to it in  evidence
thereof for all purposes under the Loan  Documents,  all amounts  payable by the
Borrower under this Agreement  (including under Article III) shall be determined
as if such Lender had not sold such  participating  interests,  and the Borrower
and the  Administrative  Agent shall  continue to deal solely and directly  with
such Lender in connection with such Lender's  rights and  obligations  under the
Loan Documents.

     12.2.2   Voting  Rights.  Each  Lender  shall   retain  the  sole  right to
approve, without the consent of any Participant, any amendment,  modification or
waiver  of any  provision  of the  Loan  Documents  other  than  any  amendment,
modification  or waiver  with  respect to any Loan or  Commitment  in which such
Participant  has an  interest  which  forgives  principal,  interest  or fees or
reduces  the  interest  rate or fees  payable  with  respect to any such Loan or
Commitment,  extends  the  Termination  Date,  postpones  any date fixed for any
regularly  scheduled  payment of principal  of, or interest or fees on, any such
Loan or  Commitment  or releases any Guarantor  from its  obligations  under the
Subsidiary Guaranty (except as provided in Section 8.4).

     12.3     Assignments.

     12.3.1   Permitted  Assignments.  Any Lender may, in the ordinary course of
its business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time assign to one or
more banks or other  entities  ("Purchasers")  all or any part of its rights and
obligations under the Loan Documents.  Such assignment shall be substantially in
the form of Exhibit C or in such  other form as may be agreed to by the  parties
thereto.  The  consents of the  Borrower  and the  Administrative  Agent  (which
consents shall not be unreasonably  withheld or delayed by any such party) shall
be  required  prior  to an  assignment  becoming  effective  with  respect  to a
Purchaser  which is not a Lender or an  Affiliate  thereof;  provided  that if a
Default has occurred and is continuing, the consent of the Borrower shall not be
required; provided, further, that no assignment shall be permitted if, as of the
date  thereof,  any  event or  circumstance  exists  which  would  result in the
Borrower being  obligated to pay any greater  amount  hereunder to the Purchaser
than the  Borrower  is  obligated  to pay to the  assigning  Lender.  Each  such
assignment  with  respect to a Purchaser  which is not a Lender or an  Affiliate
thereof  shall  (unless  each  of the  Borrower  and  the  Administrative  Agent
otherwise  consents) be in an amount not less than the lesser of (i)  $5,000,000
or (ii) the remaining amount of the assigning Lender's Commitment (calculated as
at the date of such assignment) or outstanding  Ratable Loans and participations
in Swing Line Loans (if the Commitments has been terminated).

     12.3.2   Effect; Effective  Date.  Upon (i) delivery to the  Administrative
Agent of an assignment,  together with any consents  required by Section 12.3.1,
and (ii) payment of a $4,000 fee to the Administrative Agent for processing such
assignment  (unless  such  fee is  waived  by the  Administrative  Agent),  such
assignment  shall  become  effective  on the  effective  date  specified in such
assignment.  The assignment shall contain a  representation  by the Purchaser to
the effect

                                      -56-

that none of the  consideration  used to make the purchase of the Commitment and
Loans under the applicable  assignment  agreement  constitutes  "plan assets" as
defined  under ERISA and that the rights and  interests of the  Purchaser in and
under the Loan Documents will not be "plan assets" under ERISA. On and after the
effective date of such  assignment,  such Purchaser  shall for all purposes be a
Lender party to this  Agreement  and any other Loan  Document  executed by or on
behalf of the Lenders and shall have all the rights and  obligations of a Lender
under the Loan  Documents,  to the same extent as if it were an  original  party
hereto,  and no further  consent or action by the  Borrower,  the Lenders or the
Administrative  Agent shall be required  to release the  transferor  Lender with
respect to the percentage of the Aggregate Commitment and Loans assigned to such
Purchaser.  Upon the  consummation of any assignment to a Purchaser  pursuant to
this Section 12.3.2, the transferor  Lender,  the  Administrative  Agent and the
Borrower shall, if the transferor Lender or the Purchaser desires that its Loans
be evidenced by Notes,  make  appropriate  arrangements so that new Notes or, as
appropriate,  replacement  Notes are  issued to such  transferor  Lender and new
Notes or, as appropriate,  replacement  Notes, are issued to such Purchaser,  in
each case in principal  amounts  reflecting  their  respective  Commitments,  as
adjusted pursuant to such assignment.

     12.4     Dissemination of Information.  The Borrower authorizes each Lender
to disclose to any  Participant  or Purchaser  or any other Person  acquiring an
interest in the Loan Documents by operation of law (each a "Transferee") and any
prospective  Transferee  any and all  information  in such  Lender's  possession
concerning the creditworthiness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,  including
without limitation any information contained in any Reports;  provided that each
Transferee and prospective Transferee agrees to be bound by Section 9.11 of this
Agreement.

     12.5     Tax Treatment. If any interest in any Loan Document is transferred
to any Transferee  which is organized under the laws of any  jurisdiction  other
than the United States or any State thereof,  the transferor  Lender shall cause
such Transferee, concurrently with the effectiveness of such transfer, to comply
with the provisions of Section 3.5(iv) and the Borrower shall not be required to
indemnify such Transferee  pursuant to Section 3.5 hereof for any Taxes withheld
as a result of the failure of the Transferee to so comply.



                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                     NOTICES


     13.1     Notices.  Except as  otherwise  permitted  by  Section  2.15  with
respect to borrowing  notices, all notices, requests and other communications to
any party hereunder shall be  in  writing  (including  electronic  transmission,
facsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to such party: (x)
in the case of the  Borrower  or the  Administrative  Agent,  at its  address or
facsimile number set forth on the signature pages hereof, (y) in the case of any
Lender,  at its  address or  facsimile  number  set forth in its  administrative
questionnaire  or (z) in the  case  of any  party,  at  such  other  address  or
facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the

                                      -57-

purpose by notice to the  Administrative  Agent and the  Borrower in  accordance
with the  provisions  of this Section 13.1.  Each such notice,  request or other
communication  shall be effective (i) if given by facsimile  transmission,  when
transmitted  to  the  facsimile  number  specified  in  this  Section  13.1  and
confirmation of receipt is received,  or (ii) if given by any other means,  when
delivered (or, in the case of electronic transmission,  received) at the address
specified  in this Section  13.1;  provided  that notices to the  Administrative
Agent under Article II shall not be effective until received.

     13.2     Change of Address.  The Borrower, the Administrative Agent and any
Lender may each  change the address for service of notice upon it by a notice in
writing to the other parties hereto.


                                   ARTICLE XIV

                                  COUNTERPARTS

     This  Agreement  may be executed in  any  number of  counterparts,  all  of
which taken  together shall  constitute  one  agreement,  and any of the parties
hereto  may  execute  this  Agreement  by  signing  any such  counterpart.  This
Agreement  shall be effective  when it has been  executed by the  Borrower,  the
Administrative   Agent  and  the  Lenders  and  each  party  has   notified  the
Administrative  Agent by facsimile  transmission  or telephone that it has taken
such action.


                                   ARTICLE XV

                     CHOICE OF LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION;
                   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; MAXIMUM INTEREST RATE

     15.1     CHOICE OF LAW. THE LOAN  DOCUMENTS  (OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINING A
CONTRARY  EXPRESS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISION) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE INTERNAL LAWS (INCLUDING,  WITHOUT  LIMITATION,  735 ILCS SECTION 105/5-1 ET
SEQ, BUT OTHERWISE  WITHOUT  REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS  PROVISIONS)  OF THE
STATE OF  ILLINOIS,  BUT GIVING  EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS  APPLICABLE  TO NATIONAL
BANKS.

     15.2     CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.  THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY  SUBMITS
TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR ILLINOIS STATE
COURT SITTING IN CHICAGO, ILLINOIS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE BORROWER HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  AGREES THAT
ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING  MAY BE HEARD AND  DETERMINED
IN ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY

                                      -58-

WAIVES ANY  OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR  HEREAFTER  HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH
SUIT,  ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  BROUGHT  IN SUCH A COURT OR THAT SUCH  COURT IS AN
INCONVENIENT  FORUM.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE
AGENT OR ANY LENDER TO BRING  PROCEEDINGS  AGAINST THE BORROWER IN THE COURTS OF
ANY OTHER  JURISDICTION.  ANY JUDICIAL  PROCEEDING  BY THE BORROWER  AGAINST THE
ADMINISTRATIVE  AGENT OR ANY LENDER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
OR ANY LENDER INVOLVING,  DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY,  ANY MATTER IN ANY WAY ARISING
OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH ANY LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT ONLY IN
A COURT IN CHICAGO, ILLINOIS.

     15.3     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE BORROWER, THE  ADMINISTRATIVE  AGENT AND
EACH LENDER  HEREBY  WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL  PROCEEDING  INVOLVING,
DIRECTLY  OR  INDIRECTLY,  ANY MATTER  (WHETHER  SOUNDING  IN TORT,  CONTRACT OR
OTHERWISE)  IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF,  RELATED TO, OR  CONNECTED  WITH ANY LOAN
DOCUMENT OR THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED THEREUNDER.

     15.4     Maximum  Interest Rate. No provision of the Loan  Documents  shall
require  the  payment  or permit the  collection  of  interest  in excess of the
maximum  permitted by applicable law ("Maximum Rate"). If any interest in excess
of the Maximum Rate is provided for or shall be  adjudicated  to be provided for
in the Notes or otherwise in connection with this  Agreement,  the provisions of
this  Section  15.4 shall  govern and prevail and neither the  Borrower  nor the
sureties,  guarantors,  successors or assigns of the Borrower shall be obligated
to pay the excess  amount of the  interest or any other  excess sum paid for the
use,  forbearance,  or detention of sums loaned. In the event the Administrative
Agent or any Lender ever receives, collects or applies as interest any amount in
excess of the Maximum Rate,  the amount by which such amount exceeds the Maximum
Rate  shall  be  applied  as  a  payment  and  reduction  of  the  principal  of
indebtedness  evidenced by the Loans,  and, if the principal amount of the Loans
has been paid in full,  any  remaining  excess  shall  forthwith  be paid to the
Borrower.

                                      -59-

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower,  the  Lenders,  the  Administrative Agent
and the  Syndication  Agent have  executed  this  Agreement as of the date first
above written.

                                       SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY


                                       By:_____________________________________
                                              Executive Vice President and
                                                 Chief Financial Officer


                                       2350 N. Sam Houston Parkway East
                                       Suite 300
                                       Houston, Texas 77032
                                       Attention:   Greg Kerley
                                       Fax:         281-618-4757

                                      S-1

                                       BANK ONE, NA,
                                       Individually and as Administrative Agent


                                       By:_____________________________________
                                          Title:_______________________________

                                       1 Bank One Plaza
                                       Chicago, Illinois 60670
                                       Attention:   Madeleine Pember
                                       Fax:         312-732-9727

                                      S-2

                                       ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
                                       Individually and as Syndication Agent


                                       By:_____________________________________
                                          Title:_______________________________


                                       Royal Bank of Canada
                                       2800 Post Oak Boulevard
                                       Suite 5700
                                       Houston, Texas 77056
                                       Attention:   Jason York
                                       Fax:         713-403-5624

                                      S-3

                                       FLEET NATIONAL BANK




                                       By:_____________________________________
                                          Title:_______________________________


                                       Mail Stop: MA DE 10008D
                                       100 Federal Street
                                       Boston, MA 02110
                                       Attention:   Stephen Hoffman
                                       Fax:         617-434-3652

                                      S-4

                                       WELLS FARGO BANK TEXAS, N.A.



                                       By:_____________________________________
                                          Title:_______________________________


                                       Wells Fargo Bank Texas, N.A.
                                       1000 Louisiana St.
                                       3rd Floor
                                       Houston, TX 77002
                                       Attention:   Alan Smith
                                       Fax:         713-739-1087

                                      S-5

                                       COMPASS BANK



                                       By:_____________________________________
                                          Title:_______________________________


                                       Compass Bank
                                       24 Greenway Plaza
                                       Suite 1400A
                                       Houston, TX 77046
                                       Attention:   Dorothy Marchand
                                       Fax:         713-968-8292

                                      S-6

                                       HIBERNIA NATIONAL BANK



                                       By:_____________________________________
                                          Title:_______________________________


                                       Hibernia National Bank
                                       213 W. Vermilion St.
                                       2nd Floor
                                       Lafayette, Louisiana 70501
                                       Attention:   David R. Reid
                                       Fax:         337-268-4566

                                      S-7




           Lender                          Amount of Commitment
       ============================        =====================
                                        
       Bank One, NA                        $ 55,000,000
       Royal Bank of Canada                $ 40,000,000
       Fleet National Bank                 $ 25,000,000
       Wells Fargo Bank Texas, N.A.        $ 15,000,000
       Compass Bank                        $ 15,000,000
       Hibernia National Bank              $ 10,000,000

       Aggregate Commitment                $160,000,000


                                   SCHEDULE 1B
                                PRICING SCHEDULE



                            LEVEL I   LEVEL II   LEVEL III   LEVEL IV   LEVEL V
                            STATUS     STATUS     STATUS      STATUS     STATUS
                            -------   --------   ---------   --------   -------
                                                         
Commitment Fee Rate            17.5       20.0        25.0       30.0      30.0
  (basis points)

Applicable Margin              87.5      137.5       150.0      175.0     250.0
for Eurodollar Rate
  (basis points)

Applicable Margin               0.0        0.0         0.0       25.0     100.0
for Floating Rate
 (basis points)


     For the purposes of this Schedule,  the following  terms have the following
meanings, subject to the final paragraph of this Schedule:

     "Level I  Status"  exists  at any date if,  on such  date,  the  Borrower's
Moody's Rating is Baa1 or better or the Borrower's S&P Rating is BBB+ or better.

     "Level II Status" exists at any date if, on such date, (i) the Borrower has
not qualified for Level I Status and (ii) the Borrower's  Moody's Rating is Baa2
or better or the Borrower's S&P Rating is BBB or better.

     "Level III Status"  exists at any date if, on such date,  (i) the  Borrower
has not qualified for Level I Status or Level II Status and (ii) the  Borrower's
Moody's Rating is Baa3 or better or the Borrower's S&P Rating is BBB- or better.

     "Level IV Status" exists at any date if, on such date, (i) the Borrower has
not  qualified for Level I Status , Level II Status or Level III Status and (ii)
the  Borrower's  Moody's Rating is Ba1 or better or the Borrower's S&P Rating is
BB+ or better.

     "Level V Status"  exists at any date if, on such date, the Borrower has not
qualified  for Level I Status,  Level II Status,  Level III Status , or Level IV
Status.

     "Moody's Rating" means, at any time, the rating issued by Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. and then in effect with respect to the Borrower's senior unsecured
long-term public debt securities without third-party credit enhancement.

     "S&P Rating"  means,  at any time, the rating issued by Standard and Poor's
Rating  Services,  a division of The McGraw Hill  Companies,  Inc.,  and then in
effect with respect to the


Borrower's senior unsecured long-term public debt securities without third-party
credit enhancement.

     "Status" means Level I Status,  Level II Status, Level III Status, Level IV
Status or Level V Status.

     The  Applicable  Margin  and  Commitment  Fee Rate shall be  determined  in
accordance with the foregoing table based on the Borrower's Status as determined
from its  then-current  Moody's and S&P Ratings.  The credit rating in effect on
any date for the  purposes  of this  Schedule  is that in effect at the close of
business on such date.  If at any time the Borrower has no Moody's  Rating or no
S&P Rating, Level V Status shall exist.

     If the Borrower is split-rated  and the ratings  differential is one level,
the higher  rating will apply.  If the Borrower is  split-rated  and the ratings
differential is two levels or more, the intermediate rating at the midpoint will
apply. If there is no midpoint,  the higher of the two intermediate ratings will
apply.


                                 SCHEDULE 2.8(a)
                              EXCLUDED ASSET SALES


A.W. Realty Sale
An undivided 2/3 interest in Lot1-B of Vantage  Square,  a Joint  Venture,  or a
portion  of Lot 1-B yet to be  determined.  Lot 1-B  containing  5.86  acres  is
located in the  northeast  quarter  of the  northeast  quarter  of  Section  26,
Township 17 north,  range 30 west of Washington  County,  Arkansas.  Anticipated
sales proceeds of approximately $1.2 million.



                                 SCHEDULE 2.8(b)
                              ASSETS TO BE SWAPPED

Southwestern  Energy Production  Company's working interest in approximately 250
oil and gas producing  properties in the Anadarko Basin of Oklahoma.  Properties
would be  anticipated  to be sold at a price  ranging  from $20  million  to $30
million.



                                  SCHEDULE 5.4
                                  SUBSIDIARIES


Arkansas Western Gas Company

Southwestern Energy Production Company

Southwestern Energy Pipeline Company

SEECO, Inc.

A.W. Realty Company

Southwestern Energy Services Company

Diamond M Production Company

All of the above are 100% wholly-owned by the Company and are Arkansas
corporations.

Arkansas Gas Gathering Company, an Arkansas corporation, is 100% wholly-owned by
SEECO, Inc.

Overton  Partners,   LLC,  an  Arkansas  limited  liability  company,   is  100%
wholly-owned by Southwestern Energy Production Company.


                                  SCHEDULE 5.13
                                   LITIGATION


On August 25, 2000,  a class action suit was filed  against the Borrower and its
subsidiaries in Sebastian County,  Arkansas, on behalf of all mineral owners who
own or owned a royalty and/or overriding  royalty interest in oil and gas leases
or other  agreements  in certain  sections of  Franklin  County,  Arkansas.  The
Borrower was granted authority in 1968 by the Arkansas Oil and Gas Commission to
operate a gas storage  facility in one  section of Franklin  County.  Based upon
subsequently  developed geological data, the Borrower sought authority to expand
this area and was granted  authority by the Arkansas Oil and Gas  Commission  to
operate gas storage in  additional  sections.  Plaintiffs  are  challenging  the
storage  agreements that the Borrower  obtained from the mineral interest owners
in 1968, 1999 and 2000 to operate the gas storage  facility known as "Stockton."
Plaintiffs allege various wrongful,  intentional and fraudulent acts relating to
the  operation  of the storage  pool  beginning  in 1968 and  continuing  to the
present and allege that the above-referenced  agreements from the mineral owners
were obtained  through  misrepresentation  and fraud. The Borrower has owned and
operated  the Stockton  storage  unit  through its Arkansas  Western Gas Company
subsidiary  until  1994,  at which time it was  transferred  to its  subsidiary,
SEECO,  Inc.  Plaintiffs claim ownership rights in the gas that the Borrower has
stored in the  storage  pool in an amount  in  excess  of $5  million  in actual
damages,  interest,  attorney's fees and punitive damages.  The Borrower and its
outside  counsel believe that this action is without merit and does not meet the
requirements for a class action.  The Borrower believes that plaintiffs claim to
the storage gas, which the Borrower has injected into the storage facility,  has
no merit and is not  supported by the Arkansas gas storage  statute  under which
the Borrower  operates  this  facility.  While the amount of this claim could be
significant,  management believes, based upon its investigation, that this claim
is without merit and that the Borrower's ultimate liability, if any, will not be
material to its consolidated  financial position, but in any one period it could
be significant to its results of operations.


                                  SCHEDULE 5.19
                                NEGATIVE PLEDGES


     Listed  below  are  all  of  the  documents   evidencing   Indebtedness  of
Southwestern  Energy Company and its Subsidiaries  which contain  limitations on
the creation, incurrence, or assumption of Liens on any of their properties.

     Indenture dated as of December 1, 1995,  between the Borrower and Bank One,
     NA (then known as The First National Bank of Chicago), as Trustee.


                                  SCHEDULE 6.2
                                    INSURANCE


     1.  Property  "all  risk"  insurance  including   earthquake  coverage  for
         buildings, personal property, equipment and inventory. Minimum limit of
         $15,000,000.

     2.  Workers'  Compensation  with Statutory Limits and Employer's  Liability
         with  $1,000,000  per  accident or  occupational  disease  covering all
         employees  in  compliance  with the  laws of the  States  of  Arkansas,
         Oklahoma,  New Mexico and Texas.  Such  policy is  endorsed  to provide
         United States  Longshoremen's  & Harbor Workers'  Compensation  Act and
         Maritime Coverages.

     3.  Comprehensive  General Liability Insurance with bodily injury and death
         limits  of  $1,000,000  for  injury  to or  death  of  one  person  and
         $2,000,000  for the  death or  injury  of more  than one  person in one
         occurrence   and  property   damage  limits  of  $1,000,000   for  each
         occurrence.

     4.  Automobile Public Liability  Insurance  covering bodily injury or death
         and property  damage of at least  $1,000,000 per  occurrence,  combined
         single limit.

     5.  Control of Well Coverage  with  $10,000,000  combined  single limit for
         operator's     extra     expense/care,     custody     and     control;
         redrilling/recompletion; and seepage, pollution and containment.

     6.  Umbrella   Liability   Insurance   with  minimum  limits  of  at  least
         $30,000,000  to apply in  excess  of the  primary  limits  of the above
         stated policies.


                                    EXHIBIT A

                            FORM OF BORROWING NOTICE


Reference  is made to the Credit  Agreement  dated as of July 12,  2001 (as from
time to time amended,  the "Agreement")  among Southwestern  Energy Company,  an
Arkansas corporation (the "Borrower"),  various financial institutions, and Bank
One, NA, as Administrative Agent (the "Administrative Agent"). Capitalized terms
used but not defined herein have the respective  meanings given to such terms in
the Agreement.  Pursuant to the Agreement,  the Borrower hereby requests that an
Advance  in the  amount of  $_________  to be made on  ____________,  ____.  The
Borrower  requests  that the Advance to be made  hereunder  shall be [a Floating
Rate  Advance] [a  Eurodollar  Advance]  [and shall have an  Interest  Period of
_______________.]

         The Borrower certifies that:

        (a)  The  representations  and  warranties  of the Borrower set forth in
Article V of the  Agreement  are true and correct on and as of the date  hereof,
with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made
on and as of the date  hereof or, if such  representations  and  warranties  are
expressly limited to particular dates, as of such particular dates.

        (b)  No Default or  Unmatured  Default  exists or will  result  from the
Borrower's  receipt and  application  of the  proceeds of the Advance  requested
hereby.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed as of _________, ____.


                                       SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY


                                       By:________________________________
                                       Name:______________________________
                                       Title:_____________________________


                                    EXHIBIT B
                                 FORM OF OPINION


                                                                  July 12, 2001


The Administrative Agent and the Lenders who are parties to the Credit Agreement
described below.


Gentlemen/Ladies:


     I am counsel for  Southwestern  Energy Company (the  "Borrower"),  and have
represented the Borrower and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on Schedule
1 (the  "Guarantors")  in connection with its execution and delivery of a Credit
Agreement dated as of July 12, 2001 (the  "Agreement")  among the Borrower,  the
Lenders named therein, and Bank One, NA, as Administrative  Agent, and providing
for Advances in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding  $160,000,000 at any
one  time  outstanding.  All  capitalized  terms  used in this  opinion  and not
otherwise  defined  herein  shall have the  meanings  attributed  to them in the
Agreement.

     I  have  examined  the   Borrower's   and  each   Guarantor's   **[describe
constitutive  documents of Borrower and Guarantors and  appropriate  evidence of
authority to enter into the  transaction]**,  the Loan  Documents and such other
matters of fact and law which we deem necessary in order to render this opinion.
Based upon the foregoing, it is our opinion that:

     l.  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is a corporation, partnership
or limited liability company duly and properly incorporated or organized, as the
case may be,  validly  existing and (to the extent such concept  applies to such
entity) in good standing under the laws of its  jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization  and has all  requisite  authority  to conduct its business in each
jurisdiction in which its business is conducted.

     2.  The  execution  and delivery by the  Borrower and each Guarantor of the
Loan  Documents to which it is a party and the  performance  by the Borrower and
each Guarantor of its obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by proper
corporate or limited liability  company  proceedings on the part of the Borrower
and each Guarantor and will not:

             (a) require  any  consent  of  the  Borrower's  or any  Guarantor's
        shareholders or members (other than any such consent as has already been
        given and remains in full force and effect);

             (b) violate (i) any law, rule,  regulation,  order, writ, judgment,
        injunction,  decree  or  award  binding  on the  Borrower  or any of its
        Subsidiaries  or (ii) the  Borrower's


        or any Subsidiary's  articles or certificate of incorporation,  articles
        or certificate of organization, bylaws, or operating or other management
        agreement, as the case may be, or (iii) the provisions of any indenture,
        instrument or agreement to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
        is a party or is subject, or by which it, or its Property,  is bound, or
        conflict with or constitute a default thereunder; or

             (c) result in, or require,  the creation or  imposition of any Lien
        in, of or on the Property of the  Borrower or a  Subsidiary  pursuant to
        the terms of any  indenture,  instrument  or agreement  binding upon the
        Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

     3.  The Loan Documents  to which the  Borrower or any  Guarantor is a party
have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower or such Guarantor,  as the
case may be, and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower
enforceable  against  the  Borrower  or such  Guarantor,  as the case may be, in
accordance with their terms except to the extent the enforcement  thereof may be
limited by bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar laws affecting the  enforcement of
creditors'  rights  generally and subject also to the  availability of equitable
remedies if equitable remedies are sought.

     4.  Except for the  litigation  disclosed in  Borrower's  Form 10-K for the
year ended  December  31, 2000 and  updated in the  Borrower's  most recent Form
10-Q, there  is  no   litigation,   arbitration,   governmental   investigation,
proceeding  or  inquiry  pending  or,  to the  best of  our knowledge  after due
inquiry,  threatened  against the  Borrower or  any of  its  Subsidiaries which,
if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

     5.  No order, consent, adjudication,  approval, license,  authorization, or
validation of, or filing,  recording or  registration  with, or exemption by, or
other action in respect of any governmental or public body or authority,  or any
subdivision  thereof,  which has not been obtained by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries,  is  required  to be  obtained  by  the  Borrower  or  any  of its
Subsidiaries  in  connection  with  the  execution  and  delivery  of  the  Loan
Documents,  the borrowings  under the Agreement,  the payment and performance by
the Borrower of the Obligations,  or the legality,  validity,  binding effect or
enforceability of any of the Loan Documents.

     This opinion may be relied upon by the  Administrative  Agent,  the Lenders
and their participants, assignees and other transferees.

                                                      Very truly yours,


                                    EXHIBIT C

                              ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

     This  Assignment  Agreement  (this  "Assignment  Agreement")  between  (the
"Assignor")  and (the  "Assignee")  is dated as of , 20___.  The parties  hereto
agree as follows:

     1.  PRELIMINARY  STATEMENT.  The Assignor is a party to a Credit  Agreement
(which, as it may be amended, modified, renewed or extended from time to time is
herein called the "Credit Agreement") described in Item 1 of Schedule 1 attached
hereto  ("Schedule 1").  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined
herein shall have the meanings attributed to them in the Credit Agreement.

     2.  ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION. The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the
Assignee,  and the Assignee hereby  purchases and assumes from the Assignor,  an
interest  in and to the  Assignor's  rights  and  obligations  under the  Credit
Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents,  such that after giving effect to such
assignment  the  Assignee  shall  have  purchased  pursuant  to this  Assignment
Agreement  the  percentage  interest  specified  in Item 3 of  Schedule 1 of all
outstanding rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents  relating  to the  facilities  listed  in Item 3 of  Schedule  1.  The
aggregate  Commitment  (or  Loans,  if the  Commitments  have  been  terminated)
purchased by the Assignee hereunder is set forth in Item 4 of Schedule 1.

     3.  EFFECTIVE DATE. The effective  date of this  Assignment  Agreement (the
"Effective Date") shall be the later of the date specified in Item 5 of Schedule
1 or two Business Days (or such shorter  period agreed to by the  Administrative
Agent) after this  Assignment  Agreement,  together  with any consents  required
under the Credit  Agreement,  are delivered to the  Administrative  Agent. In no
event will the Effective  Date occur if the payments  required to be made by the
Assignee to the  Assignor  on the  Effective  Date are not made on the  proposed
Effective Date.

     4.  PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS.  In  consideration  for the sale and assignment of
Loans hereunder, the Assignee shall pay the Assignor, on the Effective Date, the
amount  agreed to by the Assignor and the  Assignee.  On and after the Effective
Date,  the Assignee shall be entitled to receive from the  Administrative  Agent
all  payments  of  principal,  interest  and fees with  respect to the  interest
assigned  hereby.  The Assignee will promptly remit to the Assignor any interest
on Loans and fees  received  from the  Administrative  Agent which relate to the
portion of the  Commitment  or Loans  assigned  to the  Assignee  hereunder  for
periods prior to the Effective Date and not  previously  paid by the Assignee to
the  Assignor.  In the event that either  party  hereto  receives any payment to
which the other party hereto is entitled under this Assignment  Agreement,  then
the party  receiving  such  amount  shall  promptly  remit it to the other party
hereto.


     5.  RECORDATION FEE.  The Assignor and Assignee each agree to  pay one-half
of the recordation fee required  to be  paid  to  the  Administrative  Agent  in
connection with this Assignment  Agreement unless otherwise  specified in Item 6
of Schedule 1.

     6.  REPRESENTATIONS  OF  THE  ASSIGNOR;   LIMITATIONS  ON   THE  ASSIGNOR'S
LIABILITY.  The Assignor  represents  and warrants  that (i) it is the legal and
beneficial  owner of the  interest  being  assigned by it  hereunder,  (ii) such
interest  is free and clear of any adverse  claim  created by the  Assignor  and
(iii) the execution and delivery of this Assignment Agreement by the Assignor is
duly authorized.  It is understood and agreed that the assignment and assumption
hereunder are made without  recourse to the Assignor and that the Assignor makes
no other  representation  or warranty of any kind to the  Assignee.  Neither the
Assignor  nor any of its  officers,  directors,  employees,  agents or attorneys
shall  be   responsible   for  (i)  the  due  execution,   legality,   validity,
enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or collectability of any Loan Document,
including  without  limitation,  documents  granting  the Assignor and the other
Lenders a security interest in assets of the Borrower or any guarantor, (ii) any
representation,  warranty or statement made in or in connection  with any of the
Loan  Documents,  (iii)  the  financial  condition  or  creditworthiness  of the
Borrower or any guarantor, (iv) the performance of or compliance with any of the
terms or  provisions of any of the Loan  Documents,  (v)  inspecting  any of the
property,  books or records of the Borrower, (vi) the validity,  enforceability,
perfection, priority, condition, value or sufficiency of any collateral securing
or  purporting to secure the Loans or (vii) any mistake,  error of judgment,  or
action  taken or  omitted to be taken in  connection  with the Loans or the Loan
Documents.

     7.  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  UNDERTAKINGS  OF THE  ASSIGNEE.  The Assignee (i)
confirms  that it has  received a copy of the Credit  Agreement,  together  with
copies of the  financial  statements  requested  by the  Assignee and such other
documents and  information  as it has deemed  appropriate to make its own credit
analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment Agreement,  (ii) agrees that
it will,  independently and without reliance upon the Administrative  Agent, the
Assignor or any other Lender and based on such  documents and  information at it
shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in
taking  or not  taking  action  under the Loan  Documents,  (iii)  appoints  and
authorizes the  Administrative  Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf
and to exercise  such powers under the Loan  Documents  as are  delegated to the
Administrative  Agent by the terms  thereof,  together  with such  powers as are
reasonably  incidental thereto, (iv) confirms that the execution and delivery of
this Assignment Agreement by the Assignee is duly authorized, (v) agrees that it
will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations  which by the
terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender, (vi)
agrees that its payment instructions and notice instructions are as set forth in
the  attachment to Schedule 1, (vii)  confirms  that none of the funds,  monies,
assets or other  consideration  being used to make the purchase  and  assumption
hereunder are "plan assets" as defined under ERISA and that its rights, benefits
and  interests in and under the Loan  Documents  will not be "plan assets" under
ERISA,  (viii)  agrees to indemnify and hold the Assignor  harmless  against all
losses, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys'
fees) and liabilities  incurred by the Assignor in connection with or arising in
any manner from the Assignee's  nonperformance of the

                                       2

obligations  assumed under  this  Assignment Agreement, and (ix) if  applicable,
attaches the forms prescribed by the  Internal  Revenue  Service  of the  United
States  certifying  that the Assignee  is  entitled  to receive  payments  under
the Loan Documents without deduction or withholding of any United States federal
income taxes.

     8.  GOVERNING  LAW.  This  Assignment  Agreement  shall be  governed by the
internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Illinois.

     9.  NOTICES.  Notices shall be given under this Assignment Agreement in the
manner set forth in the Credit Agreement.  For the purpose hereof, the addresses
of the  parties  hereto  (until  notice of a change is  delivered)  shall be the
address set forth in the attachment to Schedule 1.

     10. COUNTERPARTS;  DELIVERY BY FACSIMILE.  This Assignment Agreement may be
executed in counterparts.  Transmission by facsimile of an executed  counterpart
of this  Assignment  Agreement  shall be deemed to constitute due and sufficient
delivery  of such  counterpart  and  such  facsimile  shall be  deemed  to be an
original counterpart of this Assignment Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized officers of the parties hereto have
executed this Assignment Agreement by executing Schedule 1 hereto as of the date
first above written.

                                       3

                                   SCHEDULE 1
                             to Assignment Agreement

     1. Description and Date of Credit Agreement:

         Credit  Agreement dated as of July 12, 2001 among  Southwestern  Energy
         Company,  the lenders  named therein  including the Assignor,  and Bank
         One, NA individually and as Administrative Agent for such lender, as it
         may be amended from time to time.

     2. Date of Assignment Agreement: __________, 20__

     3. Amounts (As of Date of Item 2 above):

     a. Assignee's percentage
        of Aggregate Commitment
        (Advances) purchased
        under the Assignment
        Agreement**               ____%

     b. Amount of
        Assignor's Commitment
        purchased
        under the Assignment
        Agreement**               $____

     4. Assignee's Commitment (or Loans
        with respect to terminated
        Commitments) purchased
        hereunder:                          $___________________

     5. Proposed Effective Date:            ____________________

     6. Non-standard Recordation Fee
        Arrangement
                                            N/A***
                                            [Assignor/Assignee
                                            to pay 100% of fee]
                                            [Fee waived by Administrative Agent]

         Accepted and Agreed:

         [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]                         [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

         By:______________________                  By:______________________
         Title____________________                  Title:___________________

                                       4

     ACCEPTED AND CONSENTED TO****
     SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY


     By:__________________________
     Title:_______________________

     ** Percentage taken to 10 decimal places
     *** If fee is split 50-50, pick N/A as option
     **** Delete if not required by Credit Agreement


     ACCEPTED AND CONSENTED
     TO BY BANK ONE, NA,
     as Administrative Agent


     By:__________________________
     Title:_______________________

                                       5

                Attachment to SCHEDULE 1 to ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

                        ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION SHEET

         Attach Assignor's Administrative Information Sheet, which must
           include notice addresses for the Assignor and the Assignee
                            (Sample form shown below)

                              ASSIGNOR INFORMATION
     Contact:

     Name:__________________      Telephone No.:__________________________
     Fax No.:________________     Telex No.:______________________________
                                  Answerback:_____________________________

     Payment Information:

     Name & ABA # of Destination Bank: ___________________________________
     Account Name & Number for Wire Transfer:_____________________________
     _____________________________________________________________________
     Other Instructions:__________________________________________________
     Address for Notices for Assignor:____________________________________


                              ASSIGNEE INFORMATION
     Credit Contact:

     Name:____________________    Telephone No.:__________________________
     Fax No.:__________________   Telex No.:______________________________
                                  Answerback:_____________________________

     Key Operations Contacts:

     Booking Installation:        Booking Installation:
     Name:                        Name:
     Telephone No.:               Telephone No.:
     Fax No.:                     Fax No.:
     Telex No.:                   Telex No.:
     Answerback:                  Answerback:

                                       6

     Payment Information:

     Name & ABA # of Destination Bank:

     Account Name & Number for Wire Transfer:_____________________________
     Other Instructions:

     Address for Notices for Assignee:

                                       7

         BANK ONE INFORMATION

         Assignee will be called promptly upon receipt of the signed agreement.

     Initial Funding Contact:     Subsequent Operations Contact:

     Name:                      Name:
     Telephone No.:  (312)      Telephone No.:  (312)
     Fax No.:  (312)            Fax No.: (312)
                                Bank One Telex No.: 190201 (Answerback: FNBC UT)

     Initial Funding Standards:

     Libor Fund 2 days after rates are set.

     Bank One Wire Instructions:       Bank One, NA, ABA # 071000013
                                       LS2 Incoming Account # 481152860000
                                       Ref:________________

     Address for Notices for Bank One: 1 Bank One Plaza, Chicago, IL  60670
                                       Attn: Agency Compliance Division,
                                       Suite IL1-0353
                                       Fax No. (312) 7322038 or (312) 7324339

                                       8

                                    EXHIBIT D
                 LOAN/CREDIT RELATED MONEY TRANSFER INSTRUCTION


     To Bank One, NA,
      as Administrative Agent (the "Administrative Agent")
      under the Credit Agreement
      Described Below.

     Re: Credit Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2001 (as the same may be amended
or modified,  the "Credit  Agreement"),  among Southwestern  Energy Company (the
"Borrower"), the Lenders named therein and the Administrative Agent. Capitalized
terms used  herein and not  otherwise  defined  herein  shall have the  meanings
assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.

         The Administrative Agent is specifically authorized and directed to act
upon the following  standing  money  transfer  instructions  with respect to the
proceeds  of  Advances  or other  extensions  of credit  from time to time until
receipt by the  Administrative  Agent of a specific  written  revocation of such
instructions  by the  Borrower,  provided  that  the  Administrative  Agent  may
otherwise  transfer  funds as  hereafter  directed in writing by the Borrower in
accordance with Section 13.1 of the Credit  Agreement or based on any telephonic
notice made in accordance with Section 2.15 of the Credit Agreement.

         Facility Identification Number(s)_____________________________________

         Customer/Account Name: [Borrower]

         Transfer Funds To_____________________________________________________
                          _____________________________________________________

         For Account No._______________________________________________________

         Reference/Attention To________________________________________________

         Authorized Officer (Customer Representative)      Date____________

         ______________________________________________    ____________________
         (Please Print)                     Signature

         Bank Officer Name                                 Date____________

         ______________________________________________    ____________________
         (Please Print)                     Signature

       (Deliver Completed Form to Credit Support Staff For Immediate Processing)


                                    EXHIBIT E
                                      NOTE
                                                                          [Date]

         Southwestern Energy Company, an Arkansas  corporation (the "Borrower"),
promises  to pay  to  the  order  of  ____________________________________  (the
"Lender") the aggregate  unpaid principal amount of all Loans made by the Lender
to the  Borrower  pursuant  to  Article  II of  the  Agreement  (as  hereinafter
defined),  in immediately  available funds at the main office of Bank One, NA in
Chicago, Illinois, as Administrative Agent, together with interest on the unpaid
principal  amount  hereof  at the  rates  and  on the  dates  set  forth  in the
Agreement.  The  Borrower  shall pay the  principal  of and  accrued  and unpaid
interest on the Loans in full on the Termination Date.

         The Lender shall,  and is hereby  authorized to, record on the schedule
attached  hereto,  or to otherwise record in accordance with its usual practice,
the date and  amount  of each  Loan and the date and  amount  of each  principal
payment hereunder.

         This Note is one of the Notes  issued  pursuant  to, and is entitled to
the benefits of, the Credit  Agreement  dated as of July 12, 2001 (which,  as it
may be amended or modified and in effect from time to time, is herein called the
"Agreement"),  among the  Borrower,  the lenders  party  thereto,  including the
Lender, and Bank One, NA, as Administrative  Agent, to which Agreement reference
is hereby made for a statement of the terms and conditions  governing this Note,
including the terms and  conditions  under which this Note may be prepaid or its
maturity date  accelerated.  This Note is guaranteed  pursuant to the Subsidiary
Guaranty,  as more  specifically  described in the Agreement.  Capitalized terms
used  herein  and not  otherwise  defined  herein  are used  with  the  meanings
attributed to them in the Agreement.

         Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this Note, no provision of
this Note shall  require  the  payment or permit the  collection  of interest in
excess of the maximum  permitted by  applicable  law  ("Maximum  Rate").  If any
interest in excess of the Maximum Rate is provided  for or shall be  adjudicated
to be so  provided,  in this  Note or  otherwise  in  connection  with  the loan
transaction,  the  provisions of this  paragraph  shall govern and prevail,  and
neither the Borrower nor the sureties, guarantors,  successors or assigns of the
Borrower  shall be  obligated  to pay the  excess of the  interest  or any other
excess sum paid for the use,  forbearance,  or detention of sums loaned.  If for
any reason  interest  in excess of the  Maximum  Rate  shall be deemed  charged,
required or permitted by any court of competent  jurisdiction,  the excess shall
be applied as payment and reduction of the principal of  indebtedness  evidenced
by this Note, and, if the principal  amount has been paid in full, any remaining
excess shall forthwith be paid to the Borrower.


         This Note shall be construed in accordance  with the internal laws (and
not the law of conflicts) of the State of Illinois, but giving effect to Federal
laws applicable to national banks.


                                            SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY


                                            By:________________________________
                                            Print Name:________________________
                                            Title:_____________________________

                                       2





                   SCHEDULE OF LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
                                       TO
                                      NOTE
                             DATED___________, 2001
                                                    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    :      :    Principal   :     Maturity       :  Principal  :               :
    : Date : Amount of Loan : of Interest Period : Amount Paid : Unpaid Balance:
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    :      :                :                    :             :               :
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    :      :                :                    :             :               :
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    :      :                :                    :             :               :
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    :      :                :                    :             :               :
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    :      :                :                    :             :               :
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    :      :                :                    :             :               :
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    :      :                :                    :             :               :
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    :      :                :                    :             :               :
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    :      :                :                    :             :               :
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    :      :                :                    :             :               :
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    :      :                :                    :             :               :
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    :      :                :                    :             :               :
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    :      :                :                    :             :               :
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    :      :                :                    :             :               :
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    :      :                :                    :             :               :
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       i

                                   EXHIBIT G

                         FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

         The undersigned,  the  _________________ of Southwestern Energy Company
(the "Borrower") hereby (a) delivers this Certificate pursuant to Section 6.1(c)
of the Credit Agreement dated as of July 12, 2001 (the "Agreement";  capitalized
terms used but not defined herein have the respective  meanings given thereto in
the Agreement) among the Borrower,  various financial institutions and Bank One,
NA, as  Administrative  Agent,  and (b) certifies to each Lender as follows:

     1. Attached as Schedule I are the  financial  statements of the Borrower as
of and for the Fiscal Year Quarter (check one) ended ________________, ______.

     2.  Such  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with
Agreement Accounting  Principles and fairly present in all material respects the
financial  condition  of the Borrower as of the date  indicated  therein and the
results of operations for the respective periods covered thereby.

     3. Attached as Schedule II are detailed  calculations  used by the Borrower
to establish  whether the Borrower was in compliance  with the  requirements  of
Section 6.4 of the Agreement on the date of the financial statements attached as
Schedule I.

     4. Unless  otherwise  disclosed on Schedule  III,  neither a Default nor an
Unmatured  Default has occurred  which is in existence on the date hereof or, if
any Default or Unmatured  Default is disclosed on Schedule III, the Borrower has
taken or proposes to take the action to cure such Default or  Unmatured  Default
set forth on Schedule III.

     5. Except as described on Schedule IV, the  representations  and warranties
of the Borrower set forth in the Agreement are true and correct on and as of the
date hereof, with the same effect as though such  representations and warranties
had been  made on and as of the date  hereof  or,  if such  representations  and
warranties  are expressly  limited to particular  dates,  as of such  particular
dates.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate as
of ________________, _______.


                                            SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY

                                            By:________________________________
                                            Name:______________________________
                                            Title:_____________________________


                                   Schedule I

Financial Statements
(to be attached)



                                   Schedule II

Compliance Calculations
(to be attached)



                                  Schedule III

Defaults/Remedial Action
(to be attached)



                                   Schedule IV

Qualifications to Representations and Warranties





                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                    
                                   ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS....................................................................1

                                   ARTICLE II

THE CREDITS...................................................................14
     2.1      Commitments.....................................................14
     2.2      Types of Advances...............................................14
     2.3      Minimum Amount of Each Advance..................................14
     2.4      Method of Selecting Types and Interest Periods for
              New Advances....................................................15
     2.5      Conversion and Continuation of Outstanding Advances.............15
     2.6      Swing Line Loans................................................16
                  2.6.1   Amount of Swing Line Loans..........................16
                  2.6.2   Method of Borrowing.................................16
                  2.6.3   Making of Swing Line Loans..........................16
                  2.6.4   Repayment of Swing Line Loans.......................16
     2.7      Commitment Fee; Voluntary Reductions in Aggregate Commitment....17
     2.8      Mandatory Reductions in Aggregate Commitment....................18
     2.9      Prepayments.....................................................18
     2.10     Interest Rates, etc.............................................19
     2.11     Rates Applicable After Default..................................19
     2.12     Maturity........................................................20
     2.13     Method of Payment...............................................20
     2.14     Noteless Agreement; Evidence of Indebtedness....................20
     2.15     Telephonic Notices..............................................21
     2.16     Interest Payment Dates; Interest and Fee Basis..................21
     2.17     Notification of Advances, Interest Rates, Prepayments and
              Commitment Reductions...........................................22
     2.18     Lending Installations...........................................22
     2.19     Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent................22
     2.20     Replacement of Lender...........................................22

                                   ARTICLE III

YIELD PROTECTION; TAXES.......................................................23
     3.1      Yield Protection................................................23
     3.2      Changes in Capital Adequacy Regulations.........................24
     3.3      Availability of Types of Advances...............................25
     3.4      Funding Indemnification.........................................25
     3.5      Taxes...........................................................25
     3.6      Lender Statements; Survival of Indemnity........................27

                                       i

                                   ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT..........................................................27
     4.1      Initial Loan....................................................27
     4.2      Each Loan.......................................................29

                                   ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES................................................29
     5.1      Organization....................................................29
     5.2      Authorization and Validity......................................29
     5.3      Financial Statements............................................29
     5.4      Subsidiaries....................................................30
     5.5      ERISA...........................................................30
     5.6      Defaults........................................................30
     5.7      Accuracy of Information.........................................30
     5.8      Regulation U....................................................30
     5.9      No Adverse Change...............................................30
     5.10     Taxes...........................................................30
     5.11     Liens...........................................................31
     5.12     Compliance with Orders..........................................31
     5.13     Litigation......................................................31
     5.14     Burdensome Agreements...........................................31
     5.15     No Conflict.....................................................31
     5.16     Title to Properties.............................................31
     5.17     Public Utility Holding Company Act..............................32
     5.18     Regulatory Approval.............................................32
     5.19     Negative Pledge.................................................32
     5.20     Investment Company Act..........................................32
     5.21     Compliance with Laws............................................32

                                   ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS.....................................................................32
     6.1      Information.....................................................32
     6.2      Affirmative Covenants...........................................35
                  6.2.1   Reports and Inspection..............................35
                  6.2.2   Conduct of Business.................................35
                  6.2.3   Insurance...........................................36
                  6.2.4   Taxes...............................................36
                  6.2.5   Compliance with Laws................................36
                  6.2.6   Maintenance of Properties...........................36
                  6.2.7   Additional Guarantors...............................37
     6.3      Negative Covenants..............................................37
                  6.3.1   Restricted Payments.................................37
                  6.3.2   Merger and Sale of Assets...........................37

                                       ii

                  6.3.3   Liens...............................................38
                  6.3.4   Subsidiary Guarantors...............................41
                  6.3.5   Investments.........................................41
                  6.3.6   Indebtedness of Arkansas Western Gas Company........42
     6.4      Financial Covenants.............................................42
                  6.4.1   Debt to Capitalization Ratio........................42
                  6.4.2   Interest Coverage Ratio.............................42
                  6.4.3   Net Worth...........................................42

                                   ARTICLE VII

DEFAULTS......................................................................43
     7.1      Events of Default...............................................43
                  7.1.1    Representations and Warranties.....................43
                  7.1.2   Payment Default.....................................43
                  7.1.3   Breach of Certain Covenants.........................43
                  7.1.4   Other Breach of this Agreement......................43
                  7.1.5   ERISA...............................................43
                  7.1.6   Cross-Default.......................................43
                  7.1.7   Voluntary Bankruptcy, etc...........................44
                  7.1.8   Involuntary Bankruptcy, etc.........................44
                  7.1.9   Judgments...........................................44
                  7.1.10  Environmental Matters...............................44
                  7.1.11  Subsidiary Guaranty.................................44

                                   ARTICLE VIII

ACCELERATION, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND REMEDIES; RELEASES OF GUARANTORS........45
     8.1      Acceleration....................................................45
     8.2      Amendments......................................................45
     8.3      Preservation of Rights..........................................46
     8.4      Releases of Guarantors..........................................46

                                   ARTICLE IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS............................................................46
     9.1      Survival of Representations.....................................46
     9.2      Governmental Regulation.........................................46
     9.3      Headings........................................................46
     9.4      Entire Agreement................................................47
     9.5      Several Obligations; Benefits of this Agreement.................47
     9.6      Expenses; Indemnification.......................................47
     9.7      Numbers of Documents............................................48
     9.8      Accounting......................................................48
     9.9      Severability of Provisions......................................48

                                      iii

     9.10     Nonliability of Lenders.........................................48
     9.11     Confidentiality.................................................48
     9.12     Nonreliance.....................................................49
     9.13     Disclosure......................................................49

                                          ARTICLE X

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT......................................................49
     10.1     Appointment; Nature of Relationship.............................49
     10.2     Powers..........................................................49
     10.3     General Immunity................................................49
     10.4     No Responsibility for Loans, Recitals, etc......................50
     10.5     Action on Instructions of Lenders...............................50
     10.6     Employment of Agents and Counsel................................50
     10.7     Reliance on Documents; Counsel..................................51
     10.8     Administrative Agent's Reimbursement and Indemnification........51
     10.9     Notice of Default...............................................51
     10.10    Rights as a Lender..............................................51
     10.11    Lender Credit Decision..........................................52
     10.12    Successor Administrative Agent..................................52
     10.13    Delegation to Affiliates........................................53
     10.14    Other Agents....................................................53

                                   ARTICLE XI

SETOFF; RATABLE PAYMENTS......................................................53
     11.1     Setoff..........................................................53
     11.2     Ratable Payments................................................53

                                   ARTICLE XII

BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS.............................54
     12.1     Successors and Assigns..........................................54
     12.2     Participations..................................................54
                  12.2.1  Permitted Participants: Effect......................54
                  12.2.2  Voting Rights.......................................55
     12.3     Assignments.....................................................55
                  12.3.1  Permitted Assignments...............................55
                  12.3.2  Effect; Effective Date..............................55
     12.4     Dissemination of Information....................................56
     12.5     Tax Treatment...................................................56

                                       iv

                                  ARTICLE XIII

NOTICES.......................................................................56
     13.1     Notices.........................................................56
     13.2     Change of Address...............................................57

                                   ARTICLE XIV

COUNTERPARTS..................................................................57

                                   ARTICLE XV

CHOICE OF LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL;
MAXIMUM INTEREST RATE.........................................................57
     15.1     CHOICE OF LAW...................................................57
     15.2     CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.........................................57
     15.3     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL............................................58
     15.4     Maximum Interest Rate...........................................58


                                       v



         SCHEDULES
                             
         Schedule 1A            Commitments
         Schedule 1B            Pricing Schedule
         Schedule 2.8(a)        Excluded Asset Sales
         Schedule 2.8(b)        Assets to be Swapped
         Schedule 5.4           Subsidiaries
         Schedule 5.13          Litigation
         Schedule 5.19          Negative Pledges
         Schedule 6.2           Insurance

         EXHIBITS
         Exhibit A              Form of Borrowing Notice
         Exhibit B              Form of Opinion of Counsel to Borrower
         Exhibit C              Form of Assignment Agreement
         Exhibit D              Form of Money Transfer Instructions
         Exhibit E              Form of Note
         Exhibit F              Form of Subsidiary Guaranty
         Exhibit G              Form of Compliance Certificate


                                       vi



                                                                      EXHIBIT 21



                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
                         ------------------------------



                                                              State of
                                                          Incorporation or
           Subsidiary Name                                  Organization
           ---------------                                ----------------
                                                       
Arkansas Western Gas Company                              Arkansas

Seeco, Inc.                                               Arkansas

Southwestern Energy Production Company                    Arknasas

Diamond "M" Production Company                            Delaware

Southwestern Energy Services Company                      Arkansas

Southwestern Energy Pipeline Company                      Arkansas

Arkansas Western Pipeline Company                         Arkansas

A.W. Realty Company                                       Arkansas

Overton Partners, L.P.                                    Texas



                                                                      EXHIBIT 23








                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS




As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
report dated  February 4, 2002,  included in this Form 10-K,  into the Company's
previously  filed  Registration  Statements  on Form S-8 (File  Nos.  333-03787,
333-03789, 333-64961, 333-96161, 333-42484 and 333-69720).


                                                             Arthur Andersen LLP


Tulsa, Oklahoma
 March 29, 2002


                                                                    Exhibit 99.1

                           SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY

                        2350 N. Sam Houston Parkway East
                                    Suite 300
                              Houston, Texas 77032

               LETTER TO COMMISSION PURSUANT TO TEMPORARY NOTE 3T
                                 March 29, 2002

Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant  to  Temporary  Note 3T to Article 3 of  Regulation  S-X,  Southwestern
Energy Company has obtained a letter of representation  from Arthur Andersen LLP
stating that the December  31, 2001 audit was subject to their  quality  control
system for the U.S.  accounting  and  auditing  practice  to provide  reasonable
assurance  that the  engagement  was conducted in compliance  with  professional
standards,  that  there  was  appropriate  continuity  of  Arthur  Andersen  LLP
personnel working on the audit and availability of national office consultation.
Availability  of personnel at foreign  affiliates of Arthur  Andersen LLP is not
relevant to this audit.

                                                Very truly yours,

                                                Southwestern Energy Company


                                                Greg D. Kerley
                                                Executive Vice President
                                                and Chief Financial Officer